WO2015070374A1 - 一种载波聚合方法及基站 - Google Patents
一种载波聚合方法及基站 Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2015070374A1 WO2015070374A1 PCT/CN2013/086952 CN2013086952W WO2015070374A1 WO 2015070374 A1 WO2015070374 A1 WO 2015070374A1 CN 2013086952 W CN2013086952 W CN 2013086952W WO 2015070374 A1 WO2015070374 A1 WO 2015070374A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- network
- base station
- user equipment
- key
- umts
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 152
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 67
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 67
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 73
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 claims description 185
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 claims description 32
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 claims description 27
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 claims description 21
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 abstract description 18
- 230000006854 communication Effects 0.000 description 120
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 119
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 101
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 83
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 61
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 26
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 14
- 238000012384 transportation and delivery Methods 0.000 description 14
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000004303 calcium sorbate Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000013468 resource allocation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000004229 Alkannin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009349 indirect transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010295 mobile communication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012913 prioritisation Methods 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/0091—Signaling for the administration of the divided path
- H04L5/0096—Indication of changes in allocation
- H04L5/0098—Signalling of the activation or deactivation of component carriers, subcarriers or frequency bands
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
- H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W76/00—Connection management
- H04W76/10—Connection setup
- H04W76/15—Setup of multiple wireless link connections
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
- H04L5/0003—Two-dimensional division
- H04L5/0005—Time-frequency
- H04L5/0007—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT
- H04L5/001—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT the frequencies being arranged in component carriers
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
- H04L5/0053—Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
Definitions
- the present invention relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a carrier aggregation method and a base station. Background technique
- the carrier aggregation refers to allocating at least two radio bearer resources to the user equipment, so that the user equipment can perform carrier communication with the base station by using the at least two radio bearer resources to obtain a larger broadband.
- the radio bearer resource includes a carrier resource. Carrier aggregation therefore requires the user equipment to be able to obtain at least two carrier resources.
- the current carrier aggregation can only support LTE. Therefore, if the carrier does not have more LTE carrier resources, carrier aggregation cannot be performed. Even if the carrier has carrier resources of other networks such as UMTS, these resources cannot be aggregated by carriers. The way is utilized, resulting in a waste of resources. Summary of the invention
- the technical problem to be solved by the present invention is to provide a carrier aggregation method and a base station, which can implement carrier aggregation of different networks, thereby further providing greater bandwidth to user equipment and reducing resource waste.
- an embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, where the base station is specifically a first base station, where the first base station includes: a receiver, a transmitter, a processor, and a memory;
- the receiver is configured to receive a first access indication sent by the mobility management entity, and acquire a carrier resource of the second network by using the second base station, where the first access indication is used by the user equipment to access the first a base station, where the first base station provides an access technology to the user equipment, and the second base station provides an access technology to the second network for the user equipment;
- the transmitter is configured to allocate the first to the user equipment based on the first access indication
- the radio bearer resource of the network, and the carrier resource of the second network and the bearer setup information of the second network are sent to the user equipment, where the carrier resource of the second network is related to the bearer setup information of the second network And locating, to allocate the radio bearer resource of the second network to the user equipment.
- the bearer setup information of the second network is used by the mobility management entity to indicate that the user equipment accesses the bearer setup information of the first base station.
- the bearer setup information of the second network is obtained by using the first access indication
- the transmitting device is configured to allocate, according to the first access indication, the radio bearer resource of the first network to the user equipment, specifically:
- the transmitter is configured to send the carrier resource of the first network and the bearer setup information of the first network to the user equipment, where the bearer setup information of the first network is obtained by using the first access indication.
- the receiver is further configured to: receive a second access indication sent by the mobility management entity, where the second access indication includes the second network Bearer establishment information;
- the transmitting device is configured to allocate, according to the first access indication, the radio bearer resource of the first network to the user equipment, specifically:
- the transmitter is configured to send the carrier resource of the first network and the bearer setup information of the first network to the user equipment, where the first access indication includes bearer setup information of the first network.
- the transmitter and the receiver are further configured to use
- the radio bearer resource of the second network transmits the interaction data between the user equipment and the core network element, where the interaction data is used by the user equipment and the first base station to use the key of the first network for security deal with.
- the processor when the receiver receives the encrypted data, the processor is further configured to: if the first The key of the network successfully decrypts the encrypted data, and then sends an acknowledgement message to at least one of the second base station, the mobility management entity, and the core network element by using the sender; the encrypted data is The interaction data encrypted by the user equipment using the key of the first network.
- the transmitter is further configured to notify the Transmitting, by the mobility management entity, a key of the second network to the second base station, so that the interaction data is performed by the user equipment and the second base station by using a key of the second network; the interaction The data is the interaction data between the user equipment and the core network element that is transmitted by the second base station by using the radio bearer resource of the second network.
- the receiver is configured to acquire a carrier resource of a second network, and the transmitter, by using a second base station
- the key for transmitting the carrier resource and the bearer setup information of the second network to the user equipment, and notifying the mobility management entity to send the second network to the second base station is specifically:
- the transmitter is configured to send a first key acquisition request to the mobility management entity, where the first key acquisition request causes the mobility management entity to return a key of the second network to the first base station ;
- the receiver is configured to receive a key of the returned second network
- the transmitter is further configured to: send a carrier acquisition request to the second base station, where the carrier acquisition request carries a key of the second network, and causes the second base station to return the second network to the first base station Carrier resource
- the receiver is further configured to receive a carrier resource of the returned second network
- the transmitter is further configured to send carrier resources and bearer setup information of the second network to the user equipment.
- the receiver is configured to acquire a carrier resource of a second network, and the transmitter, by using a second base station
- the key for transmitting the carrier resource and the bearer setup information of the second network to the user equipment, and notifying the mobility management entity to send the second network to the second base station is specifically:
- the transmitter is configured to send a carrier acquisition request to the second base station, where the carrier acquisition request causes the second base station to return a carrier resource of the second network to the first base station;
- the receiver is configured to receive a carrier resource of the returned second network;
- the transmitter is further configured to send a second key acquisition request to the mobility management entity, where the second key acquisition request causes the mobility management entity to send the second network to the second base station key;
- the carrier resource of the second network and the bearer setup information are sent to the user equipment.
- the transmitter is configured to notify the mobility management entity to send the second network to the second base station
- the key is specifically:
- the transmitter is configured to notify the mobility management entity to send a key of the second network to the second base station via the user equipment or the second base station.
- the second base station if receiving the encrypted data, successfully decrypts by using the key of the second network And the encrypted data, the base station that sends an acknowledgement message to at least one of the first base station, the mobility management entity, and the core network element;
- the encrypted data is interaction data encrypted by the user equipment using a key of the second network.
- the user equipment is to use the radio bearer resource of the second network to the first base station, the second base station, the mobility management entity, and the At least one of the core network elements that sends the acknowledgment message to the user equipment.
- the processor is further configured to: disable mobility management of the user equipment by the second base station.
- an embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, where the base station is a first base station, where the first base station includes: a receiving unit, an allocating unit, an obtaining unit, and a sending unit;
- the receiving unit is configured to receive a first access indication sent by the mobility management entity, where the first access indication is used by the user equipment to access the first base station, and the first base station provides the user equipment Access technology to the first network;
- the allocating unit is configured to allocate, according to the first access indication, a radio bearer resource of the first network to the user equipment;
- the acquiring unit is configured to acquire, by using the second base station, a carrier resource of the second network; Providing, by the station, an access technology to the second network to the user equipment;
- the sending unit is configured to send the carrier resource of the second network and the bearer setup information of the second network to the user equipment, where the carrier resource of the second network is related to the bearer setup information of the second network And locating, to allocate the radio bearer resource of the second network to the user equipment.
- the bearer setup information of the second network is used by the mobility management entity to indicate that the user equipment accesses the bearer setup information of the first base station.
- the bearer setup information of the second network is obtained by using the first access indication.
- the allocating unit is configured to allocate, according to the first access indication, the radio bearer resource of the first network to the user equipment, specifically:
- the allocating unit is configured to send the carrier resource of the first network and the bearer setup information of the first network to the user equipment, where the bearer setup information of the first network is obtained by using the first access indication.
- the receiving unit is further configured to receive a second access indication sent by the mobility management entity, where the second access indication includes the second network Loading information;
- the allocating unit is configured to allocate, according to the first access indication, the radio bearer resource of the first network to the user equipment, specifically:
- the allocating unit is configured to send the carrier resource of the first network and the bearer setup information of the first network to the user equipment, where the first access indication includes bearer setup information of the first network.
- the method further includes: a data transfer unit;
- the data delivery unit is configured to: transmit, by using the radio bearer resource of the second network, interaction data between the user equipment and a core network element;
- the interaction data is performed by the user equipment and the data delivery unit by using a key of the first network for security processing.
- the data transfer unit is further configured to: if the encrypted data is successfully decrypted by using the key of the first network, to the second base station, the mobility management entity, and the At least one of the core network elements sends an acknowledgement message;
- the encrypted data is interaction data encrypted by the user equipment by using a key of the first network.
- the method further includes: a notification unit;
- the notifying unit is configured to notify the mobility management entity to send a key of the second network to the second base station, so that the interaction data is used by the user equipment and the second base station, by using the second network
- the key is treated confidentially
- the interaction data is interaction data between the user equipment and the core network element that is transmitted by the second base station by using the radio bearer resource of the second network.
- the notification unit is configured to notify the mobility management entity to send the second network to the second base station
- the acquiring unit is configured to acquire a carrier resource of the second network by using the second base station
- the sending unit is configured to send the carrier resource and the bearer setup information of the second network to the user equipment, specifically :
- the notification unit is configured to send a first key acquisition request to the mobility management entity, where the first key acquisition request causes the mobility management entity to return a key of the second network to the acquiring unit;
- the acquiring unit is configured to receive a key of the returned second network, and send a carrier acquisition request to the second base station, where the carrier acquisition request carries a key of the second network, and causes the second base station to Transmitting unit returns a carrier resource of the second network;
- the sending unit is configured to receive the returned carrier resource of the second network, and send the carrier resource and the bearer setup information of the second network to the user equipment.
- the notification unit is configured to notify the mobility management entity to send the second network to the second base station
- the acquiring unit is configured to acquire a carrier resource of the second network by using the second base station
- the sending unit is configured to send the carrier resource and the bearer setup information of the second network to the
- the household equipment is specifically:
- the acquiring unit is configured to send a carrier acquisition request to the second base station, where the carrier acquisition request causes the second base station to return a carrier resource of the second network to the sending unit;
- the notification unit is configured to send a second key acquisition request to the mobility management entity, where the second key acquisition request causes the mobile
- the sex management entity sends a key of the second network to the second base station;
- the sending unit is further configured to send the carrier resource and the load setup information of the second network to the user equipment.
- the notification unit is configured to notify the mobility management entity to send the second network to the second base station
- the key is specifically:
- the notifying unit is configured to notify the mobility management entity to send a key of the second network to the second base station via the user equipment or the second base station.
- the second base station if receiving the encrypted data, successfully decrypts by using the key of the second network And the encrypted data, the base station that sends an acknowledgement message to at least one of the first base station, the mobility management entity, and the core network element;
- the encrypted data is interaction data encrypted by the user equipment using a key of the second network.
- the user equipment is to use the radio bearer resource of the second network to the first base station, the second base station, the mobility management entity, and the At least one of the core network elements that sends the acknowledgment message to the user equipment.
- the method further includes: a disabling unit; the disabling unit is configured to prohibit mobility management of the user equipment by the second base station.
- the embodiment of the present invention provides a carrier aggregation method, where the method includes: receiving, by a first base station, a first access indication sent by a mobility management entity, where the first access indication is used for user equipment access The first base station, the first base station provides an access technology to the user equipment to the first network; The first base station allocates, according to the first access indication, a radio bearer resource of the first network to the user equipment;
- the bearer setup information of the second network is used by the mobility management entity to indicate that the user equipment accesses the bearer setup information of the first base station.
- the bearer setup information of the second network is obtained by using the first access indication
- the first base station allocates, according to the first access indication, the radio bearer resource of the first network to the user equipment, specifically:
- the first base station sends the carrier resource of the first network and the bearer setup information of the first network to the user equipment, and the bearer setup information of the first network is obtained by using the first access indication.
- the method further includes:
- the first base station allocates, according to the first access indication, the radio bearer resource of the first network to the user equipment, specifically:
- the first base station sends the carrier resource of the first network and the bearer setup information of the first network to the user equipment, where the first access indication includes bearer setup information of the first network.
- the method further includes:
- the first base station transmits the interaction data between the user equipment and the core network element by using the radio bearer resource of the second network;
- the interaction data is performed by the user equipment and the first base station by using a key of the first network for security processing.
- a fifth possible implementation manner of the third aspect when the first base station receives the encrypted data, if the key of the first network can be successfully used to decrypt the Encrypting data, sending an acknowledgement message to at least one of the second base station, the mobility management entity, and the core network element;
- the encrypted data is interaction data encrypted by the user equipment using a key of the first network.
- the method further includes:
- the mobility management entity notifying, by the first base station, the mobility management entity to send a key of the second network to the second base station, so that the interaction data is performed by the user equipment and the second base station by using a key of the second network Confidential treatment;
- the interaction data is interaction data between the user equipment and the core network element that is transmitted by the second base station by using the radio bearer resource of the second network.
- the first base station acquires a carrier resource of the second network, and the second network, by using the second base station
- the carrier resource and the carrier establishment information are sent to the user equipment, and the key for notifying the mobility management entity to send the second network to the second base station is specifically:
- the first base station receives the returned carrier resource of the second network, and sends the carrier resource and bearer setup information of the second network to the user equipment.
- the first base station acquires, by using the second base station, carrier resources of the second network, and the second network And transmitting carrier information to the user equipment, and notifying the mobility management
- the sending, by the entity, the key of the second network to the second base station is: the first base station sends a carrier acquisition request to the second base station, where the carrier acquisition request causes the second base station to return the second network to the first base station.
- the first base station After the second base station receives the key of the second network, the first base station sends the carrier resource of the second network and the bearer setup information to the user equipment.
- the notifying that the mobility management entity sends the key of the second network to the second base station is:
- the first base station notifies the mobility management entity to send a key of the second network to the second base station via the user equipment or the second base station.
- the second base station if receiving the encrypted data, successfully decrypts by using the key of the second network And the encrypted data, the base station that sends an acknowledgement message to at least one of the first base station, the mobility management entity, and the core network element;
- the encrypted data is interaction data encrypted by the user equipment using a key of the second network.
- the user equipment is to use the radio bearer resource of the second network to the first base station, the second base station, the mobility management entity, and the At least one of the core network elements that sends the acknowledgment message to the user equipment.
- the method further includes: the first base station prohibiting mobility management of the user equipment by the second base station.
- the first base station allocates the radio bearer resource of the first network and the radio bearer resource of the second network to the user equipment, where the radio bearer resource of the second network is allocated to the user equipment. Transmitting a carrier resource of the second network acquired from the second base station and bearer setup information of the second network to the user equipment, and the carrier resource of the second network is associated with bearer setup information of the second network Realized.
- the user equipment can use the radio bearer resources of the two different networks to perform carrier communication with the first base station and the second base station respectively.
- only carrier aggregation of LTE can be performed, and the embodiment of the present invention further User equipment provides more bandwidth and reduces waste of resources.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a first embodiment of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a second embodiment of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a first embodiment of a first base station according to an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a second embodiment of a first base station according to an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of a third embodiment of a first base station according to an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of an eighth embodiment of a first base station according to an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a tenth embodiment of a first base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a first implementation manner of a first base station according to an embodiment of the present invention; Schematic diagram of the process;
- FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of signaling interaction according to a second embodiment of a method according to an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of signaling interaction according to a third embodiment of a method according to an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of signaling interaction of a fifth embodiment of a method according to an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 15 is a sixth embodiment of a method according to an embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of signaling interaction of a method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of signaling interaction of an indirect transmission key acquisition request according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the carrier aggregation refers to allocating at least two radio bearer resources to the user equipment, so that the user equipment can perform carrier communication with the base station by using the at least two radio bearer resources to obtain a larger broadband.
- the radio bearer resource includes carrier resources and bearer setup information. Therefore, in order to implement carrier aggregation, the user equipment is required to be able to obtain at least two carrier resources.
- the current carrier aggregation process is: After receiving the bearer setup request, the LTE eNB (evolved base station) transmits the two carrier resources and bearer setup information of the LTE to the corresponding user equipment, thereby implementing the user
- the device allocates two radio bearer resources of the LTE, so that the user equipment can perform carrier communication with the LTE eNB according to two radio bearer resources of the LTE. It can be seen that the eNB of the LTE can only obtain the two carrier resources of the LTE, so that the carrier aggregation of the prior art can only support LTE. If the carrier does not have more LTE carrier resources, carrier aggregation cannot be performed. Even if the carrier has carrier resources of other networks such as UMTS, these resources cannot be utilized by carrier aggregation, resulting in waste of resources. .
- a carrier aggregation method, a communication system, and a base station are provided, which can implement carrier aggregation of different networks, thereby further providing greater bandwidth to the user equipment and reducing resource waste.
- an embodiment of the present invention provides a first embodiment of a communications system.
- the present embodiment includes: a first base station 101, a second base station 102, and a mobility management entity (Mob ili Management Management, ie, MME). 103.
- Mob ili Management Management ie, MME
- the ⁇ E 103 is configured to send a first access indication to the first base station 101, where the first access indication is used.
- the user equipment 104 accesses the first base station 101, and the first base station 101 provides the user equipment 104 with an access technology to the first network.
- the MME 103 actually belongs to the first network.
- the user equipment 104 When the MME 103 sends an access indication to the first base station 101, the user equipment 104 generally has the communication requirement of the first network.
- the communication requirement generated when the network is connected to the network may also be the communication requirement generated when the network actively pushes the message to the user equipment 104.
- the first base station 101 is configured to receive the first access indication sent by the E103, and allocate the radio bearer resource of the first network to the user equipment 104 based on the first access indication.
- the first base station 101 is further configured to: acquire the carrier resource of the second network, and send the carrier resource of the second network and the bearer setup information of the second network to the user equipment 104, where the second network
- the carrier resource is associated with the bearer setup information of the second network to allocate the radio bearer resource of the second network to the user equipment 104.
- the second base station 102 provides the user equipment 104 with access technology to the second network.
- the first base station 101 is capable of providing access technology to the first network
- the second base station 102 is capable of providing access technology to the second network.
- the first network may be a network such as LTE, UMTS, CDMA, GERAN, or WLAN.
- the first base station 101 may be a base station or a base station controller depending on the first network type. For example, if the first network is LTE, the first base station is a base station (eNB), and if the first network is UMTS, CDMA, GERAN, or WLAN, the first base station is a base station controller.
- the second network may be a network such as LTE, UMTS, CDMA, GERAN, or WLAN
- the second base station may be a base station or a base station controller according to the second network type.
- the second base station is a base station (eNB)
- the second base station is a base station (eNB)
- the second base station is a base station controller.
- the LTE network may be LTE-A or the like.
- the first base station 101 allocates the radio bearer resource of the first network and the radio bearer resource of the second network to the user equipment 104, where the radio bearer resource of the second network is allocated to the user equipment 104.
- Transmitting, by the second base station 102, the carrier resource of the second network, and the bearer setup information of the second network, to the user equipment 104, and the carrier resource of the second network and the bearer of the second network Establish information related to the implementation.
- the carrier aggregation of the different network is implemented, so that the user equipment 104 can perform carrier communication with the first base station 101 and the second base station 102 by using the radio bearer resources of the two different networks, compared with the prior art.
- Carrier aggregation for LTE can further provide greater bandwidth to user equipment and reduce waste of resources.
- the bearer setup information refers to the information used to establish the bearer, and may specifically include a non-access stratum protocol data unit (NA PDU) and Bearer ID (ie bearer ID).
- NA PDU non-access stratum protocol data unit
- Bearer ID ie bearer ID
- the first base station 101 allocates radio bearer resources of the first network and the second network to the user equipment, thereby implementing carrier aggregation of the different network. Let's take a closer look at the distribution process of these two different networks.
- the first base station 101 allocates the radio bearer resources of the first network to the user equipment 104 based on the first access indication sent by the MME 103, so that the user equipment can establish a communication connection with the first base station by using the radio bearer resources of the first network. .
- the first base station 101 sends the carrier resource of the second network and the bearer setup information of the second network to the user equipment 104, and the carrier resource of the second network is associated with the bearer setup information of the second network, Equivalent to allocating the radio bearer resources of the second network to the user equipment 104, so that the user equipment 104 can establish a communication connection with the second base station 102 by using the radio bearer resources of the second network.
- the carrier resource of the second network is obtained by the first base station 101 from the second base station 102, and the bearer setup information of the second network is actually obtained by the first base station. The following describes the acquisition process of the bearer establishment information of the second network.
- the ⁇ E 103 can generate bearer setup information according to the communication requirements of the user equipment 104 and carry it in the access indication sent to the first base station 101. Therefore, the first base station 101 can obtain the access indication sent by the ⁇ E 103.
- the bearer setup information is used as the bearer setup information of the second network, where the access indication may be the first access indication or the first access indication, ⁇ E 103 Other access indications sent to the first base station 101.
- the MME 103 sends an access indication to the first base station 101, and the MME 103 is used to indicate that the user equipment 104 accesses the first base station 101. Therefore, the first base station 101 is in the access indication.
- the obtained bearer setup information of the second network actually indicates that the user equipment 104 accesses the bearer setup information of the first base station 101 for the ⁇ E1 03.
- the bearer setup information may include a NAS PDU and a bearer ID, and the bearer ID is used to indicate that the user equipment establishes a corresponding bearer, and the NAS PDU includes filtering information to indicate which services can be delivered on the bearer, through the NAS PDU and the bearer ID.
- the binding enables the UE to know the correspondence between the service and the bearer.
- the carrier resource of the second network and the bearer setup information of the second network are related to: when the user equipment communicates with the first base station, the second base station, or the core network element, if the second network is utilized
- the carrier resource is specifically transmitted by the user equipment based on the bearer established by the bearer establishment information of the second network.
- the user equipment 104 may be determined by the user equipment identifier, where the user equipment identifier may be carried by the first access indication, or may be other indications associated with the first access indication. Carrying in, does not affect the implementation of the embodiment of the present invention.
- the user equipment identifier may be a UE associated signaling identifier, for example, a UE S1 application protocol (SI AP) allocated by ⁇ E.
- SI AP UE S1 application protocol
- Embodiments of the invention may also include user equipment 104.
- the first base station 101 acquires carrier resources via the second base station 102.
- the base station When acquiring a carrier resource from any base station, the base station not only enters the transmission preparation with the user equipment, but also generally performs mobility management on the user equipment, wherein the mobility management includes management such as handover and measurement.
- the user equipment 104 can be used for mobility management only by the first base station 101. Therefore, in an optional manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the first base station 101 can also be used to disable the second base station. 102 mobility management of user equipment 104.
- the first base station 101 acquires the carrier resource by using the second base station 102, which may be implemented by: the first base station 101 sending a carrier acquisition request to the second base station 102, where the carrier When the acquisition request causes the second base station 102 to determine that it has carrier resources, it returns the carrier resource to the first base station 101.
- the carrier acquisition request may be a newly introduced request or a request that currently exists.
- the base station before the handover sends a "reconfiguration request" to the switched base station to cause the switched base station to return the carrier resource. Therefore, the carrier acquisition request in the embodiment of the present invention may be a "reconfiguration request" for implementing access network switching.
- the indication of the "reconfiguration request" may be added, indicating that the carrier aggregation is performed at this time, and therefore the indication prohibits the mobility management of the user equipment 104 by the second base station 102.
- the first base station 101 allocates the radio bearer resource of the second network to the user equipment 104, which actually indicates that the user equipment 4 can access the second network, which may be used in the embodiment of the present invention.
- the first base station 101 is further configured to determine whether the user equipment 104 can access the second network. If yes, the first base station continues to perform the allocation of the radio resources of the first network and the second network to the user equipment 104, that is, The first base station works normally. If not, the operation can be stopped, or the above judgment can be executed cyclically in a certain period until the judgment result is YES.
- the user equipment 104 can be understood that the user equipment 104 cannot access the second network thereafter, and the first base station 101 can stop working. If it is determined that the user equipment 104 can support the second network, but is not located under the signal coverage of the second network at this time, it indicates that although the user equipment 104 cannot access the second network at this time, with the user equipment 104 The mobile station may move to the signal coverage of the second network. Therefore, the foregoing determination may be performed cyclically in a certain period until the user equipment 104 can access the second network, and the first base station 101 continues to execute as the user.
- the device 104 allocates radio bearer resources of the first network and the second network.
- determining whether the user equipment 104 can access the second network may be: determining whether the user equipment 104 can support the second network and under the signal coverage of the second network.
- the E 103 can send an access indication (for example, a first access indication) to the first base station 101.
- the access indication may be a newly introduced message, or may be a message that currently exists.
- the access indication may be a bearer setup request.
- the bearer setup request is sent to the base station, so that the user equipment communicates with the base station through the established bearer.
- the access indication sent by the E 103 to the first base station 101 generally carries the bearer setup information, and the bearer setup information is actually used to indicate that the user equipment accesses the first base station 101. (equivalent to accessing the first network).
- the first base station 101 determines how to allocate the bearer setup information carried in the access indication to the first network and the second network, and the bearer setup information of the first network and the second network are used respectively. Instructing the user equipment to access the first base station and the second base station.
- the access indication mentioned here may be the first access indication, and may be other access indications sent by the E 103 in addition to the first access indication.
- the bearer setup information of the first network and the bearer setup information of the second network are respectively obtained by the first base station from the first access indication.
- an embodiment of the present invention provides a second embodiment of a communication system. Different from the other embodiments, in this embodiment, the first base station acquires the bearer setup information of the first network and the second network from the first access indication.
- the embodiment is described by using the first network as the LTE and the second network as the UMTS.
- the first base station is the LTE eNB
- the second base station is the UMTS RNC (radi io Ne Twork Con t ll er , wireless network controller).
- the embodiment specifically includes: an eNB 201 of LTE, an RNC 202 of UMTS, and an MME 203.
- the MME 203 is configured to send a first access indication to the eNB 201, where the first access indication is used by the UE 204 to access the eNB 201, and the eNB 201 provides the UE 204 with an access technology to the LTE.
- the first access indication sent by the MME 203 to the eNB 201 is actually used by the UE 203 to indicate that the UE 204 accesses the eNB 201, that is, the first base station.
- the eNB 201 not only uses the first access indication to indicate that the UE 204 accesses the first base station, but also indicates that the UE 204 accesses the second base station.
- the UE identifier and the bearer setup information may be included, where the UE identifier is used to determine the corresponding UE 204 in the embodiment, and the bearer setup information may specifically include the NAS PDU and the bearer ID.
- the eNB 201 is configured to receive a first access indication sent by the MME 203, and use LTE carrier resources and
- the LTE bearer setup information is sent to the UE 204, and the LTE bearer setup information is obtained via the first access indication.
- the eNB 201 of the LTE transmits the LTE carrier resource and the LTE seven- carrier setup information to the UE 204, which is equivalent to allocating the LTE radio bearer resource to the UE 204.
- the carrier resource of the LTE is associated with the bearer setup information of the LTE.
- the eNB 201 is further configured to: acquire, by using the RNC 202, a carrier resource of the UMTS, and send the carrier resource of the UMTS and the bearer setup information of the UMTS to the UE 204, where the carrier resource of the UMTS is associated with the UMTS, so as to be
- the UE 204 allocates radio bearer resources of the UMTS.
- the RNC 202 provides the UE 204 with access technology to the UMTS.
- the bearer setup information of the UMTS is obtained via the first access indication.
- the eNB 201 transmits the carrier resource of the UMTS acquired by the RNC 202 and the bearer setup information of the UMTS to the UE 204, and the carrier resource of the UMTS is associated with the bearer setup information of the UMTS, and thus is equivalent to being allocated to the UE 204. Radio bearer resources of UMTS.
- the eNB 201 sends the bearer setup information of the LTE and the UMTS to the UE 204, where the bearer setup information of the UMTS and the bearer setup information of the LTE are the same access indication sent by the E 203, that is, the first Obtained in the access indication.
- the first access indication generally carries the bearer setup information
- the bearer setup information is generally used to indicate that the UE accesses the first base station, that is, the bearer setup information of the first network indicated by ⁇ E.
- the bearer setup information of the first network indicated by the MME is actually redistributed into bearer setup information of the first network and the second network, where the bearer setup information of the first network is used to indicate that the UE is connected.
- the bearer setup information of the second network is used to indicate that the UE accesses the second base station.
- the eNB 201 obtains the bearer setup information of the first network (LTE) and the second network (UMTS) from the first access indication, and the bearer setup information based on the LTE and the UMTS is the UE respectively.
- 204 allocates radio bearer resources of LTE and UMTS, thereby implementing carrier aggregation of different networks, so that the UE 204 can perform carrier communication with the eNB 201 and the RNC 202 by using LTE and UMTS and radio bearer resources, respectively, compared to the prior art. Only carrier aggregation of LTE can be performed, which further provides greater bandwidth to the UE and reduces waste of resources.
- bearer setup information of the first network and the second network is obtained by the same access indication.
- the bearer setup information of the first network and the second network may also be obtained by different access indications. See below for an embodiment.
- the ⁇ E sends an access indication to the same user equipment to the base station multiple times. For example, when the user equipment has a voice communication requirement, an access indication is sent to the base station, if the user equipment has Internet communication requirements later. The access indication is sent again to the base station. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the access indication is sent at least twice, the bearer setup information of the first network and the second network is obtained based on different access indications.
- the ⁇ E sends an access indication to the same user equipment to the base station multiple times. For example, when the user equipment has a voice communication requirement, an access indication is sent to the base station, if the user equipment has Internet communication requirements later. The access indication is sent again to the base station. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the access indication is sent at least twice, the bearer setup information of the first network and the second network is obtained based on different access indications. The following is specifically illustrated by an embodiment:
- an embodiment of the present invention provides a third embodiment of a communication system.
- the first base station obtains bearer setup information of the first network from the first access indication.
- the embodiment is described by taking the first network as the LTE and the second network as the UMTS.
- the first base station is the LTE eNB
- the second base station is the UMTS RNC.
- the embodiment specifically includes: an eNB 301 of LTE, an RNC 302 of UMTS, and an MME 303.
- the E 303 is configured to send a first access indication and a second access indication to the eNB 301, where the first access indication is used by the UE 304 to access the eNB 301, and the eNB 301 provides the UE 304 with an access technology to the LTE.
- the UE identifier and the bearer setup information may be included, and the UE identifier is used to determine the corresponding UE 304, and the bearer setup information in the embodiment may include the NAS PDU and the 7-ID.
- the first access indication and the second access indication both correspond to the same UE, and specifically, the first access indication and the second access indication both carry the same UE identifier.
- the eNB 301 is configured to receive the first access indication sent by the MME 303, and send the LTE carrier resource and the LTE bearer setup information to the UE 304, where the first access indication includes the LTE bearer setup information.
- the LTE eNB 301 transmits the LTE carrier resources and the LTE seven- carrier setup information to the UE 304, which is equivalent to allocating the LTE radio bearer resources to the UE 304.
- the carrier resource of the LTE is associated with the bearer setup information of the LTE.
- the eNB 301 is further configured to receive the second access indication sent by the MME 303, and obtain the information by using the RNC 302.
- the RNC 302 provides the UE 304 with access technology to the UMTS.
- the second access indication includes bearer setup information of the UMTS.
- the eNB 301 transmits the carrier resource of the UMTS acquired by the RNC 302 and the bearer setup information of the UMTS to the UE 304, and the carrier resource of the UMTS is associated with the bearer setup information of the UMTS, and thus is equivalent to allocating the UE 304. Radio bearer resources of UMTS.
- the eNB 301 acquires the carrier resource of the UMTS via the RNC 302. Specifically, the eNB 301 sends a carrier acquisition request to the RNC 302. The RNC 302 determines whether it has carrier resources, and if so, returns the carrier resource to the eNB 301. If not, the message can be returned by the RNC 302 to the eNB 301 causing the eNB 301 to cease operation.
- the bearer setup information of the LTE is included in the first access indication, that is, the bearer setup information of the part or all of the first access indication may be used as the bearer setup information of the LTE.
- the bearer setup information of the UMTS is included in the second access indication, that is, the bearer setup information of part or all of the second access indication may be used as the bearer setup information of the UMTS.
- ⁇ E 303 sends two access indications, that is, a first access indication and a second access indication, where the two access indications are generally used by the MME 303 to instruct the UE 304 to access the eNB 301. of. Therefore, if the two access indications carry the bearer setup information, the bearer setup information carried in the two access indications is generally used to indicate that the UE 304 accesses the eNB 301, that is, the indication indicated by ⁇ E Bearer setup information for LTE. In this embodiment, some or all of the bearer setup information in one of the access indications (ie, the first access indication) is still used as the bearer setup information of the LTE, and another access indication (ie, the second access indication) is used.
- Some or all of the bearer setup information is used as the bearer setup information of the UMTS, where the bearer setup information of the LTE is used to indicate that the UE 304 accesses the eNB 301, and the bearer setup information of the UMTS is used to indicate that the UE 304 accesses the RNC 302.
- the first access indication is sent earlier in the access indication sent by the ⁇ E, and the second access indication is sent later in the access indication sent by the E, thereby indicating the user equipment.
- the eNB 301 of the LTE receives the first access indication and the second access indication sent by the ⁇ E, and acquires the LTE radio bearer resource from the first access indication.
- the radio bearer resources of the UMTS are obtained from the second access indication, and the radio bearer resources of the LTE and the UMTS are allocated to the UE 304 based on the bearer setup information of the LTE and the UMTS, respectively, thereby implementing carrier aggregation of the different network, so that the UE can utilize the LTE.
- the UMTS and the radio bearer resources are respectively used for carrier communication with the eNB and the RNC. Compared with the prior art, only LTE carrier aggregation can be performed, which further provides greater bandwidth to the UE and reduces resource waste.
- the first base station obtains the bearer setup information of the first network and the second network according to the access indication sent by the E, and is used to allocate the bearer setup information to the UE respectively. Radio bearer resources of the first network and the second network.
- the user equipment may access the first base station and the second base station by using the allocated radio bearer resources, thereby
- the interaction data is transmitted between the core network elements to meet the communication requirements of the user equipment.
- the transmitted interactive data usually needs to be processed confidentially.
- the key required for the security processing may be the key of the first network or the key of the second network. The following is a detailed description. 1. The case of confidential processing by the key of the first network.
- the user equipment and the first base station perform encryption and decryption.
- the following is specifically illustrated by an embodiment:
- Embodiments of the present invention provide a fourth embodiment of a communication system. Different from other embodiments, in this embodiment, the interaction data transmitted between the user equipment and the core network element is secreted by the key of the first network.
- the first network is LTE
- the second network is UMTS
- the communication system shown in FIG. 2, that is, the LTE and UMTS bearer setup information are all accessed from the first.
- the instructions in the instructions are taken as an example for explanation.
- the first base station is an eNB of LTE
- the second base station is an RNC of UMTS.
- the embodiment specifically includes: an eNB 201 of LTE, an RNC 202 of UMTS, and an MME 203.
- the MME 203 is configured to send a first access indication to the eNB 201, where the first access indication is used by the UE 204 to access the eNB 201, and the eNB 201 provides the UE 204 with an access technology to the LTE.
- the UE identifier and the bearer setup information may be included, where the UE identifier is used to determine the corresponding UE 204, and the bearer setup information may specifically include the NAS PDU and the 7-ID.
- the eNB 201 is configured to receive the first access indication sent by the MME 203, and send the LTE carrier resource and the LTE bearer setup information to the UE 204, where the LTE setup information is obtained by using the first access indication. .
- the eNB 201 is further configured to: acquire, by using the RNC 202, a carrier resource of the UMTS, and send the carrier resource of the UMTS and the bearer setup information of the UMTS to the UE 204, where the carrier resource of the UMTS is associated with the UMTS, so as to be
- the UE 204 allocates radio bearer resources of the UMTS.
- the RNC 202 provides the UE 204 with access technology to the UMTS.
- the bearer setup information of the UMTS is obtained via the first access indication.
- the above functions of the MME 203 and the eNB 201 in this embodiment are similar to those of the second embodiment of the communication system, and can be referred to the second embodiment of the communication system. The differences between this embodiment and the second embodiment of the communication system will be mainly described below.
- the UE 204 and the core network element can transmit the interaction data by using the UMTS radio bearer resource, and in this embodiment, the The interaction data is encrypted by the key of the first network, ie the key of LTE.
- the core network element refers to the first network, that is, the core network element of LTE.
- the core network element may also be included in this embodiment.
- the eNB 201 is further configured to transmit the interaction data between the UE 204 and the core network element by using the radio bearer resource of the UMTS.
- the interaction data is processed by the UE 204 and the eNB 201 by using a key of the LTE. Since the interworking data is utilized to utilize the wireless bearer resources of the UMTS, the eNB of the LTE transmits the interaction data between the RNC 202 and the UE 204.
- the security processing includes encryption and decryption processing
- the interaction data includes service data that is sent by the core network element to the UE, and communication data that the UE feeds back to the core network element.
- the process of transmitting service data in this embodiment is specifically described below:
- the core network element is configured to send the service data sent to the UE to the eNB 201.
- the eNB 201 is further configured to encrypt the service data sent by the core network element by using the LTE key, and then send the data to the RNC 202.
- the RNC 202 is further configured to transmit the encrypted service data to the UE 204 by using the radio bearer resource of the UMTS allocated for the UE, so that the UE 204 decrypts the encrypted data by using the key of the LTE.
- the delivery process of the feedback communication data is similar to the delivery process of the above service data, except that the transmission direction is reversed, and the UE 204 performs encryption processing, and the eNB 201 performs decryption processing. I won't go into details here.
- both the UE 204 and the eNB 201 can obtain the LTE key, so that the interactive data can be processed confidentially.
- the UE 204 may be a key preset with LTE, or may be calculated by the UE after the eNB 201 informs the UE 204 that the first network is LTE.
- the eNB 201 allocates radio bearer resources of the LTE to the UE 204
- the eNB 201 sends the type information of the first network to the UE, so that the UE 204 calculates the key of the first network.
- the eNB 201 generally obtains the LTE key from the MME 203. Specifically, the LTE key is sent to the eNB 201 when the MME E 203 receives the initial UE message, where the LTE key may be calculated by the MME 203 itself. It can also be obtained from other devices.
- the present embodiment focuses on the following, after the first base station uses the allocated radio resource of the UMTS to transmit the interaction data between the UE and the core network element, after the radio bearer resources of the LTE and the UMTS are allocated to the UE, The interactive data can be secured by the LTE key.
- the user equipment may notify the other device by sending an acknowledgement message directly or indirectly.
- the method for directly sending the acknowledgment message is specifically: after the radio bearer resource of the second network is allocated to the user equipment, the user equipment uses the radio bearer resource of the second network to the first base station and the second base station. At least one of the mobility management entity and the core network element sends an acknowledgement message.
- the confirmation message is used to notify that the user equipment has successfully allocated the wireless bearer resource of the second network.
- the acknowledgment message may be forwarded between multiple devices. For example, the user equipment sends an acknowledgment message to the second base station, and then the second base station forwards the acknowledgment message to the first base station and the mobility management entity.
- the acknowledgment message may be sent by the user equipment after integrity protection.
- the manner of sending the acknowledgment message indirectly may refer to the manner of sending the encrypted data, specifically: the user equipment sends the encrypted data by using the radio bearer resource of the second network, and if the received device can successfully decrypt, the device successfully indicates to the user equipment.
- a radio bearer resource of the second network is allocated.
- the first base station since the first base station is responsible for encryption and decryption, when the first base station receives the encrypted data, if the encrypted data is successfully decrypted by using the key of the first network, the At least one of the second base station, the mobility management entity, and the core network element sends an acknowledgement message; the encrypted data is interaction data encrypted by the user equipment by using a key of the first network.
- the user equipment and the second base station perform encryption and decryption.
- the key of the second network needs to be sent by the ⁇ E to the second base station, which is specifically implemented by an embodiment. Description:
- Embodiments of the present invention provide a fifth embodiment of a communication system. Different from other embodiments, In this embodiment, the interaction data transmitted between the user equipment and the core network element is secreted by the key of the second network.
- the first network is LTE
- the second network is UMTS
- the communication system shown in FIG. 2, that is, the LTE and UMTS bearer setup information are all accessed from the first.
- the instructions in the instructions are taken as an example for explanation.
- the first base station is an LTE eNB
- the second base station is a UMTS RNC (radio i two two rk Cont ro l l er, radio network controller).
- the embodiment specifically includes: an eNB 201 of LTE, an RNC 202 of UMTS, and an MME 203.
- the MME 203 is configured to send a first access indication to the eNB 201, where the first access indication is used by the UE 204 to access the eNB 201, and the eNB 201 provides the UE 204 with an access technology to the LTE.
- the UE identifier and the bearer setup information may be included, where the UE identifier is used to determine the corresponding UE 204 in this embodiment, and the bearer setup information may specifically include a NAS PDU and an I D.
- the eNB 201 is configured to receive the first access indication sent by the MME 203, and send the LTE carrier resource and the LTE bearer setup information to the UE 204, where the LTE setup information is obtained by using the first access indication. .
- the eNB 201 is further configured to: acquire, by using the RNC 202, a carrier resource of the UMTS, and send the carrier resource of the UMTS and the bearer setup information of the UMTS to the UE 204, where the carrier resource of the UMTS is associated with the UMTS, so as to be
- the UE 204 allocates radio bearer resources of the UMTS.
- the RNC 202 provides the UE 204 with access technology to the UMTS.
- the bearer setup information of the UMTS is obtained via the first access indication.
- the above functions of the E 203 and the eNB 201 are similar to those of the second embodiment of the communication system, and can be referred to the second embodiment of the communication system. The differences between this embodiment and the second embodiment of the communication system will be mainly described below.
- the UE 204 and the core network element can transmit the interaction data by using the radio bearer resource of the UMTS, and in this embodiment, the interaction data is transmitted by the second network.
- the key, the UMTS key, is encrypted.
- the core network element refers to the first network, that is, the core network element of LTE.
- the core network element may also be included in this embodiment.
- the second base station needs to obtain the key of the second network.
- the eNB 201 is further configured to notify the MME 203 to send the UMTS key to the RNC 202, to
- the interaction data is caused by the UE 204 and the RNC 202 to perform security processing using the UMTS key.
- the interaction data is the interaction data between the UE 204 and the core network element that is transmitted by the RNC 202 by using the radio bearer resource of the UMTS.
- the eNB 201 may specifically send a key acquisition request to the ⁇ E 203 to implement the notification ⁇ E 203 to send the UMTS key to the RNC 202.
- the key acquisition request may be a request that currently exists.
- the key acquisition request may be a “handover request” when the network handover is currently implemented. Because the MME receives all the bearers when it receives the “handover request”, On the RNC, therefore, it is also possible to include an indication in the "Handover Request", indicating that the aggregation of the different network is performed instead of the network handover, so the indication causes the ⁇ E to only send the UMTS key to the RNC, instead of All bearers go to the RNC.
- the key acquisition request may also be a newly introduced request, and does not affect the implementation of the present invention.
- the key of the UMTS may be calculated by the ⁇ E 203 itself, or may be obtained from other devices.
- the key acquisition request carries type information of the second network (for example, the second network is UMTS), so that the E 203 calculates the key of the UMTS.
- the interaction data transmitted between the core network element and the UE can be used for security processing by the RNC and the UE respectively by using the UMTS key.
- the security process includes encryption and decryption processing, and the interaction data includes service data sent by the core network element to the user equipment, and communication data fed back to the core network element by the user equipment.
- the process of transmitting service data in this embodiment is specifically described below:
- the core network element is configured to send the service data sent to the UE to the RNC 202.
- the service data can also be forwarded by the eNB 201 without affecting the implementation of the present invention.
- the RNC 202 is further configured to: after encrypting the service data sent by the core network element by using the UMTS key, send the encrypted service data to the UE 204 by using the UMTS radio bearer resource, so that the UE 204 uses the UMTS key to The encrypted data is decrypted.
- the delivery process of the feedback communication data is similar to the delivery process of the above service data, except that the transmission direction is reversed, and the UE 204 performs encryption processing, and the RNC 202 performs decryption processing. I won't go into details here.
- both the UE 204 and the eNB 201 can obtain the UMTS key, so that the interaction data can be processed confidentially.
- the UE 204 may be a key preset with UMTS, or may be
- the eNB 201 informs the UE 204 that the second network is UMTS and is calculated by the UE 204. For example, when the eNB 201 allocates the radio bearer resources of the UMTS to the UE 204, the eNB 201 transmits the type information of the second network to the UE 204, so that the UE 204 calculates the key of the second network.
- the RNC 201 is a key that is obtained from the MME 203 to the UMTS. The key of the UMTS may be calculated by the MME itself or may be obtained from other devices.
- the wireless bearer resources of the UMTS allocated to the UE to transfer the interaction data between the UE and the core network element.
- the LTE radio bearer resources allocated for the UE are used to transmit the interaction data between the UE and the core network element.
- the present invention is similar to the existing existing manner by using the LTE radio bearer resource to transmit the interaction data. The embodiment will not be described in detail.
- the present embodiment focuses on the interaction data of the UE and the core network element when the RNC uses the radio bearer resource of the allocated UMTS to allocate the radio resource of the UMTS and the UMTS to the UE.
- the UMTS key can be used for security processing.
- the user equipment may notify other devices by sending an acknowledgement message directly or indirectly.
- the manner in which the acknowledgment message is directly sent is described in the fifth embodiment of the communication system, and details are not described herein again. The following describes how to send an acknowledgment message indirectly.
- the manner of sending the acknowledgment message indirectly may refer to the manner of sending the encrypted data, specifically: the user equipment sends the encrypted data by using the radio bearer resource of the second network, and if the received device can successfully decrypt, the device successfully indicates to the user equipment.
- a radio bearer resource of the second network is allocated.
- the second base station since the second base station is responsible for encryption and decryption, when the second base station receives the encrypted data, if the encrypted data is successfully decrypted by using the key of the second network, the At least one of the base station, the MME, and the core network element sends an acknowledgement message; the encrypted data is interaction data encrypted by the user equipment by using a key of the second network.
- the first base station notifies the user E to send the key of the second network to the second base station, which is actually for the second base station to utilize the key of the second network to transmit the radio bearer resource using the second network.
- the interactive data is encrypted and decrypted. Therefore, in a more optional manner, when the first base station allocates the radio bearer resource of the second network to the user equipment, the second base station has acquired the key of the second network, and at this time, the second base station can Number of interactions transmitted using the radio bearer resources of the second network According to encryption and decryption.
- the second base station may not acquire the key of the second network, and after the second base station acquires the key of the second network, The interaction data is encrypted. This manner is not described in detail in the embodiment of the present invention.
- Embodiments of the present invention provide a sixth embodiment of a communication system. Different from the other embodiments, in the embodiment, when the first base station allocates the radio bearer resource of the second network to the user equipment, the second base station has acquired the key of the second network.
- the first network is LTE
- the second network is LTE
- the LTE and UMTS bearer setup information are all obtained from the first access indication as an example.
- the first base station is an eNB of LTE
- the second base station is an RNC 0 of UMTS.
- the embodiment specifically includes: an eNB 201 of LTE, an RNC 202 of UMTS, and an MME 203.
- the MME 203 is configured to send a first access indication to the eNB 201, where the first access indication is used by the UE.
- the eNB 201 which provides the UE 204 with an access technology to LTE.
- the UE identifier and the bearer setup information may be included, where the UE identifier is used to determine the corresponding UE 204, and the bearer setup information may specifically include the NAS PDU and the 7-ID.
- the eNB 201 is configured to receive the first access indication sent by the MME 203, and send the LTE carrier resource and the LTE bearer setup information to the UE 204, where the LTE setup information is obtained by using the first access indication. .
- the eNB 201 is further configured to send a first key acquisition request to the MME 203, where the first key acquisition request causes the E 203 to return a key of the UMTS to the eNB 201;
- Receiving the returned UMTS key sending a carrier acquisition request to the RNC 202, the carrier acquisition request carrying the UMTS key, and causing the RNC 202 to return the UMTS carrier resource to the eNB 201, and the RNC 202 provides the UE 204 with the carrier UMTS access technology;
- the bearer setup information of the UMTS is obtained via the first access indication.
- the first key request may carry the information that the second network is UMTS, so that the MME 203 knows that the key of the UMTS needs to be returned. Moreover, the key of the UMTS may be calculated by the ⁇ E 203 itself, or may be obtained from other devices.
- the RNC 202 when the carrier resource and the bearer setup information of the UMTS are sent to the UE 204, that is, when the radio bearer resource of the UMTS is allocated to the UE 204, the RNC 202 has acquired the key of the UMTS, and therefore, the RNC 202 utilizes When the radio bearer resource of the UMTS transmits the interaction data between the UE and the core network element, the interaction data may be secretly processed by using the UMTS key.
- the RNC 202 has acquired the UMTS key when the UMTS radio bearer resource is allocated to the UE 204. Therefore, the RNC 202 receives the UE 204 and the core network element. When the interaction data is passed between, the interaction data can be directly processed by using the UMTS key.
- the key transmission process is integrated into the carrier resource acquisition process, and the carrier acquisition request can enable the RNC 202 to return the carrier resource and enable the RNC 202 to obtain the UMTS key, so that the key is not required to be sent to the RNC 202. , thereby saving communication overhead and optimizing the communication process.
- the case where the second base station has acquired the key of the second network when the first base station allocates the radio bearer resources of the second network to the user equipment is continued.
- Embodiments of the present invention provide a seventh embodiment of a communication system. Different from the other embodiments, in the embodiment, when the first base station allocates the radio bearer resource of the second network to the user equipment, the second base station has acquired the key of the second network.
- the first network is LTE
- the second network is UMTS
- the communication system shown in FIG. 2, that is, the LTE and UMTS bearer setup information are all accessed from the first.
- the instructions in the instructions are taken as an example for explanation.
- the first base station is an eNB of LTE
- the second base station is an RNC of UMTS.
- the embodiment specifically includes: an eNB 201 of LTE, an RNC 202 of UMTS, and an MME 203.
- the MME 203 is configured to send a first access indication to the eNB 201, where the first access indication is used for the UE 204 to access the eNB 201, and the eNB 201 provides the UE 204 with an access technology to the LTE.
- the UE identifier and the bearer setup information may be included, and the UE identifier is used to determine the corresponding UE 204, and the bearer setup information in the embodiment may include the NAS PDU and the 7-digit ID.
- the eNB 201 is configured to receive the first access indication sent by the MME 203, and send the LTE carrier resource and the LTE bearer setup information to the UE 204, where the LTE setup information is obtained by using the first access indication. .
- the eNB 201 is further configured to send a carrier acquisition request to the RNC 202, where the carrier acquisition request causes the RNC 202 to return a carrier resource of the UMTS to the eNB 201, and the RNC 202 provides the UE 204 with an access technology to the UMTS;
- the RNC 202 After receiving the UMTS key, the RNC 202 sends the UMTS carrier resource and the UMTS bearer setup information to the UE 204, and the UMTS carrier resource is associated with the UMTS to allocate the UMTS radio to the UE 204. Carrying resources.
- the 7-bit establishment information of the UMTS is acquired via the first access indication.
- the second key request may carry information that the second network is UMTS, thereby making the MME
- the ⁇ E 203 knows that it is necessary to return the key of UMTS. Moreover, the key of the UMTS may be calculated by the ⁇ E 203 itself, or may be obtained from other devices.
- the RNC 202 When it is determined whether the RNC 202 receives the UMTS key, it may be the received key information returned to the eNB 201 after receiving the key by the RNC 202, or the eNB 201 may actively query whether the RNC 202 receives the key. None of the embodiments of the present invention are affected.
- the RNC 202 when the carrier resource and the bearer setup information of the UMTS are sent to the UE 204, that is, when the radio bearer resource of the UMTS is allocated to the UE 204, the RNC 202 has acquired the key of the UMTS, and therefore, the RNC 202 utilizes When the radio bearer resource of the UMTS transmits the interaction data between the UE and the core network element, the interaction data may be secretly processed by using the UMTS key.
- the RNC 202 has acquired the UMTS key when the UMTS radio bearer resource is allocated to the UE 204. Therefore, the RNC 202 receives the UE 204 and the core network element. When the interaction data is passed between, the interaction data can be directly processed by using the UMTS key. Moreover, the key transmission process and the carrier resource are obtained in this embodiment. The fetching processes are independent of each other, and therefore, compared to the sixth embodiment of the communication system, additional communication overhead is required to transmit the UMTS key to the RNC, and additional communication overhead is required to determine whether the RNC receives the key.
- the first base station notifies E to send the key of the second network to the second base station.
- the specific notification manner may be directly notified by the first base station, or may be indirectly notified by the first base station.
- the direct notification method is that the first base station directly sends a notification to the ⁇ E
- the indirect notification manner is that the first base station notifies the E to send the key of the second network to the second base station via other devices.
- the eNB 201 may notify the EPON 203 via the RNC 202 to send a key of the UMTS to the RNC 202.
- the eNB 201 may notify the RNC 202 to send the key acquisition to the UI 203.
- the request is such that the RNC 202 sends a key acquisition request to the UI 203 at some point, for example, when receiving the interaction data.
- the eNB 201 may also notify the UE 204 to send the UMTS key to the RNC 202 via the UE 204.
- the eNB 201 may notify the UE 204 to send a key acquisition request to the ⁇ E 203, so that the UE 204 is at a certain time.
- the key acquisition request is sent to the ⁇ E 203.
- the embodiment of the communication system in the embodiment of the present invention is described above.
- the first base station in the embodiment of the present invention will be described below from the perspective of hardware processing.
- an embodiment of the present invention provides a first embodiment of a base station.
- the base station is specifically a first base station, where the first base station includes: a receiver 401, a transmitter 402, and a processor. 403 and memory 404.
- the receiver 401 is configured to receive a first access indication sent by the user E, and acquire a carrier resource of the second network by using the second base station, where the first access indication is used by the user equipment to access the first base station.
- the first base station provides the user equipment with an access technology to the first network; and the second base station provides the user equipment with an access technology to the second network.
- the transmitter 402 is configured to allocate, according to the first access indication, a radio bearer resource of the first network, and establish a carrier resource of the second network and a bearer of a second network.
- the information is sent to the user equipment, and the carrier resource of the second network is associated with the seven-layer establishment information of the second network, so as to allocate the radio bearer resource of the second network to the user equipment.
- the number of processors in this embodiment may be one or more, and one processor is shown in FIG. 403 is an example.
- the receiver 401, the transmitter 402, the processor 403, and the memory 404 may be connected by a bus or other means, wherein the bus connection is taken as an example in FIG.
- the MME actually belongs to the first network.
- the user equipment When the MME sends an access indication to the first base station, the user equipment generally has the communication requirement of the first network, and the user equipment may actively connect to the network.
- the communication requirement generated at the time may also be a communication requirement generated when the network actively pushes a message to the user equipment, and the like.
- the first base station can provide an access technology to the first network
- the second base station can provide an access technology to the second network.
- the first network may be a network such as LTE, UMTS, CDMA, GERAN, or WLAN.
- the first base station may be a base station or a base station controller according to the first network type. For example, if the first network is LTE, the first base station is a base station (eNB), and if the first network is UMTS, CDMA, GERAN, or WLAN, the first base station is a base station controller.
- the second network may be a network such as LTE, UMTS, CDMA, GERAN, or WLAN
- the second base station may be a base station or a base station controller according to the second network type.
- the second base station is a base station (eNB)
- the second base station is a base station (eNB)
- the second base station is a base station controller.
- the LTE network may be LTE-A or the like.
- the transmitter 402 of the first base station allocates the radio bearer resource of the first network and the radio bearer resource of the second network to the user equipment, where the radio bearer of the second network is allocated to the user equipment.
- the resource is obtained by transmitting the carrier resource of the second network obtained by the receiver 401 from the second base station, and the bearer setup information of the second network to the user equipment, and the carrier resource of the second network and the second network
- the bearer establishment information is associated with the implementation. Therefore, the carrier aggregation of the different network is implemented, so that the user equipment can use the radio bearer resources of the two different networks to perform carrier communication with the first base station and the second base station respectively, and only the LTE carrier aggregation can be performed in the prior art. Further providing greater bandwidth to the user equipment and reducing waste of resources.
- the program 405 may be stored in the memory 404, and the processor 403 causes the receiver 401 to perform the first access indication for receiving the E transmission, and acquire the carrier resource of the second network via the second base station by executing the program 405. And causing the transmitter 402 to perform, according to the first access indication, allocating, for the user equipment, the radio bearer resource of the first network, and the carrier resource of the second network and the bearer setup information of the second network. Transmitting to the user equipment, the carrier resource of the second network is associated with the bearer setup information of the second network, to allocate the location for the user equipment The radio bearer resource of the second network.
- the bearer setup information refers to the information used to establish the bearer, and specifically includes the NAS PDU and the bearer ID.
- the transmitter 402 allocates radio bearer resources of the first network and the second network to the user equipment, thereby implementing carrier aggregation of the different network. Let's take a closer look at the distribution process of these two different networks.
- the transmitter 402 allocates the radio bearer resources of the first network to the user equipment based on the first access indication sent by the E, so that the user equipment can establish a communication connection with the first base station by using the radio bearer resources of the first network.
- the process is not described in detail.
- the transmitter 402 transmits the carrier resource of the second network and the bearer setup information of the second network to the user equipment, and the carrier resource of the second network is associated with the bearer setup information of the second network, and thus is equivalent to
- the user equipment is allocated a radio bearer resource of the second network, so that the user equipment can establish a communication connection with the second base station by using the radio bearer resource of the second network.
- the carrier resource of the second network is obtained by the receiver 401 from the second base station, and the bearer setup information of the second network is actually obtained by the first base station (specifically, the processor 403).
- the acquisition process of the bearer establishment information of the second network is specifically described below.
- the first base station (specifically, the processor 403) can receive the access indication from the receiver 401.
- the bearer setup information is obtained, and the obtained bearer setup information is used as the bearer setup information of the second network.
- the access indication may be the first access indication, or may be the first access indication.
- ⁇ E sends other access indications to receiver 401.
- the access indication sent by the ⁇ E to the receiver 401 is generally used to indicate that the user equipment accesses the first base station, and therefore, the first base station (specifically, the processor 403) can be connected.
- the bearer setup information of the second network obtained in the indication is actually the bearer setup information indicating that the user equipment accesses the first base station.
- the bearer setup information may include a NAS PDU and a bearer ID, where the bearer ID is used to indicate that the user equipment establishes a corresponding bearer, and the NAS PDU includes filtering information to indicate which services can be on the bearer. Passing, through the binding of the NAS PDU and the bearer ID, enables the UE to know the correspondence between the service and the bearer.
- the carrier resource of the second network and the bearer setup information of the second network are related to: when the user equipment communicates with the first base station, the second base station, or the core network element, if the second network is utilized The carrier resource is specifically transmitted by the user equipment based on the bearer established by the bearer establishment information of the second network.
- the user equipment may be determined by the user equipment identifier, where the user equipment identifier may be carried by the first access indication, or may be other indications associated with the first access indication. Carrying, does not affect the implementation of the embodiment of the present invention.
- the user equipment identifier may be a UE association signaling identifier, for example, a UE S1 application protocol (SI AP) allocated by the MME.
- SI AP UE S1 application protocol
- the receiver 401 acquires carrier resources via the second base station.
- the base station usually performs mobility management on the user equipment in addition to the transmission preparation with the user equipment, wherein the mobility management includes management such as handover and measurement.
- the user equipment may be used for mobility management only by the first base station. Therefore, in an optional manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the first base station (specifically, the processor 403) may also be used. The mobility management of the user equipment by the second base station is prohibited.
- the receiver 401 obtains the carrier resource by using the second base station, which may be implemented by: the transmitter 402 sends a carrier acquisition request to the second base station, where the carrier acquisition request is made.
- the second base station determines that it has a carrier resource, it returns the carrier resource to the receiver 401.
- the carrier acquisition request may be a newly introduced request or a request that already exists.
- the base station before the handover sends a "reconfiguration request" to the switched base station, so that the switched base station returns the carrier resource. Therefore, the carrier acquisition request in the embodiment of the present invention may be a "reconfiguration request" for implementing access network handover.
- the indication may be added in the "reconfiguration request", indicating that the carrier aggregation is performed at this time, and therefore the indication prohibits the mobility management of the user equipment by the second base station.
- the transmitter 402 allocates the radio bearer resource of the second network to the user equipment, which actually indicates that the user equipment can access the second network.
- the first The base station (specifically, the processor 403) can also be used to determine whether the user equipment can access the second network. If so, the receiver 401 and the transmitter 402 continue to perform their functions, that is, normal. Working, if not, the receiver 401 and the transmitter 402 can be notified to stop the operation, or the above judgment can be cyclically executed in a certain period until the judgment result is YES.
- determining whether the user equipment can access the second network may be: determining whether the user equipment can support the second network and under the signal coverage of the second network.
- the ⁇ E can send an access indication (for example, a first access indication) to the receiver 401.
- the access indication may be a newly introduced message, or may be a message that currently exists, for example.
- the access indication may be a bearer setup request. When the user equipment has a communication requirement, the bearer setup request is sent to the base station, so that the user equipment communicates with the base station through the established bearer.
- the access indication sent by the E to the receiver 401 generally carries the bearer setup information, and the bearer setup information is actually used by the MME 13 to indicate that the user equipment accesses the first base station (equivalent to Access to the first network).
- the first base station (specifically, the processor 403) may actually determine how to allocate bearer setup information carried in the access indication to the first network and the second network, the first network and the second network.
- the bearer setup information is used to indicate that the user equipment accesses the first base station and the second base station, respectively.
- the access indication mentioned here may be the first access indication, and may be other access indications sent by the ⁇ E in addition to the first access indication.
- the bearer setup information of the first network and the bearer setup information of the second network are respectively obtained from the first access indication.
- an embodiment of the present invention provides a second embodiment of a first base station.
- the bearer setup information of the first network and the second network is obtained from the first access indication.
- the embodiment is described by using the first network as the LTE and the second network as the UMTS.
- the first base station is the LTE eNB
- the second base station is the UMTS RNC (radi io Network). Cont ro ll er, wireless network controller).
- the embodiment specifically includes: a receiver 501, a transmitter 502, a processor 503, and a memory 504.
- the receiver 501 is configured to receive the first access indication sent by the E, and obtain the information by using the RNC.
- the first access indication is used by the UE to access the eNB, the eNB provides an access technology to the LTE for the UE; and the RNC provides an access technology to the UMTS for the UE .
- the UE identifier and the bearer setup information may be included, where the UE identifier is used to determine the corresponding UE in the embodiment, and the bearer setup information may specifically include the NAS PDU and the 7-ID.
- the transmitter 502 is configured to send the LTE carrier resource and the LTE bearer setup information to the UE, where the LTE bearer setup information is obtained by using the first access indication.
- the bearer setup information of the LTE may be acquired by the processor 503 or may be acquired by other devices of the eNB.
- the transmitter 502 transmits the LTE carrier resources and the LTE bearer setup information of the eNB to the UE, which is equivalent to allocating the LTE radio bearer resources to the UE.
- the carrier resource of the LTE is associated with the bearer setup information of the LTE.
- the first access indication sent by the MME to the eNB is actually used by the MME to indicate that the UE accesses the eNB, that is, the first base station.
- the eNB not only uses the first access indication to indicate that the UE accesses the first base station, but also indicates that the UE accesses the second base station.
- the transmitter 502 is further configured to: send the carrier resource of the UMTS and the bearer setup information of the UMTS acquired by the receiver 401 to the UE, where the carrier resource of the UMTS is associated with the bearer setup information of the UMTS, so as to be
- the UE allocates radio 7-load resources of the UMTS.
- the 7-bit establishment information of the UMTS is acquired via the first access indication.
- the bearer setup information of the UMTS may be acquired by the processor 503 or may be acquired by other devices of the eNB.
- the transmitter 502 transmits the carrier resource of the UMTS acquired by the receiver 501 via the RNC and the bearer setup information of the UMTS to the UE, and the carrier resource of the UMTS is associated with the bearer setup information of the UMTS, and thus is equivalent to allocating the UE.
- the radio bearer resources of UMTS are associated with the bearer setup information of the UMTS.
- the transmitter 502 sends the bearer setup information of the LTE and the UMTS to the UE.
- the bearer setup information of the UMTS and the bearer setup information of the LTE are both obtained through the same access indication sent by the E, that is, the first access indication.
- the first access indication generally carries the bearer setup information
- the bearer setup information is generally used to indicate that the UE accesses the first base station, that is, the bearer setup information of the first network indicated by ⁇ E.
- the bearer setup information of the first network indicated by the ⁇ E is actually redistributed into the bearer setup information of the first network and the second network, where the bearer setup information of the first network is used to indicate the UE.
- the first base station is accessed, and the bearer setup information of the second network is used to indicate that the UE accesses the second base station.
- the eNB obtains bearer setup information of the first network (LTE) and the second network (UMTS) from the first access indication, and allocates the bearer setup information based on the LTE and the UMTS to the UE respectively.
- LTE and UMTS radio bearer resources thereby implementing carrier aggregation of different networks, enabling the UE to utilize LTE and UMTS and radio bearer resources to perform carrier communication with the eNB and the RNC respectively, compared to the prior art, which can only perform LTE.
- Carrier aggregation further provides greater bandwidth to the UE and reduces waste of resources.
- bearer setup information of the first network and the second network is obtained by the same access indication.
- the bearer setup information of the first network and the second network may also be obtained by different access indications. See below for an embodiment.
- the ⁇ E sends an access indication to the same user equipment to the base station multiple times. For example, when the user equipment has a voice communication requirement, an access indication is sent to the base station, if the user equipment has Internet communication requirements later. The access indication is sent again to the base station. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the access indication is sent at least twice, the bearer setup information of the first network and the second network is obtained based on different access indications.
- the ⁇ E sends an access indication to the same user equipment to the base station multiple times. For example, when the user equipment has a voice communication requirement, an access indication is sent to the base station, if the user equipment has Internet communication requirements later. The access indication is sent again to the base station. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the access indication is sent at least twice, the bearer setup information of the first network and the second network is obtained based on different access indications. The following is specifically illustrated by an embodiment:
- the embodiment of the present invention provides a third embodiment of the first base station.
- the bearer setup information of the first network is obtained from the first access indication
- the bearer setup information of the second network is obtained from the second access indication.
- the embodiment is described by using the first network as LTE and the second network as UMTS.
- the first base station is an LTE eNB, and the second base station is a UMTS RNC.
- the embodiment specifically includes: a receiver 601, a transmitter 602, a processor 603, and a memory 604.
- the receiver 601 is configured to receive a first access indication and a second access indication sent by the user E, and acquire a carrier resource of the UMTS by using an RNC, where the first access indication is used by the UE to access the eNB.
- the eNB provides the UE with an access technology to the LTE; the RNC provides the UE with an access technology to the UMTS.
- the UE identifier and the bearer setup information may be included, where the UE identifier is used to determine the corresponding UE in the embodiment, and the bearer setup information may specifically include the NAS PDU and the 7-ID.
- the first access indication and the second access indication both correspond to the same UE, and specifically, the first access indication and the second access indication both carry the same UE identifier.
- the transmitter 602 is configured to send carrier resources of the LTE and bearer setup information of the LTE to the UE, where the first access indication includes bearer setup information of the LTE.
- the transmitter 602 transmits the LTE carrier resources and the LTE bearer setup information of the eNB to the UE, which is equivalent to allocating the LTE radio bearer resources to the UE.
- the carrier resource of the LTE is associated with the bearer setup information of the LTE.
- the transmitter 602 is further configured to: send, by the receiver 401, a carrier resource of the UMTS and a setup information of the UMTS to the UE, where the carrier resource of the UMTS is associated with the UMTS bearer setup information, In order to allocate the radio bearer resources of the UMTS to the UE.
- the second access indication includes seven pieces of setup information of the UMTS.
- the transmitter 602 transmits the carrier resource of the UMTS acquired by the receiver 601 via the RNC and the bearer setup information of the UMTS to the UE, and the carrier resource of the UMTS is associated with the bearer setup information of the UMTS, and thus is equivalent to allocating the UE.
- the radio bearer resources of UMTS are associated with the bearer setup information of the UMTS.
- the bearer setup information of the LTE is included in the first access indication, that is, the bearer setup information of part or all of the first access indication may be used as the bearer setup information of the LTE.
- the bearer setup information of the UMTS is included in the second access indication, that is, the bearer setup information of part or all of the second access indication may be used as the bearer setup information of the UMTS.
- the bearer setup information of some or all of the first access indications may be performed by the processor 603, or may be performed by other devices of the eNB.
- the bearer setup information of some or all of the second access indications may be performed by the processor 603, or may be performed by other devices of the eNB.
- ⁇ E sends two access indications, that is, a first access indication and a second access indication, where the two access indications are generally used to indicate that the UE accesses the eNB. Therefore, if the two access indications carry the bearer setup information, the bearer setup information carried in the two access indications is generally used to indicate that the UE accesses the eNB, that is, the LTE indicated by the ⁇ E. Bearer establishment information.
- the eNB (specifically, the processor 603) may use part or all of the bearer setup information in one of the access indications (ie, the first access indication) as the bearer setup information of the LTE, and the eNB may be specifically processed.
- the 603 is used as the bearer setup information of the UMTS, where the bearer setup information of the LTE is used to indicate that the UE accesses the eNB, and the UMTS The bearer setup information is used to indicate that the UE accesses the RNC.
- the first access indication is sent earlier in the access indication sent by the ⁇ E, and the second access indication is sent later in the access indication sent by the E, thereby indicating the user equipment.
- the receiver 601 receives the first access indication and the second access indication sent by the E, and the eNB acquires the radio bearer resource of the LTE from the first access indication.
- the radio access resource of the UMTS is obtained in the second access indication, and the transmitter 602 allocates the radio 7-carrier resources of the LTE and the UMTS to the UE based on the 7-set setup information of the LTE and the UMTS, respectively, thereby implementing carrier aggregation of the different network, so that the UE
- the LTE and UMTS and the radio bearer resources can be used to perform carrier communication with the eNB and the RNC respectively.
- only LTE carrier aggregation can be performed, which further provides greater bandwidth to the UE and reduces resource waste.
- the first base station obtains the bearer setup information of the first network and the second network according to the access indication sent by the E, and is used to allocate the bearer setup information to the UE respectively. Radio bearer resources of the first network and the second network.
- the user equipment may access the first base station and the second base station by using the allocated radio bearer resources, thereby
- the interaction data is transmitted between the core network elements to meet the communication requirements of the user equipment.
- the transmitted interactive data usually needs to be processed confidentially.
- the key required for the security processing may be the key of the first network or the key of the second network. The following is a detailed description.
- the embodiment of the invention provides a fourth embodiment of the first base station.
- the interaction data transmitted between the user equipment and the core network element is secreted by the key of the first network.
- the first network is LTE
- the second network is UMTS
- the first base station shown in FIG. 5, that is, the eNB and the UMTS, the seven-layer establishment information are all from the first.
- the access indication is taken as an example for explanation.
- the first base station is an eNB of LTE
- the second base station is an RNC 0 of UMTS.
- the embodiment specifically includes: a receiver 5 01, a transmitter 502, a processor 503, and a memory 504.
- the receiver 501 is configured to receive a first access indication sent by the user E, and acquire a carrier resource of the UMTS by using an RNC, where the first access indication is used by the UE to access the eNB, where the eNB is The UE provides an access technology to the LTE; the RNC provides the UE with an access technology to the UMTS.
- the UE identifier and the bearer setup information may be included, where the UE identifier is used to determine the corresponding UE in the embodiment, and the bearer setup information may specifically include the NAS PDU and the 7-ID.
- the transmitter 502 is configured to send the LTE carrier resource and the LTE bearer setup information to the UE, where the LTE bearer setup information is obtained by using the first access indication.
- the bearer setup information of the LTE may be acquired by the processor 503 or may be acquired by other devices of the eNB.
- the transmitter 502 is further configured to send the carrier resource of the UMTS and the bearer setup information of the UMTS acquired by the receiver 401 to the UE, where the carrier resource of the UMTS is associated with the bearer setup information of the UMTS, so that A wireless 7-carrier resource of the UMTS is allocated to the UE.
- the 7-bit establishment information of the UMTS is acquired via the first access indication.
- the bearer setup information of the UMTS may be obtained by the processor 503 or may be acquired by other devices of the eNB.
- receiver 501 and the transmitter 502 in this embodiment are similar to those of the second embodiment of the first base station, and may be referred to the second embodiment of the first base station.
- the differences between this embodiment and the second embodiment of the first base station will be mainly described below.
- the interaction data is transmitted by the radio bearer resource of the UMTS, and in this embodiment, the exchanged data is encrypted by the key of the first network, that is, the key of the LTE.
- the core network element refers to the first network, that is, the core network element of LTE.
- the receiver 501 and the transmitter 502 are further configured to transmit the interaction data between the user equipment and the core network element by using the wireless bearer resource of the UMTS.
- the interaction data is performed by the user equipment and the first base station (specifically, the processor 503), and performs security processing by using a key of the first network. Since the interworking data is used to utilize the radio bearer resources of the UMTS, the eNB transmits the interaction data between the RNC and the UE.
- the receiver 501 is configured to receive interaction data sent by the UE and the core network element
- the transmitter 502 is configured to send interaction data to the UE and the core network element.
- the security process includes encryption and decryption processing
- the communication data includes service data sent by the core network element to the UE, and communication data fed back to the core network element by the UE. The following describes the process of transmitting service data in this embodiment:
- the core network element transmits the service data addressed to the UE to the receiver 501 of the eNB.
- the eNB (specifically, the processor 503) encrypts the service data received by the receiver 501 by using the LTE key, and then sends the encrypted data to the RNC through the transmitter 502.
- the RNC transmits the encrypted service data to the UE by using the radio bearer resource of the UMTS allocated to the UE, so that the UE decrypts the encrypted data by using the key of the LTE.
- the delivery process of the feedback communication data is similar to the transmission process of the above service data, except that the transmission direction is reversed, and the UE performs encryption processing, and the eNB performs decryption processing. I won't go into details here.
- both the UE and the eNB can obtain the LTE key, so that the interaction data can be processed confidentially.
- the UE may be a key preset with LTE, or may be calculated by the UE after the eNB informs the UE that the first network is LTE through the transmitter 502. For example, when the transmitter 502 allocates radio bearer resources of the LTE to the UE, the type information of the first network is sent to the UE, so that the UE calculates the key of the first network.
- the eNB is generally configured to obtain the LTE key from the MME. Specifically, the LTE key may be sent to the eNB when the MME receives the initial UE message, where the LTE key may be calculated by the ⁇ E itself. It can be obtained from other devices.
- the present embodiment focuses on that, after the radio bearer resources of the LTE and the UMTS are allocated to the UE, the transmitter and the receiver use the allocated radio resource of the UMTS to transmit the interaction data of the UE and the core network element.
- the interaction data can be processed by using the key of LTE.
- the user equipment may notify the other device by sending an acknowledgement message directly or indirectly.
- the method for directly sending the acknowledgment message is specifically: after the radio bearer resource of the second network is allocated to the user equipment, the user equipment uses the radio bearer resource of the second network to the first base station and the second base station. At least one of the mobility management entity and the core network element sends an acknowledgement message.
- the confirmation message is used to notify that the user equipment has successfully allocated the wireless bearer resource of the second network.
- the acknowledgment message may be forwarded between multiple devices. For example, the user equipment sends an acknowledgment message to the second base station, and then the second base station forwards the acknowledgment message to the first base station and the mobility management entity.
- the acknowledgment message may be sent by the user equipment after integrity protection.
- the manner of sending the acknowledgment message indirectly may refer to the manner of sending the encrypted data, specifically: the user equipment sends the encrypted data by using the radio bearer resource of the second network, and if the received device can successfully decrypt, the device successfully indicates to the user equipment.
- a radio bearer resource of the second network is allocated.
- the processor 503 is responsible for encryption and decryption. Therefore, the processor 503 is further configured to successfully decrypt the encrypted data by using the key of the first network when receiving the encrypted data.
- the embodiment of the invention provides a fifth embodiment of the first base station. Different from other embodiments, in this embodiment, the interaction data transmitted between the user equipment and the core network element is secreted by the key of the second network.
- the first network is LTE
- the second network is UMTS
- the first base station shown in FIG. 5, that is, the eNB and the UMTS, the seven-layer establishment information are all from the first.
- the access indication is taken as an example for explanation.
- the first base station is an eNB of LTE
- the second base station is an RNC 0 of UMTS.
- the embodiment specifically includes: a receiver 5 01, a transmitter 502, a processor 503, and a memory 504.
- the receiver 501 is configured to receive a first access indication sent by the user E, and acquire a carrier resource of the UMTS by using an RNC, where the first access indication is used by the UE to access the eNB, where the eNB is The UE provides an access technology to the LTE; the RNC provides the UE with an access technology to the UMTS.
- the UE identifier and the bearer setup information may be included, where the UE identifier is used to determine the corresponding UE in the embodiment, and the bearer setup information may specifically include the NAS PDU and the 7-ID.
- the transmitter 502 is configured to send the LTE carrier resource and the LTE bearer setup information to the UE, where the LTE bearer setup information is obtained by using the first access indication.
- the bearer setup information of the LTE may be acquired by the processor 503 or may be acquired by other devices of the eNB.
- the transmitter 502 is further configured to send the carrier resource of the UMTS and the bearer setup information of the UMTS acquired by the receiver 401 to the UE, where the carrier resource of the UMTS is associated with the bearer setup information of the UMTS, so that A radio bearer resource of the UMTS is allocated to the UE.
- the load establishment information of the UMTS is acquired via the first access indication.
- the bearer setup information of the UMTS may be obtained by the processor 503 or may be acquired by other devices of the eNB.
- receiver 501 and the transmitter 502 in this embodiment are similar to those of the second embodiment of the first base station, and may be referred to the second embodiment of the first base station.
- the differences between this embodiment and the second embodiment of the first base station will be mainly described below.
- the UE and the core network element can use the radio bearer resources of the UMTS to transmit the interaction data, and in this embodiment, the exchanged data is used by the key of the second network. , that is, the key of UMTS is encrypted.
- the core network element refers to the first Network
- the core network element of LTE Before the interaction data is transmitted, the second base station needs to obtain the key of the second network.
- the transmitter 502 is further configured to: notify the user E to send a key of the UMTS to the RNC, so that the interaction data is processed by the UE and the RNC by using a key of the UMTS; the interaction data The interaction data between the UE and the core network element delivered by the RNC using the radio bearer resources of the UMTS.
- the transmitter 502 may specifically send a key acquisition request to the MME to notify the MME to send the UMTS key to the RNC.
- the key acquisition request may be a request that currently exists.
- the key acquisition request may be a “handover request” when the network handover is currently implemented. Since the MME receives all the bearers when it receives the “handover request”, On the RNC, therefore, it is also possible to include an indication in the "Handover Request", indicating that the aggregation of the different network is performed instead of the network handover, so the indication causes the ⁇ E to only send the UMTS key to the RNC, instead of All bearers go to the RNC.
- the key acquisition request may also be a newly introduced request without affecting the implementation of the present invention.
- the key of UMTS can be calculated by ⁇ E itself, or it can be obtained from other devices.
- the key acquisition request carries type information of the second network (for example, the second network is UMTS), so that the MME calculates the key of the UMTS.
- the interaction data transmitted between the core network element and the UE can be used for security processing by the RNC and the UE respectively by using the UMTS key.
- the security process includes encryption and decryption processing, and the interaction data includes service data that is sent by the core network element to the UE, and communication data that the UE feeds back to the core network element. The following describes the process of transmitting service data in this embodiment:
- the core network element sends the service data sent to the UE to the RNC.
- the service data can also be forwarded through the receiver 501 and the transmitter 502 of the eNB without affecting the implementation of the present invention.
- the RNC After encrypting the service data sent by the core network element by using the UMTS key, the RNC sends the encrypted service data to the UE by using the UMTS radio bearer resource, so that the UE decrypts the encrypted data by using the UMTS key.
- the delivery process of the feedback communication data is similar to the transmission process of the above service data, except that the transmission direction is reversed, and the UE performs encryption processing, and the RNC performs decryption processing. I won't go into details here.
- both the UE and the RNC can obtain the UMTS key, so that the interactive data can be entered.
- Line confidentiality processing The UE may be a key preset with UMTS, or may be calculated by the UE after the eNB informs the UE that the second network is UMTS through the transmitter 502. For example, when the transmitter 502 allocates the radio bearer resource of the UMTS to the UE, the type information of the second network is sent to the UE, so that the UE calculates the key of the second network.
- the RNC is a key obtained from E to the UMTS.
- the key of the UMTS may be calculated by the ⁇ E itself, or may be obtained from other devices.
- the wireless bearer resources of the UMTS allocated to the UE to transfer the interaction data between the UE and the core network element.
- the LTE radio bearer resources allocated for the UE are used to transmit the interaction data between the UE and the core network element.
- the present invention is similar to the existing existing manner by using the LTE radio bearer resource to transmit the interaction data. The embodiment will not be described in detail.
- the present embodiment focuses on the interaction data of the UE and the core network element when the RNC uses the radio bearer resource of the allocated UMTS to allocate the radio resource of the UMTS and the UMTS to the UE.
- the key of the UMTS can be used for security processing, and the key obtained by the RNC to the UMTS is notified by the transmitter 502.
- the user equipment may notify other devices by sending an acknowledgement message directly or indirectly.
- the manner in which the acknowledgment message is directly sent is described in the fifth embodiment of the first base station, and details are not described herein again. The following describes how to send an acknowledgment message indirectly.
- the manner of sending the acknowledgment message indirectly may refer to the manner of sending the encrypted data, specifically: the user equipment sends the encrypted data by using the radio bearer resource of the second network, and if the received device can successfully decrypt, the device successfully indicates to the user equipment.
- a radio bearer resource of the second network is allocated.
- the second base station since the second base station is responsible for encryption and decryption, when the second base station receives the encrypted data, if the encrypted data is successfully decrypted by using the key of the second network, At least one of the first base station, the ⁇ E, and the core network element sends an acknowledgment message; the encrypted data is interaction data that is encrypted by the user equipment by using a key of the second network.
- the transmitter 502 notifies the ⁇ E to send the key of the second network to the second base station, which is actually for the second base station to utilize the key of the second network to transmit the radio bearer resource using the second network.
- the interactive data is encrypted and decrypted. Therefore, in a more optional manner, when the transmitter 502 allocates the radio bearer resource of the second network to the user equipment, the second base station has acquired the second The key of the network, at this time, the second base station can encrypt and decrypt the interaction data transmitted by the radio bearer resource of the second network.
- the second base station may not acquire the key of the second network, and after the second base station acquires the key of the second network, The interaction data is encrypted. This manner is not described in detail in the embodiment of the present invention.
- the foregoing optional mode is described, that is, when the transmitter 502 allocates the radio bearer resource of the second network to the user equipment, the second base station has acquired the key of the second network. See the two specific examples below.
- the embodiment of the invention provides a sixth embodiment of the first base station. Different from the other embodiments, in the embodiment, when the transmitter 502 allocates the radio bearer resource of the second network to the user equipment, the second base station has acquired the key of the second network.
- the first network is LTE
- the second network is UMTS
- the first base station shown in FIG. 5, that is, the eNB and the UMTS, the seven-layer establishment information are all from the first.
- the access indication is taken as an example for explanation.
- the first base station is an eNB of LTE
- the second base station is an RNC of UMTS.
- the embodiment specifically includes: a receiver 5 01, a transmitter 502, a processor 503, and a memory 504.
- the receiver 501 is configured to receive a first access indication sent by the MME, where the first access indication is used by the UE to access the eNB, and the eNB provides the UE with an access technology to the LTE.
- the UE identifier and the bearer setup information may be included, where the UE identifier is used to determine the corresponding UE in the embodiment, and the bearer setup information may specifically include the NAS PDU and the 7-ID.
- the transmitter 502 is configured to send the LTE carrier resource and the LTE bearer setup information to the UE, where the LTE bearer setup information is obtained by using the first access indication.
- the bearer setup information of the LTE may be acquired by the processor 503 or may be acquired by other devices of the eNB.
- the transmitter 502 is further configured to send a first key acquisition request to the UI, where the first key acquisition request causes the E to return a UMTS key to the receiver 501, and send a carrier to the RNC.
- the carrier acquisition request carries a key of the UMTS, and causes the RNC to return a carrier resource of the UMTS to the receiver 501.
- the RNC provides the UE with a connection to the UMTS Into the technology.
- the receiver 501 is further configured to: receive a key of the UMTS returned by the E, and receive a carrier resource of the UMTS returned by the RNC;
- the transmitter 502 is further configured to: send, to the UE, the carrier resource of the UMTS and the UMTS that is received by the receiver 501, where the carrier resource of the UMTS is associated with the 7-layer establishment information of the UMTS. And to allocate the radio bearer resources of the UMTS to the UE.
- the bearer setup information of the UMTS is obtained via the first access indication.
- the bearer setup information of the UMTS may be acquired by the processor 503, or may be acquired by other devices of the eNB.
- the first key request may carry the information that the second network is UMTS, so that the MME knows that the key of the UMTS needs to be returned. Moreover, the key of UMTS can be calculated by ⁇ E itself, or it can be obtained from other devices.
- the RNC when the transmitter 502 transmits the carrier resource and the bearer setup information of the UMTS to the UE, that is, when the wireless 7-carrier resource of the UMTS is allocated to the UE, the RNC has obtained the UMTS key, and therefore, the RNC utilizes When the radio bearer resource of the UMTS transmits the interaction data between the UE and the core network element, the interaction data may be secretly processed by using the UMTS key.
- the RNC has acquired the UMTS key when the transmitter 502 allocates the UMTS radio bearer resource to the UE. Therefore, the RNC receives the UE and the core network element.
- the interactive data can be directly processed by using the UMTS key.
- the key transmission process is integrated into the carrier resource acquisition process, and the carrier acquisition request can enable the RNC to return the carrier resource and enable the RNC to obtain the UMTS key, so that the key is not required to be sent to the RNC, thereby saving
- the communication overhead optimizes the communication flow.
- the case where the transmitter 502 has acquired the key of the second network when the second base station has acquired the radio bearer resources of the second network is continued.
- the embodiment of the invention provides a seventh embodiment of the first base station. Different from the other embodiments, in the embodiment, when the transmitter 502 allocates the radio bearer resource of the second network to the user equipment, the second base station has acquired the key of the second network.
- the first network is LTE
- the second network is UMTS
- the first base station shown in FIG. 5, that is, the eNB and UMTS seven-port setup information are all obtained from the first access indication as an example for description.
- the first base station is an eNB of LTE
- the second base station is an RNC 0 of UMTS.
- the embodiment specifically includes: a receiver 5 01, a transmitter 502, a processor 503, and a memory 504.
- the receiver 501 is configured to receive a first access indication sent by the UE, where the first access indication is used by the UE to access the eNB, and the eNB provides the UE with an access technology to the LTE.
- the UE identifier and the bearer setup information may be included, where the UE identifier is used to determine the corresponding UE in the embodiment, and the bearer setup information may specifically include the NAS PDU and the 7-ID.
- the transmitter 502 is configured to send the LTE carrier resource and the LTE bearer setup information to the UE, where the LTE bearer setup information is obtained by using the first access indication.
- the bearer setup information of the LTE may be acquired by the processor 503 or may be acquired by other devices of the eNB.
- the transmitter 502 is further configured to: send a carrier acquisition request to the RNC, where the carrier acquisition request causes the RNC to return a carrier resource of the UMTS to the receiver 501, and send a second key acquisition request to the MME, where The second key acquisition request causes the MME to return a key of the UMTS to the RNC.
- the RNC provides the UE with access technology to UMTS.
- the receiver 501 is further configured to receive a carrier resource of the UMTS returned by the RNC;
- the transmitter 502 is further configured to: after the RNC receives the key of the UMTS, send the carrier resource of the UMTS and the bearer setup information of the UMTS received by the receiver 501 to the UE, where The carrier resources of the UMTS are associated with the 7-bit setup information of the UMTS to allocate the radio bearer resources of the UMTS to the UE.
- the bearer setup information of the UMTS is obtained via the first access indication.
- the bearer setup information of the UMTS may be obtained by the processor 503 or may be acquired by other devices of the eNB.
- the second key request may carry the information that the second network is UMTS, so that the MME knows that the key that needs to be returned is the UMTS.
- the key of UMTS can be calculated by ⁇ E itself, or it can be obtained from other devices.
- the RNC When determining whether the RNC receives the UMTS key, it may be the received key information returned to the receiver 501 after receiving the key by the RNC, or may be actively queried by the transmitter 502. Whether or not the key is received does not affect the implementation of the embodiment of the present invention.
- the RNC when the transmitter 502 transmits the carrier resource and the bearer setup information of the UMTS to the UE, that is, when the wireless 7-carrier resource of the UMTS is allocated to the UE, the RNC has obtained the UMTS key, and therefore, the RNC utilizes When the radio bearer resource of the UMTS transmits the interaction data between the UE and the core network element, the interaction data may be secretly processed by using the UMTS key.
- the RNC has acquired the UMTS key when the transmitter 502 allocates the UMTS radio bearer resource to the UE. Therefore, the RNC receives the UE and the core network element. When the interactive data is transmitted, the interactive data can be directly processed by using the UMTS key. Moreover, in this embodiment, the key transmission process and the carrier resource acquisition process are independent of each other. Therefore, compared with the sixth embodiment of the first base station, an additional communication overhead is required to transmit the UMTS key to the RNC, and an additional The communication overhead determines whether the RNC receives the key.
- the sender 502 notifies the MME to send the key of the second network to the second base station.
- the specific notification manner may be directly notified by the transmitter 502, or may be indirectly notified by the sender 502. .
- the way of direct notification is that the sender 502 sends a notification directly to the ⁇ E
- the way of the indirect notification is that the transmitter 502 notifies the ⁇ E to send the key of the second network to the second base station via the other device.
- the sender 502 may notify the MME to send a UMTS key to the RNC via the RNC, and specifically, the transmitter 502 may notify the RNC to send a key acquisition request to the MME.
- the RNC sends a key acquisition request to ⁇ E at a certain moment, for example, when receiving interactive data.
- the transmitter 502 may also notify the MME to send a key of the UMTS to the RNC via the UE.
- the transmitter 502 may notify the UE to send a key acquisition request to the E, so that the UE receives the UMTS at a certain moment.
- a key acquisition request is sent to E.
- the first base station in the embodiment of the present invention is described above from the perspective of hardware processing.
- the first base station in the embodiment of the present invention will be described from the perspective of a modular functional entity.
- an embodiment of the present invention provides an eighth embodiment of a base station.
- the base station is specifically a first base station, where the first base station includes: a receiving unit 701, an allocating unit 702, and an acquiring unit. 703 and transmitting unit 704.
- the receiving unit 701 is configured to receive a first access indication sent by the user E, where the first access indication is used by the user equipment to access the first base station, and the first base station provides the first Network access technology.
- the allocating unit 702 is configured to allocate, according to the first access indication, a radio bearer resource of the first network to the user equipment.
- the obtaining unit 703 is configured to acquire, by using the second base station, a carrier resource of the second network, where the second base station provides the user equipment with an access technology to the second network.
- the sending unit 704 is configured to send the carrier resource and the bearer setup information of the second network to the user equipment, where the carrier resource of the second network is associated with the bearer setup information, so as to be allocated to the user equipment.
- the radio bearer resource of the second network is configured to send the carrier resource and the bearer setup information of the second network to the user equipment, where the carrier resource of the second network is associated with the bearer setup information, so as to be allocated to the user equipment.
- the radio bearer resource of the second network is configured to send the carrier resource and the bearer setup information of the second network to the user equipment, where the carrier resource of the second network is associated with the bearer setup information, so as to be allocated to the user equipment.
- the MME actually belongs to the first network.
- the user equipment When the MME sends an access indication to the first base station, the user equipment generally has the communication requirement of the first network, and the user equipment may actively connect to the network.
- the communication requirement generated at the time may also be a communication requirement generated when the network actively pushes a message to the user equipment, and the like.
- the first base station can provide an access technology to the first network
- the second base station can provide an access technology to the second network.
- the first network may be a network such as LTE, UMTS, CDMA, GERAN, or WLAN.
- the first base station may be a base station or a base station controller according to the first network type. For example, if the first network is LTE, the first base station is a base station (eNB), and if the first network is UMTS, CDMA, GERAN, or WLAN, the first base station is a base station controller.
- the second network may be a network such as LTE, UMTS, CDMA, GERAN, or WLAN
- the second base station may be a base station or a base station controller according to the second network type.
- the second base station is a base station (eNB)
- the second base station is a base station (eNB)
- the second base station is a base station controller.
- the LTE network may be LTE-A or the like.
- the allocating unit 702 of the first base station allocates the radio bearer resource of the first network to the user equipment
- the sending unit 704 allocates the radio bearer resource of the second network to the user equipment, where the user is allocated to the user.
- the device allocates the radio bearer resource of the second network by using the carrier resource of the second network acquired by the obtaining unit 703 from the second base station, and the bearer setup information of the second network, to the user equipment, and the second network Carrier resource and bearer of the second network Establish information related to the implementation.
- the carrier aggregation of the different networks is implemented, so that the user equipment can use the radio bearer resources of the two different networks to perform carrier communication with the first base station and the second base station respectively. Compared to the prior art, only LTE carrier aggregation can be performed. Further providing greater bandwidth to the user equipment and reducing waste of resources.
- the bearer setup information refers to information used to establish a bearer, and specifically includes a NAS PDU and a bearer ID.
- the allocating unit 702 allocates the radio bearer resource of the first network to the user equipment, and the sending unit 704 allocates the radio bearer resource of the second network to the user equipment, thereby implementing carrier aggregation of the different network. Let's take a closer look at the distribution process of these two different networks.
- the allocating unit 702 allocates the radio bearer resources of the first network to the user equipment based on the first access indication sent by the E, so that the user equipment can establish a communication connection with the first base station by using the radio bearer resources of the first network.
- the process is not described in detail.
- the sending unit 704 sends the carrier resource of the second network and the bearer setup information of the second network to the user equipment, and the carrier resource of the second network is associated with the bearer setup information of the second network, and thus is equivalent to
- the user equipment is allocated a radio bearer resource of the second network, so that the user equipment can establish a communication connection with the second base station by using the radio bearer resource of the second network.
- the carrier resource of the second network is obtained by the acquiring unit 703 from the second base station, and the bearer establishment information of the second network is actually obtained by the first base station.
- the acquisition process of the bearer establishment information of the second network is specifically described below.
- ⁇ E can generate bearer setup information according to the communication requirement of the user equipment and carry it in the access indication sent to the receiving unit 701. Therefore, the first base station (specifically, the acquiring unit or other unit) can receive from the receiving unit 701.
- the bearer setup information is obtained in the access indication, and the acquired bearer setup information is used as the bearer setup information of the second network.
- the access indication may be the first access indication or the first access.
- E sends an additional access indication to the receiving unit 701.
- the access indication sent by the MME to the receiving unit 701 is generally used to indicate that the user equipment accesses the first base station, and therefore, the second network obtained by the first base station from the access indication
- the bearer setup information is actually E indicating the bearer setup information of the user equipment accessing the first base station.
- the bearer setup information may include a NAS PDU and a bearer ID, where the bearer ID is used to indicate that the user equipment establishes a corresponding bearer, and the NAS PDU includes filtering information to indicate which services can be delivered on the bearer, through the NAS PDU and the bearer ID.
- the binding enables the UE to know the correspondence between the service and the bearer.
- the carrier resource of the second network and the bearer setup information of the second network are related to: when the user equipment communicates with the first base station, the second base station, or the core network element, if the second network is utilized
- the carrier resource is specifically transmitted by the user equipment based on the bearer established by the bearer establishment information of the second network.
- the user equipment may be determined by the user equipment identifier, where the user equipment identifier may be carried by the first access indication, or may be other indications associated with the first access indication. Carrying, does not affect the implementation of the embodiment of the present invention.
- the user equipment identifier may be a UE-associated signaling identifier, for example, a UE S1 application protocol (S IAP) that is allocated by the MME.
- S IAP UE S1 application protocol
- the acquiring unit 703 acquires carrier resources via the second base station.
- the base station usually performs mobility management on the user equipment in addition to the transmission preparation with the user equipment, wherein the mobility management includes management such as handover and measurement.
- the user equipment may be used for mobility management only by the first base station. Therefore, in an optional manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the first base station may further include a disabling unit, where the disabling unit is used. The mobility management of the user equipment by the second base station is prohibited.
- the acquiring unit 703 acquires the carrier resource by using the second base station, which may be implemented by the following process:
- the obtaining unit 703 sends a carrier acquisition request to the second base station, where the carrier acquisition request is made.
- the second base station determines that it has a carrier resource, it returns the carrier resource to the acquiring unit 703.
- the carrier acquisition request may be a newly introduced request or a request that already exists. For example, when the access network handover is currently implemented, the base station before the handover sends a "reconfiguration request" to the base station after the handover, so that the base station after the handover returns the carrier resource.
- the carrier acquisition request in the embodiment of the present invention may be a "reconfiguration request" for implementing access network handover.
- the indication may also be added in the “reconfiguration request”, indicating that the carrier aggregation is performed at this time, and therefore the indication prohibits the mobility management of the user equipment by the second base station.
- the sending unit 704 allocates the radio bearer resource of the second network to the user equipment, which actually indicates that the user equipment can access the second network, which is an optional method in the embodiment of the present invention.
- the first base station may further include a determining unit, configured to determine whether the user equipment can access the second network, and if so, the receiving unit 701, the allocating unit 702, the obtaining unit 703, and the sending unit 704 continue to execute The function, that is, normal operation, if not, can notify the receiving unit 701, the allocating unit 702, the obtaining unit 703, and the transmitting unit 704 to stop the operation, or cyclically execute the above judgment in a certain period until the judgment result is YES.
- the determining unit determines that the user equipment cannot support the second network, it can be understood that the user equipment cannot access the second network thereafter, and the determining unit can notify the receiving unit 701, the allocating unit 702, the obtaining unit 703, and the sending. Unit 704 stops working. If the determining unit determines that the user equipment can support the second network, but is not located under the signal coverage of the second network, the user equipment cannot access the second network at this time, but with the movement of the user equipment, It is possible to move to the signal coverage of the second network.
- the judging unit can periodically perform the above judgment in a certain period until it is determined that the user equipment can access the second network, and then notify the receiving unit 701, the allocating unit 702, The obtaining unit 703 and the transmitting unit 704 continue to perform their functions.
- the determining unit determines whether the user equipment can access the second network.
- the determining unit determines whether the user equipment can support the second network and is under the signal coverage of the second network.
- the ⁇ E can send an access indication (for example, a first access indication) to the receiving unit 701.
- the access indication may be a newly introduced message, or may be a message that currently exists, for example,
- the access indication may be a bearer setup request.
- the bearer setup request is sent to the base station, so that the user equipment communicates with the base station through the established bearer.
- the access indication sent by the ⁇ E to the receiving unit 701 generally carries the bearer setup information, and the bearer setup information is actually used to indicate that the user equipment accesses the first base station (equivalent to Access to the first network).
- the first base station actually determines how to allocate the bearer setup information carried in the access indication to the first network and the second network, and the bearer setup information of the first network and the second network are used to indicate The user equipment accesses the first base station and the second base station.
- the access indication mentioned here may be the first access indication, and may be other access indications sent by the MME in addition to the first access indication.
- the embodiment of the present invention provides a ninth embodiment of the first base station.
- bearer setup information of the first network and the second network is obtained from the first access indication.
- the first network is LTE
- the second network is LTE
- the UMTS is described as an example.
- the first base station is an eNB of LTE
- the second base station is an RNC of UMTS.
- the embodiment specifically includes: a receiving unit 801, an allocating unit 802, an obtaining unit 803, and a transmitting unit 804.
- the receiving unit 801 is configured to receive a first access indication sent by the UE, where the first access indication is used by the UE to access the eNB, and the eNB provides the UE with an access technology to the LTE.
- the UE identifier and the bearer setup information may be included, where the UE identifier is used to determine the corresponding UE in the embodiment, and the bearer setup information may specifically include the NAS PDU and the 7-ID.
- the allocating unit 8 02 is configured to send the carrier resources of the LTE and the bearer setup information of the LTE to the UE, where the bearer setup information of the LTE is acquired by using the first access indication.
- the allocating unit 802 transmits the carrier resources of the LTE and the bearer setup information of the LTE to the UE, which is equivalent to allocating the radio bearer resources of the LTE to the UE.
- the carrier resource of the LTE is associated with the bearer setup information of the LTE.
- the first access indication sent by the MME to the eNB is actually used by the MME to indicate that the UE accesses the eNB, that is, the first base station.
- the eNB not only uses the first access indication to indicate that the UE accesses the first base station, but also indicates that the UE accesses the second base station.
- the obtaining unit 8 03 is configured to acquire the carrier resource of the UMTS via the RNC.
- the RNC provides the UE with access technology to UMTS.
- the sending unit 840 is configured to send the carrier resource of the UMTS and the bearer setup information of the UMTS acquired by the obtaining unit 803 to the UE, where the carrier resource of the UMTS is associated with the UMTS bearer setup information, so as to be the UE. Allocate radio bearer resources of UMTS.
- the bearer setup information of the UMTS is obtained via the first access indication.
- the sending unit 804 sends the carrier resource of the UMTS acquired by the obtaining unit 803 via the RNC and the bearer setup information of the UMTS to the UE, the carrier resource of the UMTS and the 7-carrier establishment letter of the UMTS
- the information is associated, so it is equivalent to allocating the radio bearer resources of the UMTS to the UE.
- the allocating unit 802 sends the bearer setup information of the LTE to the UE
- the sending unit 804 sends the bearer setup information of the UMTS to the UE, where the bearer setup information of the UMTS and the bearer setup information of the LTE are both
- the same access indication sent by E that is, obtained in the first access indication.
- the first access indication generally carries the bearer setup information
- the bearer setup information is generally used to indicate that the UE accesses the first base station, that is, the bearer setup information of the first network indicated by ⁇ E.
- the bearer setup information of the first network indicated by the E is actually redistributed into the bearer setup information of the first network and the second network, where the bearer setup information of the first network is used to indicate that the UE is connected.
- the bearer setup information of the second network is used to instruct the UE to access the second base station.
- the bearer setup information of the first network and the second network may be acquired by the acquiring unit 903, or may be acquired by other devices of the eNB.
- the eNB obtains bearer setup information of the first network (LTE) and the second network (UMTS) from the first access indication, and allocates the bearer setup information based on the LTE and the UMTS to the UE respectively.
- LTE and UMTS radio bearer resources thereby implementing carrier aggregation of different networks, enabling the UE to utilize LTE and UMTS and radio bearer resources to perform carrier communication with the eNB and the RNC respectively, compared to the prior art, which can only perform LTE.
- Carrier aggregation further provides greater bandwidth to the UE and reduces waste of resources.
- bearer setup information of the first network and the second network is obtained by the same access indication.
- the bearer setup information of the first network and the second network may also be obtained by different access indications. See below for an embodiment.
- the ⁇ E sends an access indication to the same user equipment to the base station multiple times. For example, when the user equipment has a voice communication requirement, an access indication is sent to the base station, if the user equipment has Internet communication requirements later. The access indication is sent again to the base station. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the access indication is sent at least twice, the bearer setup information of the first network and the second network is obtained based on different access indications.
- the ⁇ E sends an access indication to the same user equipment to the base station multiple times. For example, when the user equipment has a voice communication requirement, an access indication is sent to the base station, if the user equipment has Internet communication requirements later. The access indication is sent again to the base station. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the access indication is sent at least twice, the bearer setup information of the first network and the second network is obtained based on different access indications. The following is specifically illustrated by an embodiment:
- the embodiment of the present invention provides a tenth embodiment of the first base station.
- the bearer establishment information of the first network is obtained from the first access indication
- the The bearer establishment information of the second network is obtained in the second access indication.
- the embodiment is described by using the first network as LTE and the second network as UMTS.
- the first base station is an LTE eNB, and the second base station is a UMTS RNC.
- the embodiment specifically includes: a receiving unit 901, an allocating unit 902, an obtaining unit 903, and a transmitting unit 904.
- the receiving unit 901 is configured to receive a first access indication and a second access indication that are sent by the UE, where the first access indication is used by the UE to access the eNB, and the eNB provides the UE with the LTE Access technology.
- the UE identifier and the bearer setup information may be included, where the UE identifier is used to determine the corresponding UE in the embodiment, and the bearer setup information may specifically include the NAS PDU and the 7-ID.
- the UE identifier and the bearer setup information may be included, where the UE identifier is used to determine the corresponding UE in the embodiment, and the bearer setup information may specifically include the NAS PDU and the 7-ID.
- the first access indication and the second access indication both correspond to the same UE, and specifically, the first access indication and the second access indication both carry the same UE identifier.
- the allocating unit 902 is configured to send the carrier resource of the LTE and the bearer setup information of the LTE to the
- the UE, the first access indication includes bearer setup information of the LTE.
- the allocating unit 902 transmits the LTE carrier resource and the LTE bearer setup information of the eNB to the UE, which is equivalent to allocating the LTE radio bearer resource to the UE.
- the carrier resource of the LTE is associated with the bearer setup information of the LTE.
- the obtaining unit 903 is configured to acquire a carrier resource of the UMTS via the RNC.
- the RNC provides the UE with access technology to UMTS.
- the sending unit 904 is configured to send the carrier resource of the UMTS and the bearer setup information of the UMTS acquired by the obtaining unit 903 to the UE, where the carrier resource of the UMTS is associated with the UMTS bearer setup information, so as to be allocated to the UE.
- the second access indication includes bearer setup information of the UMTS.
- the sending unit 904 sends the carrier resource of the UMTS acquired by the obtaining unit 903 via the RNC and the bearer setup information of the UMTS to the UE, and the carrier resource of the UMTS is associated with the 7-layer establishment information of the UMTS, and thus is equivalent to allocating for the UE.
- the radio bearer resources of UMTS are included in the first access indication, that is, the bearer setup information of the part or all of the first access indication may be used as the bearer setup information of the LTE.
- the bearer setup information of the UMTS is included in the second access indication, that is, the bearer setup information of part or all of the second access indication may be used as the bearer setup information of the UMTS.
- the bearer setup information of the LTE may be performed by the acquiring unit 903, or may be performed by other devices of the eNB.
- the bearer setup information of part or all of the second access indication as the bearer setup information of the UMTS may be performed by the obtaining unit 903, or may be performed by other devices of the eNB.
- ⁇ E sends two access indications, that is, a first access indication and a second access indication, where the two access indications are generally used to indicate that the UE accesses the eNB. Therefore, if the two access indications carry the bearer setup information, the bearer setup information carried in the two access indications is generally used to indicate that the UE accesses the eNB, that is, the LTE indicated by the ⁇ E. Bearer establishment information.
- the eNB (specifically, the obtaining unit 903) may still use part or all of the bearer setup information in one of the access indications (ie, the first access indication) as the eNB's bearer setup information, and the eNB may obtain the information.
- the unit 903) uses part or all of the bearer setup information in the other access indication (ie, the second access indication) as the bearer setup information of the UMTS, where the bearer setup information of the LTE is used to indicate that the UE accesses the eNB, and the UMTS The bearer setup information is used to indicate that the UE accesses the RNC.
- the first access indication is sent earlier in the access indication sent by the ⁇ E, and the second access indication is sent later in the access indication sent by the E, thereby indicating the user equipment.
- the receiving unit 901 receives the first access indication and the second access indication that are sent by the ⁇ E, and the eNB acquires the radio bearer resource of the LTE from the first access indication.
- the allocating unit 902 and the sending unit 904 allocate the radio bearer resources of the LTE and the UMTS to the UE based on the seven- set setup information of the LTE and the UMTS, respectively, thereby implementing the carrier of the different network.
- the aggregation enables the UE to perform carrier communication with the eNB and the RNC by using the LTE and the UMTS and the radio bearer resources. Compared with the prior art, only the LTE carrier aggregation can be performed, and the UE is further provided with a larger bandwidth, which is reduced. Waste of resources.
- the first base station can obtain the bearer establishment information of the first network and the second network according to the access indication sent by the E, respectively
- the radio bearer resources of the first network and the second network are allocated to the UE.
- the user equipment may access the first base station and the second base station by using the allocated radio bearer resources, thereby
- the interaction data is transmitted between the core network elements to meet the communication requirements of the user equipment.
- the transmitted interactive data usually needs to be processed confidentially.
- the key required for the security processing may be the key of the first network or the key of the second network. The following is a detailed description.
- the user equipment and the first base station perform encryption and decryption.
- the following is specifically illustrated by an embodiment:
- An embodiment of the present invention provides an eleventh embodiment of a first base station. Different from other embodiments, in this embodiment, the interaction data transmitted between the user equipment and the core network element is secreted by the key of the first network.
- the first network is LTE
- the second network is UMTS
- the first base station shown in FIG. 8 that is, the eNB and the UMTS 7-port establishment information are all from the first.
- the access indication is taken as an example for explanation.
- the first base station is an eNB of LTE
- the second base station is an RNC 0 of UMTS.
- the embodiment specifically includes: a receiving unit 801, an allocating unit 802, an obtaining unit 803, a transmitting unit 804, and a data transmitting unit 805.
- the receiving unit 801 is configured to receive a first access indication sent by the UE, where the first access indication is used by the UE to access the eNB, and the eNB provides the UE with an access technology to the LTE.
- the UE identifier and the bearer setup information may be included, where the UE identifier is used to determine the corresponding UE in the embodiment, and the bearer setup information may specifically include the NAS PDU and the 7-ID.
- the allocating unit 8 02 is configured to send the carrier resources of the LTE and the bearer setup information of the LTE to the UE, where the bearer setup information of the LTE is acquired by using the first access indication.
- the obtaining unit 8 03 is configured to acquire the carrier resource of the UMTS via the RNC.
- the RNC provides the UE with access technology to UMTS.
- the sending unit 840 is configured to send the carrier resource of the UMTS and the bearer setup information of the UMTS acquired by the obtaining unit 803 to the UE, where the carrier resource of the UMTS and the UMTS bearer establishment information are Association to allocate the radio bearer resources of the UMTS to the UE.
- the bearer setup information of the UMTS is obtained via the first access indication.
- the sending unit 804 sends the carrier resource of the UMTS acquired by the obtaining unit 803 via the RNC and the bearer setup information of the UMTS to the UE, where the carrier resource of the UMTS is associated with the 7-layer establishment information of the UMTS, and thus is equivalent to allocating the UE
- the radio bearer resources of UMTS are associated with the 7-layer establishment information of the UMTS.
- the UE and the core network element can use the radio bearer resources of the UMTS to transmit the interaction data, and in this embodiment, the interaction data transmitted by the UE is used by the key of the first network. That is, the LTE key is encrypted.
- the core network element refers to the first network, that is, the core network element of LTE.
- the data transfer unit 805 in this embodiment is configured to transmit the interaction data between the user equipment and the core network element by using the radio bearer resource of the UMTS.
- the interaction data is processed by the user equipment and the data delivery unit 805 by using a key of the first network. Since the interworking data is used to utilize the radio bearer resources of the UMTS, the data transfer unit 805 transfers the interaction data between the RNC and the UE.
- the security processing includes encryption and decryption processing
- the interaction data includes service data that is sent by the core network element to the UE, and communication data that the UE feeds back to the core network element.
- the process of transmitting service data in this embodiment is specifically described below:
- the core network element transmits the service data sent to the UE to the data transfer unit 805 of the eNB.
- the data transfer unit 805 encrypts the received service data by using the LTE key, and sends it to the data.
- the RNC transmits the encrypted service data to the UE by using the radio bearer resource of the UMTS allocated to the UE, so that the UE decrypts the encrypted data by using the key of the LTE.
- the delivery process of the feedback communication data is similar to the above-described delivery process of the service data, except that the transmission direction is reversed, and the UE performs encryption processing, and the data transfer unit 805 performs decryption processing. I won't go into details here.
- both the UE and the eNB can obtain the LTE key, so that the interaction data can be processed confidentially.
- the UE may be a key that is preset with LTE, or may be calculated by the eNB after the eNB is informed by the sending unit 804 that the first network of the UE is LTE.
- the sending unit 804 sends the type information of the first network to the UE, so that the UE calculates the key of the first network.
- the eNB is generally configured to obtain the LTE key from the MME. Specifically, the MME may send the LTE key to the eNB when the MME receives the initial UE message, where the LTE key may be calculated by the ⁇ E itself, or It was obtained from other devices.
- the wireless bearer resources of the UMTS allocated to the UE to transfer the interaction data between the UE and the core network element.
- the LTE radio bearer resources allocated for the UE are used to transmit the interaction data between the UE and the core network element.
- the present invention is similar to the existing existing manner by using the LTE radio bearer resource to transmit the interaction data. The embodiment will not be described in detail.
- the present embodiment focuses on that, after the radio bearer resources of the LTE and the UMTS are allocated to the UE, when the data transfer unit uses the radio bearer resources of the allocated UMTS to transmit the interaction data between the UE and the core network element,
- the interactive data can be secured by the LTE key.
- the user equipment may notify the other device by sending an acknowledgement message directly or indirectly.
- the method for directly sending the acknowledgment message is specifically: after the radio bearer resource of the second network is allocated to the user equipment, the user equipment uses the radio bearer resource of the second network to the first base station and the second base station. At least one of the mobility management entity and the core network element sends an acknowledgement message.
- the confirmation message is used to notify that the user equipment has successfully allocated the wireless bearer resource of the second network.
- the acknowledgment message may be forwarded between multiple devices. For example, the user equipment sends an acknowledgment message to the second base station, and then the second base station forwards the acknowledgment message to the first base station and the mobility management entity.
- the acknowledgment message may be sent by the user equipment after integrity protection.
- the manner of sending the acknowledgment message indirectly may refer to the manner of sending the encrypted data, specifically: the user equipment sends the encrypted data by using the radio bearer resource of the second network, and if the received device can successfully decrypt, the device successfully indicates to the user equipment.
- a radio bearer resource of the second network is allocated.
- the data processing module 805 is further configured to receive the encrypted data, if the encrypted data is successfully decrypted by using the key of the first network, the At least one of the second base station, the mobility management entity, and the core network element sends an acknowledgement message; the encrypted data is interaction data that is encrypted by the user equipment by using a key of the first network.
- the user equipment and the second base station perform encryption and decryption.
- the key of the second network needs to be sent by the ⁇ E to the second base station, which is specifically implemented by an embodiment. Description:
- the embodiment of the invention provides a twelfth embodiment of the first base station.
- the interaction data transmitted between the user equipment and the core network element is secreted by the key of the second network.
- the first network is LTE
- the second network is UMTS
- the first base station shown in FIG. 8 that is, the eNB and the UMTS 7-port establishment information are all from the first.
- the access indication is taken as an example for explanation.
- the first base station is an eNB of LTE
- the second base station is an RNC 0 of UMTS.
- the embodiment specifically includes: a receiving unit 801, an allocating unit 802, an obtaining unit 803, a sending unit 804, and a notifying unit 806.
- the receiving unit 801 is configured to receive a first access indication sent by the UE, where the first access indication is used by the UE to access the eNB, and the eNB provides the UE with an access technology to the LTE.
- the UE identifier and the bearer setup information may be included, where the UE identifier is used to determine the corresponding UE in the embodiment, and the bearer setup information may specifically include the NAS PDU and the 7-ID.
- the allocating unit 8 02 is configured to send the carrier resources of the LTE and the bearer setup information of the LTE to the UE, where the bearer setup information of the LTE is acquired by using the first access indication.
- the obtaining unit 8 03 is configured to acquire the carrier resource of the UMTS via the RNC.
- the RNC provides the UE with access technology to UMTS.
- the sending unit 840 is configured to send the carrier resource of the UMTS and the bearer setup information of the UMTS acquired by the obtaining unit 803 to the UE, where the carrier resource of the UMTS and the UMTS bearer establishment information are Association to allocate the radio bearer resources of the UMTS to the UE.
- the bearer setup information of the UMTS is obtained via the first access indication.
- the UE and the core network element can use the radio bearer resources of the UMTS to transmit the interaction data, and in this embodiment, the exchanged data is used by the key of the second network. , that is, the key of UMTS is encrypted.
- the core network element refers to the first network, that is, the core network element of LTE. Before the interaction data is transmitted, the second base station needs to obtain the key of the second network.
- the notification unit 806 is configured to notify the UE to send a key of the UMTS to the RNC, so that the interaction data is processed by the UE and the RNC by using a key of the UMTS; the interaction data is utilized by the RNC.
- the notification unit 806 may specifically send a key acquisition request to the ⁇ E to implement the notification ⁇ E
- the UMTS key is sent to the RNC.
- the key acquisition request may be a request that currently exists.
- the key acquisition request may be a “handover request” when the network handover is currently implemented. Since the MME receives all the bearers when it receives the “handover request”, On the RNC, therefore, it is also possible to include an indication in the "Handover Request", indicating that the aggregation of the different network is performed instead of the network handover, so the indication causes the ⁇ E to only send the UMTS key to the RNC, instead of All bearers go to the RNC.
- the key acquisition request may also be a newly introduced request without affecting the implementation of the present invention.
- the key of UMTS can be calculated by ⁇ E itself, or it can be obtained from other devices.
- the key acquisition request carries type information of the second network (for example, the second network is UMTS), so that the MME calculates the key of the UMTS.
- the interaction data transmitted between the core network element and the UE can be used for security processing by the RNC and the UE respectively by using the UMTS key.
- the security processing includes encryption and decryption processing
- the interaction data includes service data that is sent by the core network element to the UE, and communication data that the UE feeds back to the core network element.
- the core network element sends the service data sent to the UE to the RNC.
- the service data can also be forwarded by the eNB without affecting the implementation of the present invention.
- the RNC After encrypting the service data sent by the core network element by using the UMTS key, the RNC sends the encrypted service data to the UE by using the UMTS radio bearer resource, so that the UE decrypts the encrypted data by using the UMTS key.
- the delivery process of the feedback communication data is similar to the transmission process of the above service data, except that the transmission direction is reversed, and the UE performs encryption processing, and the RNC performs decryption processing. I won't go into details here.
- both the UE and the RNC can obtain the UMTS key, so that the interactive data can be processed confidentially.
- the UE may be a key that is preset with UMTS, or may be calculated by the eNB after the eNB sends the UE to the UMTS through the sending unit 804.
- the transmitting unit 804 allocates the radio bearer resource of the UMTS to the UE
- the type information of the second network is sent to the UE, so that the UE calculates the key of the second network.
- RNC is the key obtained from ⁇ E to UMTS.
- the key of UMTS can be calculated by ⁇ E itself or obtained from other devices.
- the wireless bearer resources of the UMTS allocated to the UE to transfer the interaction data between the UE and the core network element.
- the LTE radio bearer resources allocated for the UE are used to transmit the interaction data between the UE and the core network element.
- the present invention is similar to the existing existing manner by using the LTE radio bearer resource to transmit the interaction data. The embodiment will not be described in detail.
- the present embodiment focuses on the interaction data of the UE and the core network element when the RNC uses the radio bearer resource of the allocated UMTS to allocate the radio resource of the UMTS and the UMTS to the UE.
- the key of the UMTS can be used for security processing, and the key obtained by the RNC to the UMTS is notified by the notification unit 806.
- the user equipment may notify other devices by sending an acknowledgement message directly or indirectly.
- the manner of directly sending the acknowledgement message is described in the twelfth embodiment of the first base station, and details are not described herein again. The following describes how to send an acknowledgment message indirectly.
- the manner in which the acknowledgment message is sent indirectly may refer to the manner of sending the encrypted data, specifically:
- the user equipment sends the encrypted data by using the radio bearer resource of the second network. If the received device can be successfully decrypted, it indicates that the radio bearer resource of the second network is successfully allocated to the user equipment.
- the second base station since the second base station is responsible for encryption and decryption, when the second base station receives the encrypted data, if the encrypted data is successfully decrypted by using the key of the second network, At least one of the first base station, the first E, and the core network element sends an acknowledgement message; the encrypted data is interaction data that is encrypted by the user equipment by using a key of the second network.
- the notification unit 806 notifies the MME to send the key of the second network to the second base station, in fact, the second base station can use the key of the second network to transmit the radio bearer resource of the second network.
- Interactive data is encrypted and decrypted. Therefore, in a more optional manner, when the sending unit 804 allocates the radio bearer resource of the second network to the user equipment, the second base station has acquired the key of the second network, and at this time, the second base station can The interaction data transmitted by the radio bearer resource of the second network is used for encryption and decryption.
- the second base station may not acquire the key of the second network, and after the second base station acquires the key of the second network, The interaction data is encrypted. This manner is not described in detail in the embodiment of the present invention.
- Embodiments of the present invention provide a thirteenth embodiment of the first base station. Different from the other embodiments, in the embodiment, when the sending unit 804 allocates the radio bearer resource of the second network to the user equipment, the second base station has acquired the key of the second network.
- the first network is LTE
- the second network is UMTS
- the first base station shown in FIG. 8 that is, the eNB and the UMTS 7-port establishment information are all from the first.
- the access indication is taken as an example for explanation.
- the first base station is an eNB of LTE
- the second base station is an RNC of UMTS.
- the embodiment specifically includes: a receiving unit 801, an allocating unit 802, an obtaining unit 803, a sending unit 804, and a notifying unit 806.
- the receiving unit 801 is configured to receive a first access indication sent by the user, where the first access indication is used.
- the UE accesses the eNB, and the eNB provides an access technology to the LTE for the UE.
- the UE identifier and the bearer setup information may be included, where the UE identifier is used to determine the corresponding UE in the embodiment, and the bearer setup information may specifically include the NAS PDU and the 7-ID.
- the allocating unit 8 02 is configured to send the carrier resources of the LTE and the bearer setup information of the LTE to the UE, where the bearer setup information of the LTE is acquired by using the first access indication.
- the notification unit 806 is configured to send a first key acquisition request to the E, where the first key acquisition request causes the MME to return a key of the UMTS to the acquiring unit 803.
- the obtaining unit 803 is configured to receive a key of the returned UMTS, send a carrier acquisition request to the RNC, where the carrier acquisition request carries the key of the UMTS, and causes the RNC to return a carrier of the UMTS to the sending unit 804. Resources.
- the RNC provides the UE with access technology to UMTS.
- the sending unit 804 is configured to: receive the carrier resource of the UMTS returned by the RNC, and send the returned carrier resource of the UMTS and the seven-layer setup information of the UMTS to the UE, where the carrier resource of the UMTS is related to the bearer establishment information of the UMTS. In order to allocate the radio bearer resources of the UMTS to the UE.
- the bearer setup information of the UMTS is obtained via the first access indication.
- the first key request may carry the information that the second network is UMTS, so that the MME knows that the key of the UMTS needs to be returned. Moreover, the key of UMTS can be calculated by ⁇ E itself, or it can be obtained from other devices.
- the transmitting unit 804 transmits the carrier resource and the bearer setup information of the UMTS to the UE, that is, when the wireless 7-carrier resource of the UMTS is allocated to the UE, the RNC has acquired the UMTS key, and therefore, the RNC utilizes
- the radio bearer resource of the UMTS transmits the interaction data between the UE and the core network element, the interaction data may be secretly processed by using the UMTS key.
- the RNC has acquired the UMTS key when the sending unit 804 allocates the UMTS radio bearer resource to the UE. Therefore, the RNC receives the UE and the core network element.
- the interactive data can be directly processed by using the UMTS key.
- the key transmission process is integrated into the carrier resource acquisition process, and the carrier acquisition request can enable the RNC to return the carrier resource and enable the RNC to obtain the UMTS key, so that the key is not required to be sent to the RNC, thereby saving
- the communication overhead optimizes the communication flow.
- the transmitting unit 804 has acquired the key of the second network when the second base station has acquired the radio bearer resource of the second network is further described.
- the embodiment of the present invention provides a fourteenth embodiment of the first base station. Different from the other embodiments, in the embodiment, when the sending unit 804 allocates the radio bearer resource of the second network to the user equipment, the second base station has acquired the key of the second network.
- the first network is LTE
- the second network is UMTS
- the first base station shown in FIG. 8 that is, the eNB and the UMTS 7-port establishment information are all from the first.
- the access indication is taken as an example for explanation.
- the first base station is an eNB of LTE
- the second base station is an RNC 0 of UMTS.
- the embodiment specifically includes: a receiving unit 801, an allocating unit 802, an obtaining unit 803, a sending unit 804, and a notifying unit 806.
- the receiving unit 801 is configured to receive a first access indication sent by the UE, where the first access indication is used by the UE to access the eNB, and the eNB provides the UE with an access technology to the LTE.
- the UE identifier and the bearer setup information may be included, where the UE identifier is used to determine the corresponding UE in the embodiment, and the bearer setup information may specifically include the NAS PDU and the 7-ID.
- the allocating unit 8 02 is configured to send the carrier resources of the LTE and the bearer setup information of the LTE to the UE, where the bearer setup information of the LTE is acquired by using the first access indication.
- the obtaining unit 803 is configured to send a carrier acquisition request to the RNC, where the carrier acquisition request causes the RNC to return a carrier resource of the UMTS to the sending unit 804.
- the RNC provides the UE with access technology to UMTS.
- the notification unit 806 is configured to send a second key acquisition request to the E, where the second key obtaining request causes the E to send the ERC to the RNC. Send the key of UMTS.
- the sending unit 804 is further configured to: after the RNC receives the UMTS key, send the UMTS carrier resource and the UMTS seven-layer setup information returned by the RNC to the UE, the UMTS carrier resource and the UMTS
- the bearer setup information is associated to allocate the radio bearer resources of the UMTS to the UE.
- the bearer setup information of the UMTS is obtained via the first access indication.
- the second key request may carry information that the second network is UMTS, so that the MME is configured. Knowing that you need to return is the UMTS key. Moreover, the key of the UMTS may be calculated by the ⁇ E itself, or may be obtained from other devices.
- the RNC When it is determined whether the RNC receives the UMTS key, it may be the received key information returned to the sending unit 804 after receiving the key by the RNC, or the sending unit 804 may actively query whether the RNC receives the key. None of the embodiments of the present invention are affected.
- the transmitting unit 804 transmits the carrier resource and the bearer setup information of the UMTS to the UE, that is, when the wireless 7-carrier resource of the UMTS is allocated to the UE, the RNC has acquired the UMTS key, and therefore, the RNC utilizes
- the radio bearer resource of the UMTS transmits the interaction data between the UE and the core network element, the interaction data may be secretly processed by using the UMTS key.
- the RNC has acquired the UMTS key when the sending unit 804 allocates the UMTS radio bearer resource to the UE. Therefore, the RNC receives the UE and the core network element.
- the interactive data can be directly processed by using the UMTS key.
- the key transmission process and the carrier resource acquisition process are independent of each other. Therefore, compared with the thirteenth embodiment of the first base station, an additional communication overhead is required to transmit the UMTS key to the RNC, and an additional The communication overhead determines whether the RNC receives the key.
- the notification unit 806 notifies the MME to send the key of the second network to the second base station.
- the specific notification manner may be directly notified by the notification unit 806, or may be indirectly notified by the notification unit 806. .
- the method of direct notification is that the notification unit 806 directly sends a notification to the MME
- the indirect notification is that the notification unit 806 sends the key of the second network to the second base station via the notification of the other device.
- the notification unit 806 may notify the ⁇ E to send the UMTS key to the RNC via the RNC, and specifically, the notification unit 806 may notify the RNC to send the key acquisition request to the MME.
- the notification unit 806 may also notify the UE to send a key of the UMTS to the RNC via the UE. Specifically, the notification unit 806 may notify the UE to send a key acquisition request to the E, so that the UE receives the UMTS at a certain moment.
- a key acquisition request is sent to the ⁇ E.
- an embodiment of the present invention provides a first embodiment of a carrier aggregation method, which is applied to a first base station side.
- the method includes:
- the first base station receives a first access indication sent by the mobility management entity, where the first access indication is used by the user equipment to access the first base station, and the first base station provides the user equipment A network access technology.
- the first network in the embodiment of the present invention may be a network such as LTE, UMTS, CDMA, GERAN, or WLAN.
- the first base station may be a base station or a base station controller according to the first network type. For example, if the first network is LTE, the first base station is a base station (eNB), and if the first network is UMTS, CDMA, GERAN, or WLAN, the first base station is a base station controller.
- the LTE network may be LTE-A or the like.
- the mobility management entity actually belongs to the first network.
- the user equipment When the first base station receives the access indication sent by the mobility management entity, the user equipment generally has the communication requirement of the first network. It may be a communication requirement generated when the user equipment actively connects to the network, or may be a communication requirement generated when the network actively pushes a message to the user equipment.
- the first base station allocates, according to the first access indication, a radio bearer resource of the first network to the user equipment.
- the user equipment is allocated a radio bearer resource of the first network, so that the user equipment can establish a communication connection with the first base station by using the radio bearer resource of the first network.
- the first base station acquires a carrier resource of a second network by using a second base station, where the second base station provides an access technology to the second network for the user equipment.
- the second network in the embodiment of the present invention may be a network such as LTE, UMTS, CDMA, GERAN, or WLAN
- the second base station may be a base station or a base station controller according to the second network type.
- the second base station is LTE
- the second base station is a base station (eNB)
- the second network is UMTS, CDMA, GERAN, or WLAN
- the second base station is a base station controller.
- the first base station sends the carrier resource of the second network and the bearer setup information of the second network to the user equipment, where the carrier resource of the second network and the bearer of the second network are built.
- the information is associated to allocate the radio bearer resources of the second network to the user equipment.
- the bearer setup information in the embodiment of the present invention refers to the information used to establish the bearer, and may specifically include a non-access stratum protocol data unit (NAS PDU) and a bearer identifier (ie, Host ID).
- NAS PDU non-access stratum protocol data unit
- Host ID bearer identifier
- the first base station sends the carrier resource of the second network and the bearer setup information of the second network to the user equipment, and the carrier resource of the second network is related to the bearer setup information of the second network. Therefore, the user equipment is allocated a radio bearer resource of the second network, so that the user equipment can establish a communication connection with the second base station by using the radio bearer resource of the second network.
- the carrier resource of the second network is obtained by the first base station in step S1003, and the bearer setup information of the second network is actually obtained by the first base station.
- the process of acquiring the bearer setup information of the second network is specifically described below.
- the mobility management entity can generate bearer setup information according to the communication requirement of the user equipment and carry it in the access indication sent to the first base station. Therefore, the first base station can obtain the bearer from the access indication sent by the mobility management entity. Establishing the information, and using the obtained bearer setup information as the bearer setup information of the second network, where the access indication may be the first access indication, or may be the mobility management entity except the first access indication. Other access indications sent to the first base station.
- the mobility management entity sends an access indication to the first base station, where the mobility management entity is configured to indicate that the user equipment accesses the first base station, and therefore, the first base station obtains the access indication.
- the bearer setup information of the second network that is sent to the mobility management entity instructs the user equipment to access the bearer setup information of the first base station.
- the bearer setup information may include a NAS PDU and a bearer ID, and the bearer ID is used to indicate that the user equipment establishes a corresponding bearer, and the NAS PDU includes filtering information to indicate which services can be delivered on the bearer, through the NAS PDU and the bearer ID.
- the binding enables the UE to know the correspondence between the service and the bearer.
- the carrier resource of the second network and the bearer setup information of the second network are related to: when the user equipment communicates with the first base station, the second base station, or the core network element, if the second network is utilized The carrier resource is specifically transmitted by the user equipment based on the bearer established by the bearer establishment information of the second network.
- step S1002 is a process of allocating radio bearer resources of the first network
- steps S1003-S1004 are processes for allocating radio resources of the second network, but actually, the two
- the allocation process is not limited by the execution order, and can be executed at the same time or in sequential order.
- the first base station allocates the radio bearer resource of the first network and the radio bearer resource of the second network to the user equipment, where the radio bearer resource of the second network is allocated to the user equipment by using The carrier resource of the second network acquired by the second base station, and the bearer setup information of the second network are sent to the user equipment, and the carrier resource of the second network is associated with the bearer setup information of the second network. of. Therefore, carrier aggregation of the different network is implemented, so that the user equipment can perform carrier communication with the first base station and the second base station by using the radio bearer resources of the two different networks, and only the LTE carrier aggregation can be performed in the prior art. Further providing greater bandwidth to user equipment and reducing waste of resources.
- the user equipment may be determined by the user equipment identifier, where the user equipment identifier may be carried by the first access indication, or may be associated with the first access indication. Carrying in other indications does not affect the implementation of the embodiments of the present invention.
- the user equipment identifier may be a UE association signaling identifier, for example, a UE S1 application protocol (SI AP) allocated by the MME.
- SI AP UE S1 application protocol
- the first base station acquires carrier resources via the second base station.
- the base station When acquiring a carrier resource from any base station, the base station not only enters the transmission preparation with the user equipment, but also generally performs mobility management on the user equipment, wherein the mobility management includes management such as handover and measurement.
- the user equipment may be used for mobility management only by the first base station. Therefore, in an optional manner of the embodiment of the present invention, the second base station may also prohibit the second base station from performing the Mobility management of user equipment.
- the first base station in the step S1003 acquires the carrier resource by using the second base station, which may be implemented by the following process:
- the first base station sends a carrier acquisition request to the second base station, where the carrier
- the acquisition request causes the second base station to determine that it has carrier resources, it returns the carrier resource to the first base station.
- the carrier acquisition request may be a newly introduced request or a request that currently exists.
- the base station before handover will send a "reconfiguration" to the base station after handover.
- the request is set to enable the base station after the handover to return the carrier resource. Therefore, the carrier acquisition request in this embodiment may be a "reconfiguration request" for implementing the access network handover.
- the "reconfiguration request” may also be used.
- the "join indication” indicates that carrier aggregation is performed at this time, and therefore the indication prohibits mobility management of the user equipment by the second base station.
- the radio bearer resource of the second network is allocated to the user equipment in step S1004, which actually indicates that the user equipment can access the second network.
- step S1004 actually indicates that the user equipment can access the second network.
- the flow of the embodiment may be ended or the above determination may be performed cyclically in a certain period. For example, if it is determined that the user equipment cannot support the second network, it can be understood that the user equipment cannot access the second network thereafter, and the process can be ended.
- determining whether the user equipment can access the second network may be: determining whether the user equipment can support the second network and under the signal coverage of the second network.
- the access indication (for example, the first access indication) sent by the mobility management entity may be a newly introduced message, or may be a message existing at present.
- the access indication may be a bearer. A request is established, and when the user equipment has a communication requirement, a bearer setup request is sent to the base station, so that the user equipment communicates with the base station through the established bearer.
- the access indication sent by the mobility management entity generally carries the bearer setup information, and the bearer setup information is actually used by the mobility management entity to indicate that the user equipment accesses the first base station (equivalent In access to the first network).
- the first base station actually determines how to allocate the bearer setup information carried in the access indication to the first network and the second network, and the bearer setup information of the first network and the second network are used to indicate The user equipment accesses the first base station and the second base station.
- the access indication mentioned here may be the first access indication, and may be other access indications sent by the MME in addition to the first access indication.
- the bearer setup information of the first network and the bearer setup information of the second network are respectively obtained by the first base station from the first access indication.
- an embodiment of the present invention provides a second embodiment of a carrier aggregation method. Different from other embodiments, this embodiment obtains bearer setup information of the first network and the second network from the first access indication.
- the embodiment is described by using the first network as the LTE and the second network as the UMTS.
- the first base station is the LTE eNB
- the second base station is the UMTS RNC (radi io Network).
- the LTE side of the LTE is applied to the eNB side of the LTE.
- the eNB of the LTE receives a first access indication sent by a mobility management entity (MME), where the first access indication is used by a user equipment (UE) to access the eNB, and the eNB provides a direction to the UE.
- MME mobility management entity
- UE user equipment
- the first access indication sent by the E to the eNB is actually used to indicate that the UE accesses the eNB, that is, the first base station.
- the eNB not only uses the first access indication to indicate that the UE accesses the first base station, but also indicates that the UE accesses the second base station.
- the UE identifier and the bearer setup information may be included, where the UE identifier is used to determine the corresponding UE in the embodiment, and the bearer setup information may specifically include the NAS PDU and the 7-ID.
- the eNB of the LTE sends the LTE carrier resource and the LTE bearer setup information to the UE, and the LTE bearer setup information is acquired via the first access indication.
- the LTE eNB transmits the LTE carrier resource and the LTE bearer setup information to the UE, which is equivalent to allocating the LTE radio bearer resource to the UE.
- the carrier resource of the LTE is associated with the bearer setup information of the LTE.
- the bearer setup information of the LTE is obtained by using the first access indication.
- the eNB of the LTE acquires the carrier resource of the UMTS by using the RNC, and the RNC provides the UE with an access technology to the UMTS.
- the LTE eNB may send a carrier acquisition request to the UMTS RNC, and the UMTS RNC determines whether it has a carrier resource, and if so, returns the carrier resource to the LTE eNB. If not, the RNC may return a message to the eNB such that the eNB ends the flow of the embodiment.
- S1104 The eNB of the LTE sends the carrier resource of the UMTS and the bearer setup information of the UMTS to the UE, where the carrier resource of the UMTS is associated with the bearer setup information of the UMTS, so as to allocate the UMTS to the UE.
- Wireless 7-loaded resources The 7-bit establishment information of the UMTS is acquired via the first access indication.
- the eNB of the LTE acquires the carrier resource of the UMTS obtained in step S1103, and
- the bearer setup information of the UMTS is sent to the UE, and the carrier resource of the UMTS is associated with the bearer setup information of the UMTS, and thus is equivalent to allocating the radio bearer resource of the UMTS to the UE.
- the bearer setup information of the UMTS is sent to the UE
- the bearer setup information of the LTE is sent to the UE, where the bearer setup information of the UMTS and the bearer setup information of the LTE are sent via the ⁇ E.
- the same access indication that is, obtained in the first access indication.
- the first access indication generally carries the bearer setup information
- the bearer setup information is generally used to indicate that the UE accesses the first base station, that is, the bearer setup information of the first network indicated by ⁇ E.
- the bearer setup information of the first network indicated by the E is actually redistributed into the bearer setup information of the first network and the second network, where the bearer setup information of the first network is used to indicate that the UE is connected.
- the bearer setup information of the second network is used to indicate that the UE accesses the second base station.
- step S1102 is a radio bearer resource allocation process of LTE
- steps S1103-S1104 are a radio bearer resource allocation process of UMTS, but in fact, the two allocation processes are not performed.
- the order of the order can be executed at the same time or in sequential order.
- the first network is obtained from the first access indication in this embodiment.
- LTE and UMTS radio bearer resources are allocated to the UE based on the LTE and UMTS bearer setup information, respectively, thereby implementing carrier aggregation of the different network, so that the UE can utilize LTE and UMTS and radio bearer resources are respectively used for carrier communication with the eNB and the RNC.
- LTE carrier aggregation can be performed, which further provides greater bandwidth to the UE and reduces resource waste.
- bearer setup information of the first network and the second network is obtained by the same access indication.
- the bearer setup information of the first network and the second network may also be obtained by different access indications. See below for an embodiment. 2.
- the ⁇ E sends an access indication to the same user equipment to the base station multiple times. For example, when the user equipment has a voice communication requirement, an access indication is sent to the base station, if the user equipment has Internet communication requirements later. The access indication is sent again to the base station. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the access indication is sent at least twice, the bearer setup information of the first network and the second network is obtained based on different access indications. The following is specifically illustrated by an embodiment:
- an embodiment of the present invention provides a third embodiment of a carrier aggregation method.
- the difference from the other embodiments is that, in this embodiment, the bearer setup information of the first network is obtained from the first access indication, and the second The bearer establishment information of the second network is obtained in the access indication.
- the first network is LTE
- the second network is LTE
- the UMTS is used as an example.
- the first base station is an eNB of the LTE
- the second base station is an RNC of the UMTS.
- the embodiment is applied to the eNB side of the LTE, and specifically includes:
- the eNB of the LTE receives the first access indication sent by the MME, where the first access indication is used for the UE to access the first base station, and the first base station provides the UE with the connection to the first network.
- the first access indication is used for the UE to access the first base station, and the first base station provides the UE with the connection to the first network.
- the UE identifier and the bearer setup information may be included, where the UE identifier is used to determine the corresponding UE in the embodiment, and the bearer setup information may specifically include the NAS PDU and the 7-ID.
- the eNB of the LTE sends the LTE carrier resource and the LTE 7-layer setup information to the UE, where the first access indication includes the bearer setup information of the LTE.
- the LTE eNB transmits the LTE carrier resource and the LTE seven- carrier setup information to the UE, which is equivalent to allocating the LTE radio bearer resource to the UE.
- the carrier resource of the LTE is associated with the bearer setup information of the LTE.
- the bearer setup information of the LTE is included in the first access indication, that is, the bearer setup information of the part or all of the first access indication may be used as the bearer setup information of the LTE.
- the first access indication is generally used to indicate that the UE accesses the first base station.
- the eNB of the LTE receives the second access indication sent by the E, and the second access indication includes the bearer setup information of the UMTS.
- the bearer setup information of the UMTS is included in the second access indication, that is, the bearer setup information of some or all of the second access indication may be used as the bearer setup information of the UMTS. Interest.
- the second access indication sent by the ⁇ E to the eNB is generally used to indicate that the UE accesses the eNB, that is, if the second access indication carries the bearer setup information
- the bearer setup information is actually bearer setup information of LTE indicated by the MME.
- the eNB does not use the second access indication to indicate that the UE accesses the eNB, but is used to indicate that the UE accesses the RNC, that is, the eNB indicates that the second access indication is ⁇ E.
- the bearer setup information for LTE serves as bearer setup information for UMTS.
- the first access indication and the second access indication both correspond to the same UE, and specifically, the first access indication and the second access indication both carry the same UE identifier.
- the eNB of the LTE acquires the carrier resource of the UMTS by using the RNC of the UMTS, where the UMTS
- the RNC provides the UE with access technology to UMTS.
- the step may be that the eNB of the LTE sends a carrier acquisition request to the RNC of the UMTS, and the RNC of the UMTS determines whether it has carrier resources, and if so, returns the carrier resource to the eNB of the LTE. If not, the RNC may return a message to the eNB so that the eNB ends the flow of the embodiment.
- the radio bearer resource of the LTE is allocated according to the first access indication
- the radio bearer resource of the UMTS is allocated according to the second access indication.
- the first access The indication is sent before the second access indication, and in other embodiments, the first access indication may also be sent later than the second access indication.
- step S1201 is performed after step S1203.
- the order of execution of step S1203 and step S1 204 is also not limited, and may be performed simultaneously or sequentially.
- the eNB of the LTE sends the carrier resource of the UMTS and the seven-layer setup information of the UMTS to the UE, where the carrier resource of the UMTS is associated with the seven-layer setup information of the UMTS, so as to be The UE allocates the wireless 7-carrier resources of the UMTS.
- the eNB of the LTE sends the carrier resource of the UMTS acquired in the step S1204 and the bearer setup information of the UMTS included in the second access indication to the UE, the carrier resource of the UMTS and the bearer of the UMTS.
- the establishment information is associated, and thus is equivalent to allocating the radio bearer resources of the UMTS to the UE.
- ⁇ E sends two access indications, which are generally carried in the two access indications.
- part or all of the setup information in one of the access indications is still used as the bearer setup information of the first network
- another access indication ie, the second access
- the part or all of the bearer setup information is used as the bearer setup information of the second network, where the bearer setup information of the first network is used to indicate that the user equipment accesses the first base station, and the bearer setup information of the second network is used.
- the user equipment is instructed to access the second base station.
- the first access indication is sent earlier in the access indication sent by the ⁇ E, and the second access indication is sent later in the access indication sent by the E, thereby indicating the user equipment.
- the first base station is accessed first, that is, in an optional manner in this embodiment, step S1201 is performed before step S1203.
- the eNB of the LTE receives the first access indication and the second access indication sent by the E, and obtains the radio bearer resource of the LTE from the first access indication.
- the radio access resources of the UMTS are obtained in the second access indication, and the radio bearer resources of the LTE and the UMTS are allocated to the UE based on the bearer setup information of the LTE and the UMTS, respectively, thereby implementing carrier aggregation of the different network, so that the UE can utilize LTE and UMTS and
- the radio bearer resources are respectively used for carrier communication with the eNB and the RNC.
- the bearer setup information of the first network and the second network is obtained according to the access indication sent by the ⁇ E, and is used to allocate the first network and the second to the UE, respectively.
- the wireless bearer resources of the network is obtained according to the access indication sent by the ⁇ E, and is used to allocate the first network and the second to the UE, respectively.
- the user equipment may access the first base station and the second base station by using the allocated radio bearer resources, thereby interacting with the core network element.
- the interaction data is passed between to meet the communication needs of the user equipment.
- the transmitted interactive data usually needs to be processed confidentially.
- the key required for the security processing may be the key of the first network or the key of the second network. The following is a detailed description.
- an embodiment of the present invention provides a fourth embodiment of a carrier aggregation method.
- the interaction data transmitted between the user equipment and the core network element is secreted by the key of the first network.
- the first network is LTE
- the second network is LTE
- the UMTS, and the bearer setup information of the LTE and the UMTS are all taken from the first access indication as an example.
- the first base station is the eNB of the LTE
- the second base station is the RNC of the UMTS.
- the embodiment is applied to the eNB of the LTE.
- Side specifically includes:
- the eNB of the LTE receives the first access indication sent by the UE, where the first access indication is used by the user equipment (UE) to access the eNB, and the eNB provides the UE with an access technology to the LTE. .
- the UE identifier and the bearer setup information may be included, where the UE identifier is used to determine the corresponding UE in the embodiment, and the bearer setup information may specifically include the NAS PDU and the 7-carrier ID.
- the eNB of the LTE sends the LTE carrier resource and the LTE bearer setup information to the UE, and the LTE bearer setup information is acquired by using the first access indication.
- the eNB of the LTE acquires a carrier resource of the UMTS by using the RNC, and the RNC provides the UE with an access technology to the UMTS.
- the eNB of the LTE sends the carrier resource of the UMTS and the bearer setup information of the UMTS to the UE, where the carrier resource of the UMTS is associated with the bearer setup information of the UMTS, so as to allocate the wireless of the UMTS to the UE.
- 7 Resources The 7-bit establishment information of the UMTS is acquired via the first access indication.
- step S1302 is a radio bearer resource allocation process of LTE
- steps S1303-S1304 are a radio bearer resource allocation process of UMTS, but in fact, the two allocation processes are not performed.
- the order of the order can be executed at the same time or in sequential order.
- steps S1301 to S1304 in this embodiment are similar to the steps S1101 to S1104 of the second embodiment of the method in the embodiment of the present invention.
- the differences between this embodiment and the second embodiment of the method will be mainly described below.
- the interaction data is transmitted by the radio bearer resource of the UMTS, and in the embodiment, the exchanged data is encrypted by the key of the first network, that is, the key of the LTE.
- the core network element refers to the first network, that is, the core network element of LTE.
- the eNB of the LTE transmits the interaction data between the UE and the core network element by using the radio bearer resource of the UMTS allocated in step S1 304.
- the interaction data is processed by the UE and the eNB of the LTE by using a key of the LTE.
- the eNB of the LTE transmits the interaction data between the RNC and the UE through the UMTS.
- the security processing includes encryption and decryption processing
- the interaction data includes service data that is sent by the core network element to the UE, and communication data that the UE feeds back to the core network element.
- Figure 4 The process of transferring business data is shown in Figure 4, which is specifically as follows:
- S1 306 The core network element sends the service data sent to the UE to the eNB of the LTE.
- the LTE eNB encrypts the service data by using the LTE key and transmits it to the RNC of the UMTS.
- the RNC of the UMTS transmits the encrypted service data to the UE by using the wireless 7-carrier resource of the UMTS allocated for the UE, and the UE decrypts the encrypted data by using the LTE key.
- the delivery process of the feedback communication data is similar to the transmission process of the above service data, except that the transmission direction is reversed, and the UE performs encryption processing, and the LTE eNB performs decryption processing. I won't go into details here.
- both the UE and the LTE eNB can obtain the LTE key, so that the interaction data can be processed confidentially.
- the UE may be a key that is preset with LTE, or may be that the eNB of the LTE informs the UE that the first network is LTE and is calculated by the UE.
- the eNB of the LTE informs the UE that the first network is LTE and is calculated by the UE.
- the radio bearer resource of the LTE is allocated to the UE, the type information of the first network is sent to the UE, so that the UE calculates the key of the first network.
- the eNB of the LTE is generally a key that is obtained from the E to the LTE. Specifically, the LTE key is sent to the eNB when the MME receives the initial UE message, where the LTE key can be calculated by the ⁇ E itself. , can also be obtained from other devices.
- the interaction data can be used to transmit the interaction data of the UE and the core network element by using the allocated radio resource of the UMTS after the UM and the UMTS radio bearer resources are allocated to the UE.
- the LTE key is used for security processing.
- the user equipment may notify the other device by sending an acknowledgement message directly or indirectly.
- the method for directly sending the acknowledgment message is specifically: after the radio bearer resource of the second network is allocated to the user equipment, the user equipment uses the radio bearer resource of the second network to the first base station and the second base station. At least one of the mobility management entity and the core network element sends an acknowledgement message.
- the confirmation message is used to notify that the user equipment has successfully allocated the wireless bearer resource of the second network.
- the acknowledgment message may be forwarded between multiple devices. For example, the user equipment sends an acknowledgment message to the second base station, and then the second base station forwards the acknowledgment message to the first base station and the mobility management entity.
- the acknowledgment message may be sent by the user equipment after integrity protection.
- the manner of sending the acknowledgment message indirectly may refer to the manner of sending the encrypted data, specifically: the user equipment sends the encrypted data by using the radio bearer resource of the second network, and if the received device can successfully decrypt, the device successfully indicates to the user equipment.
- a radio bearer resource of the second network is allocated.
- the first base station since the first base station is responsible for encryption and decryption, when the first base station receives the encrypted data, if the encrypted data is successfully decrypted by using the key of the first network, the second data is sent to the second At least one of the base station, the mobility management entity, and the core network element sends an acknowledgement message; the encrypted data is interaction data encrypted by the user equipment by using a key of the first network.
- an embodiment of the present invention provides a fifth embodiment of a carrier aggregation method. Different from other embodiments, in this embodiment, the interaction data transmitted between the user equipment and the core network element is secreted by the key of the second network.
- the first embodiment is that the first network is LTE, the second network is UMTS, and the bearer setup information of the LTE and the UMTS are obtained from the first access indication as an example.
- the eNB is an eNB of the LTE, and the second eNB is the RNC of the UMTS.
- the embodiment is applied to the eNB side of the LTE, and specifically includes:
- the eNB of the LTE receives the first access indication sent by the UE, where the first access indication is used by the user equipment (UE) to access the eNB, and the eNB provides the UE with an access technology to the LTE. .
- the UE identifier and the bearer setup information may be included, where the UE identifier is used to determine the corresponding UE in the embodiment, and the bearer setup information may specifically include the NAS PDU and the 7-ID.
- the eNB of the LTE sends, to the UE, the carrier resource of the LTE and the bearer setup information of the LTE, where the bearer setup information of the LTE is acquired by using the first access indication.
- the eNB of the LTE acquires the carrier resource of the UMTS by using the RNC, and the RNC provides the UE with an access technology to the UMTS.
- the eNB of the LTE sends the carrier resource of the UMTS and the bearer setup information of the UMTS to the UE, where the carrier resource of the UMTS is associated with the bearer setup information of the UMTS, so as to allocate the UMTS to the UE.
- Wireless 7-loaded resources The 7-bit establishment information of the UMTS is acquired via the first access indication.
- step S1402 is an allocation process of radio bearer resources of LTE
- steps S1403-S 1404 are a process of allocating radio bearer resources of UMTS, but actually, the two allocation processes are There is no limit on the execution order, which can be performed at the same time or in sequential order.
- steps S1401 to S1404 in this embodiment are similar to the steps S11 01 to S1104 of the second embodiment of the method in the embodiment of the present invention, and the related embodiments can be referred to the second embodiment.
- the differences between this embodiment and the second embodiment of the method will be mainly described below.
- the UE and the core network element can use the radio bearer resources of the UMTS to transmit the interaction data, and in this embodiment, the number of interactions transmitted
- the encryption is performed according to the key of the second network, that is, the key of the UMTS.
- the core network element refers to the first network, that is, the core network element of LTE. Before the interaction data is transmitted, the second base station needs to obtain the key of the second network. Therefore, the method further includes step S 1405.
- S I 405 The eNB of the LTE notifies the MME to send the UMTS key to the RNC, so that the interaction data is used by the UE and the RNC to perform security processing by using the UMTS key.
- the interaction data is interaction data between the UE and the core network element that is transmitted by the RNC by using the radio resource of the UMTS.
- the eNB of the LTE may send a key acquisition request to the MME to implement the notification to the MME to send the UMTS key to the RNC of the UMTS.
- the key acquisition request may be a request that currently exists.
- the key acquisition request may be a "switching request" when the network switching is currently implemented, because the ⁇ E will transfer all the bearers when receiving the "handover request".
- an indication can also be added in the "Handover Request", indicating that the aggregation of the different network is performed instead of the network handover, so the indication causes E to only send the UMTS key to the RNC, instead of All bearers go to the RNC.
- the key acquisition request may also be a newly introduced request, and does not affect the implementation of the present invention.
- the key of the UMTS may be calculated by the MME itself or obtained from other devices.
- the key acquisition request carries type information of the second network (for example, the second network is UMTS), so that E calculates the key of the UMTS.
- the RNC of the UMTS obtains the key of the UMTS, and the interaction data transmitted between the core network element and the UE can be used for security processing by the RNC and the UE respectively by using the UMTS key.
- the security processing includes encryption and decryption processing
- the interaction data includes service data that is sent by the core network element to the user equipment, and communication data that the user equipment feeds back to the core network element.
- the core network element sends the service data sent to the UE to the RNC of the UMTS.
- the service data can also be forwarded through the eNB of the LTE, and does not affect the implementation of the present invention.
- the RNC of the UMTS encrypts the service data by using the UMTS key, and then sends the data to the UE by using the UMTS radio bearer resource, and the UE decrypts the encrypted data by using the UMTS key.
- the delivery process of the feedback communication data is similar to the transmission process of the above business data, but only the transmission side To the contrary, and the encryption processing is performed by the UE, the decryption processing is performed by the RNC of the UMTS. I won't go into details here.
- both the UE and the RNC of the UMTS can obtain the UMTS key, so that the interactive data can be processed confidentially.
- the UE may be a key that is preset with UMTS, or may be calculated by the UE 24 after the eNB of the LTE informs the UE that the second network is the UMTS. For example, when the radio bearer resource of the UMTS is allocated to the UE in step S1405, the type information of the second network is sent to the UE 24, so that the UE calculates the key of the second network.
- the RNC obtains the UMTS key by step S 1405.
- the wireless bearer resources of the UMTS allocated to the UE to transfer the interaction data between the UE and the core network element.
- the LTE radio bearer resources allocated for the UE are used to transmit the interaction data between the UE and the core network element.
- the present invention is similar to the existing existing manner by using the LTE radio bearer resource to transmit the interaction data. The embodiment will not be described in detail.
- the interaction data can be used to transmit the interaction data of the UE and the core network element by using the allocated radio resource of the UMTS after the UM and the UMTS radio bearer resources are allocated to the UE.
- the UMTS key is used for security processing.
- the user equipment may notify other devices by sending an acknowledgement message directly or indirectly.
- the manner of directly sending the acknowledgement message is described in the fourth embodiment of the method, and details are not described herein again. The following describes how to send an acknowledgment message indirectly.
- the manner of sending the acknowledgment message indirectly may refer to the manner of sending the encrypted data, specifically: the user equipment sends the encrypted data by using the radio bearer resource of the second network, and if the received device can successfully decrypt, the device successfully indicates to the user equipment.
- a radio bearer resource of the second network is allocated.
- the second base station since the second base station is responsible for encryption and decryption, when the second base station receives the encrypted data, if the encrypted data is successfully decrypted by using the key of the second network, the first At least one of the base station, the mobility management entity, and the core network element sends an acknowledgement message; the encrypted data is interaction data that is encrypted by the user equipment by using a key of the second network.
- the first base station notifies the user E to send the key of the second network to the second base station
- the second base station can use the key of the second network to encrypt and decrypt the interaction data transmitted by the radio bearer resource of the second network. Therefore, in a more optional manner, when the first base station allocates the radio bearer resource of the second network to the user equipment, the second base station has acquired the key of the second network, and at this time, the second base station can The interaction data transmitted by the radio bearer resource of the second network is used for encryption and decryption.
- the second base station may not acquire the key of the second network, and after the second base station acquires the key of the second network, The interaction data is encrypted. This manner is not described in detail in the embodiment of the present invention.
- an embodiment of the present invention provides a sixth embodiment of a carrier aggregation method.
- the first base station allocates the radio bearer resources of the second network to the user equipment
- the second base station has acquired the key of the second network.
- the first embodiment is that the first network is LTE, the second network is UMTS, and the bearer setup information of the LTE and the UMTS are obtained from the first access indication as an example.
- the eNB is an eNB of the LTE, and the second eNB is the RNC of the UMTS.
- the embodiment is applied to the eNB side of the LTE, and specifically includes:
- the eNB of the LTE receives the first access indication sent by the MME, where the first access indication is used by the user equipment (UE) to access the eNB, and the eNB provides the UE with an access technology to the LTE. .
- the UE identifier and the bearer setup information may be included, where the UE identifier is used to determine the corresponding UE in the embodiment, and the bearer setup information may specifically include the NAS PDU and the 7-ID.
- the eNB of the LTE sends the LTE carrier resource and the LTE bearer setup information to the UE, where the LTE bearer setup information is obtained by using the first access indication.
- the eNB of the LTE sends a first key acquisition request to the E, and the first key acquisition request causes the key of the UMTS to be returned to the eNB.
- the first key request may carry information that the second network is UMTS, so that E knows that the key of the UMTS needs to be returned. Moreover, the key of the UMTS may be calculated by the ⁇ E itself, or may be obtained from other devices.
- S1504 After receiving the returned UMTS key, the LTE eNB sends a carrier acquisition request to the RNC, where the carrier acquisition request carries the UMTS key, and causes the RNC to return the UMTS carrier resource to the eNB. At this time, the RNC can obtain the UMTS key from the carrier acquisition request.
- the RNC can determine whether it has carrier resources, and if so, return the carrier resources that it has, that is, the resources of the UMTS.
- the eNB of the LTE receives the carrier resource returned by the RNC, and sends the returned carrier resource and the bearer setup information of the UMTS to the UE, so as to allocate the radio bearer resource of the UMTS to the UE.
- the bearer setup information of the UMTS is obtained via the first access indication.
- step S 1 502 is a radio bearer resource allocation process of LTE
- steps S1503-S 1505 are a radio 7 resource allocation process of UMTS, but actually, the two The allocation process does not have a limitation on the execution order, and it can be executed at the same time or in sequential order.
- the RNC when the UMTS carrier resource and the bearer setup information are sent to the UE, that is, when the UMTS radio bearer resource is allocated to the UE, the RNC has obtained the UMTS key, and therefore, the RNC utilizes the UMTS radio bearer.
- the resource transfers the interaction data between the UE and the core network element, the interaction data can be confidentially processed by using the UMTS key.
- the interaction data includes service data that is sent by the core network element to the user equipment, and communication data that the user equipment feeds back to the core network element.
- the process of transferring the service data is shown in FIG. 15, which is the same as the process of S1406 and S1407 in the fifth embodiment of the method, and details are not described herein again.
- the RNC has acquired the UMTS key when the UMTS radio bearer resource is allocated to the UE, and therefore, the RNC receives the transfer between the UE and the core network element.
- the interactive data can be directly processed by using the UMTS key.
- the key transmission process is integrated into the carrier resource acquisition process, and the carrier acquisition request can enable the RNC to return the carrier resource and enable the RNC to obtain the UMTS key, so that the key is not required to be sent to the RNC, thereby saving
- the communication overhead optimizes the communication flow.
- the case where the second base station has acquired the key of the second network when the first base station allocates the radio bearer resources of the second network to the user equipment is continued.
- an embodiment of the present invention provides a seventh embodiment of a carrier aggregation method, and other The embodiment is different.
- the second base station when the first base station allocates the radio bearer resource of the second network to the user equipment, the second base station has acquired the key of the second network.
- the first embodiment is that the first network is LTE, the second network is UMTS, and the bearer setup information of the LTE and the UMTS are obtained from the first access indication as an example.
- the eNB is an eNB of the LTE, and the second eNB is the RNC of the UMTS.
- the embodiment is applied to the eNB side of the LTE, and specifically includes:
- the eNB of the LTE receives the first access indication sent by the MME, where the first access indication is used by the user equipment (UE) to access the eNB, and the eNB provides the UE with an access technology to the LTE. .
- the UE identifier and the bearer setup information may be included, where the UE identifier is used to determine the corresponding UE in the embodiment, and the bearer setup information may specifically include the NAS PDU and the 7-ID.
- the eNB of the LTE sends the LTE carrier resource and the LTE bearer setup information to the UE, where the LTE bearer setup information is obtained by using the first access indication.
- the eNB of the LTE sends a carrier acquisition request to the RNC of the UMTS, where the carrier acquisition request causes the RNC to return the carrier resource of the UMTS to the eNB.
- the RNC can determine whether it has carrier resources, and if so, return the carrier resources that it has, that is, the resources of the UMTS.
- the eNB of the LTE After receiving the returned carrier resource, the eNB of the LTE sends a second key acquisition request to the E of the LTE, where the second key acquisition request causes the E to send the key of the UMTS to the RNC.
- the second key request may carry the information that the second network is UMTS, so that the E-learning needs to return the key of the UMTS.
- the key of the UMTS may be calculated by the ⁇ E itself, or may be obtained from other devices.
- the eNB of the LTE After the RNC of the UMTS receives the UMTS key, the eNB of the LTE sends the carrier resource returned by the RNC and the bearer setup information of the UMTS to the UE, so as to allocate the UMTS radio bearer resource to the UE.
- the bearer setup information of the UMTS is obtained via the first access indication.
- the RNC When it is determined whether the RNC receives the UMTS key, it may be the received key information that is returned to the eNB after receiving the key by the RNC, or may be that the eNB actively queries whether the RNC receives the key, and does not affect the present. Implementation of an embodiment of the invention.
- step S 1602 is a radio bearer resource of LTE.
- step S 1603-S 1605 is a process of allocating the radio resources of the UMTS.
- the two allocation processes are not limited in the execution order, and may be executed simultaneously or sequentially.
- the RNC when the UMTS carrier resource and the bearer setup information are sent to the UE, that is, when the UMTS radio bearer resource is allocated to the UE, the RNC has obtained the UMTS key, and therefore, the RNC utilizes the UMTS radio bearer.
- the resource transfers the interaction data between the UE and the core network element, the interaction data can be confidentially processed by using the UMTS key.
- the interaction data includes service data that is sent by the core network element to the user equipment, and communication data that the user equipment feeds back to the core network element.
- the process of transferring the service data is shown in FIG. 16, which is the same as the process of S1406 and S1407 in the fifth embodiment of the method, and details are not described herein again.
- the RNC has acquired the UMTS key when the UMTS radio bearer resource is allocated to the UE, and therefore, the RNC receives the transfer between the UE and the core network element.
- the interactive data can be directly processed by using the UMTS key.
- the key transmission process and the carrier resource acquisition process are independent of each other. Therefore, compared with the sixth embodiment, additional communication overhead is required to transmit the UMTS key to the RNC, and additional communication overhead is required. Whether the RNC receives the key.
- the first base station notifies E to send the key of the second network to the second base station.
- the specific notification manner may be directly notified by the first base station, or may be indirectly notified by the first base station.
- the direct notification method is that the first base station directly sends a notification to the ⁇ E
- the indirect notification manner is that the first base station notifies the E to send the key of the second network to the second base station via other devices.
- the eNB may notify the MME to send the UMTS key to the RNC via the RNC.
- the eNB may notify the RNC to send a key acquisition request to the MME, so that the RNC receives the interaction at a certain moment.
- a key acquisition request is sent to the MME.
- the eNB may also notify the UE to send a key of the UMTS to the RNC via the UE.
- the eNB may notify the UE to send a key acquisition request to the UE, such that the UE receives the carrier resource of the UMTS at a certain moment.
- a key acquisition request is sent to ⁇ E.
- the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other ways.
- the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
- the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
- there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not executed.
- the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be electrical, mechanical or otherwise.
- the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, and the components displayed as the units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solution of the embodiment.
- each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
- the above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit.
- the integrated unit if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product, may be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present invention may contribute to the prior art or all or part of the technical solution may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium. A number of instructions are included to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention.
- a computer device which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.
- the foregoing storage medium includes: a USB flash drive, a removable hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM, Random Acces s Memory), a magnetic disk or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. medium.
Abstract
本发明实施例提供了载波聚合方法及基站,所述方法包括:第一基站接收MME发送的第一接入指示,第一接入指示用于用户设备接入第一基站,第一基站为所述用户设备提供向第一网络的接入技术;第一基站基于所述第一接入指示,为所述用户设备分配所述第一网络的无线承载资源;第一基站经由第二基站获取第二网络的载波资源;第一基站将所述第二网络的载波资源和第二网络的承载建立信息发送至所述用户设备,第二网络的载波资源与第二网络的承载建立信息相关联。可见,本发明实施例中第一基站向用户设备分配了第一网络的无线承载资源以及第二网络的无线承载资源,从而实现了异网络的载波聚合,进一步向用户设备提供了更大的带宽,减少了资源的浪费。
Description
一种载波聚合方法及基站 技术领域
本发明涉及通信领域, 尤其是涉及一种载波聚合方法及基站。 背景技术
为了满足 ITU ( Internat iona l Telecommunicat ions Union, 国际电信联 盟)对第四代移动通信系统的要求, 3GPP针对 LTE提出了载波聚合(Carr ier Aggrega t ion, CA)。 载波聚合指的是为用户设备分配至少两个无线承载资源, 从而使得用户设备能够利用该至少两个无线承载资源与基站进行载波通信, 获得更大的宽带。 其中, 无线承载资源包括载波资源。 因此载波聚合要求用 户设备能够获得至少两个载波资源。
然而, 目前的载波聚合仅能支持 LTE , 因此如果运营商没有更多的 LTE的 载波资源,就无法进行载波聚合,即使运营商有 UMTS等其他网络的载波资源, 这些资源也不能通过载波聚合的方式被利用, 从而造成了资源的浪费。 发明内容
本发明解决的技术问题在于提供一种载波聚合方法及基站, 能够实现 异网络的载波聚合, 从而进一步向用户设备提供更大的带宽, 减少资源的 浪费。
为此, 本发明解决技术问题的技术方案是:
第一方面, 本发明实施例提供了一种基站, 所述基站具体为第一基站, 所 述第一基站包括: 接收机、 发送机、 处理器和存储器;
所述接收机用于,接收移动性管理实体发送的第一接入指示, 以及经由第 二基站获取第二网络的载波资源;所述第一接入指示用于用户设备接入所述第 一基站, 所述第一基站为所述用户设备提供向第一网络的接入技术; 所述第二 基站为所述用户设备提供向所述第二网络的接入技术;
所述发送机用于,基于所述第一接入指示, 为所述用户设备分配所述第一
网络的无线承载资源,以及将所述第二网络的载波资源和第二网络的承载建立 信息发送至所述用户设备,所述第二网络的载波资源与所述第二网络的承载建 立信息相关联, 以便为所述用户设备分配所述第二网络的无线承载资源。
在第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二网络的承载建立信息为 所述移动性管理实体用于指示所述用户设备接入所述第一基站的承载建立信 息。
在第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,所述第二网络的承载建立信息经 由所述第一接入指示获取;
所述发送机用于基于所述第一接入指示,为所述用户设备分配所述第一网 络的无线承载资源具体为:
所述发送机用于将第一网络的载波资源和第一网络的承载建立信息发送 至所述用户设备, 所述第一网络的承载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获取。
在第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收机还用于: 接收所述移 动性管理实体发送的第二接入指示,所述第二接入指示包括所述第二网络的承 载建立信息;
所述发送机用于基于所述第一接入指示,为所述用户设备分配所述第一网 络的无线承载资源具体为:
所述发送机用于将第一网络的载波资源和第一网络的承载建立信息发送 至所述用户设备, 所述第一接入指示包括所述第一网络的承载建立信息。
结合第一方面、第一方面的第一种至第三种任一种可能的实现方式,在第 一方面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述发送机和接收机还用于, 利用所述第 二网络的无线承载资源,传递所述用户设备与核心网元之间的交互数据;其中, 所述交互数据由所述用户设备和第一基站, 利用第一网络的密钥进行保密处 理。
结合第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第五种可能的实现 方式中, 所述接收机接收到加密数据时, 所述处理器还用于, 若能利用第一网 络的密钥成功解密所述加密数据, 则通过所述发送机向所述第二基站、所述移 动性管理实体和所述核心网元中的至少一个发送确认消息;所述加密数据为所
述用户设备利用第一网络的密钥加密的交互数据。
结合第一方面、 或者第一方面的第一种至第三种任一种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式中, 所述发送机还用于,通知所述移动性 管理实体向所述第二基站发送第二网络的密钥,以使得交互数据由所述用户设 备和所述第二基站, 利用所述第二网络的密钥进行保密处理; 所述交互数据为 第二基站利用所述第二网络的无线承载资源所传递的,所述用户设备与核心网 元之间的交互数据。
结合第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第七种可能的实现 方式中, 所述接收机用于经由第二基站获取第二网络的载波资源, 和所述发送 机用于将所述第二网络的载波资源和承载建立信息发送至所述用户设备、以及 通知所述移动性管理实体向第二基站发送第二网络的密钥具体为:
所述发送机用于, 向所述移动性管理实体发送第一密钥获取请求, 所述第 一密钥获取请求使得所述移动性管理实体向所述第一基站返回第二网络的密 钥;
所述接收机用于, 接收返回的第二网络的密钥;
所述发送机还用于, 向第二基站发送载波获取请求, 所述载波获取请求携 带有所述第二网络的密钥,并使得所述第二基站向所述第一基站返回第二网络 的载波资源;
所述接收机还用于, 接收返回的第二网络的载波资源;
所述发送机还用于,将所述第二网络的载波资源和承载建立信息发送至所 述用户设备。
结合第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第八种可能的实现 方式中, 所述接收机用于经由第二基站获取第二网络的载波资源, 和所述发送 机用于将所述第二网络的载波资源和承载建立信息发送至所述用户设备、以及 通知所述移动性管理实体向第二基站发送第二网络的密钥具体为:
所述发送机用于, 向所述第二基站发送载波获取请求, 所述载波获取请求 使得第二基站向所述第一基站返回第二网络的载波资源;
所述接收机用于, 接收返回的第二网络的载波资源;
所述发送机还用于, 向所述移动性管理实体发送第二密钥获取请求, 所述 第二密钥获取请求使得所述移动性管理实体向所述第二基站发送第二网络的 密钥;
在所述第二基站接收到所述第二网络的密钥后,将第二网络的载波资源和 所述承载建立信息发送至所述用户设备。
结合第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第九种可能的实现 方式中,所述发送机用于通知所述移动性管理实体向第二基站发送第二网络的 密钥具体为:
所述发送机用于,经由所述用户设备或者所述第二基站通知所述移动性管 理实体向第二基站发送第二网络的密钥。
结合第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式,在第一方面的第十种可能的实现 方式中, 所述第二基站为接收到加密数据时, 若能利用第二网络的密钥成功解 密所述加密数据, 则向第一基站、所述移动性管理实体和所述核心网元中的至 少一个发送确认消息的基站;
所述加密数据为所述用户设备利用第二网络的密钥加密的交互数据。 在第一方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中,所述用户设备为利用所述第二 网络的无线承载资源向所述第一基站、 第二基站、所述移动性管理实体和所述 核心网元中的至少一个发送确认消息的用户设备。
在第一方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器还用于, 禁止所述 第二基站对所述用户设备的移动性管理。
第二方面, 本发明实施例提供了一种基站, 所述基站为第一基站, 所述第 一基站包括: 接收单元、 分配单元、 获取单元和发送单元;
所述接收单元用于,接收移动性管理实体发送的第一接入指示; 所述第一 接入指示用于用户设备接入所述第一基站,所述第一基站为所述用户设备提供 向第一网络的接入技术;
所述分配单元用于,基于所述第一接入指示, 为所述用户设备分配所述第 一网络的无线承载资源;
所述获取单元用于, 经由第二基站获取第二网络的载波资源; 所述第二基
站为所述用户设备提供向所述第二网络的接入技术;
所述发送单元用于,将所述第二网络的载波资源和第二网络的承载建立信 息发送至所述用户设备,所述第二网络的载波资源与所述第二网络的承载建立 信息相关联, 以便为所述用户设备分配所述第二网络的无线承载资源。
在第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二网络的承载建立信息为 所述移动性管理实体用于指示所述用户设备接入所述第一基站的承载建立信 息。
在第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,所述第二网络的承载建立信息经 由所述第一接入指示获取;
所述分配单元用于基于所述第一接入指示,为所述用户设备分配所述第一 网络的无线承载资源具体为:
所述分配单元用于将第一网络的载波资源和第一网络的承载建立信息发 送至所述用户设备, 所述第一网络的承载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获 取。
在第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收单元还用于,接收所述 移动性管理实体发送的第二接入指示,所述第二接入指示包括所述第二网络的 载建立信息;
所述分配单元用于基于所述第一接入指示,为所述用户设备分配所述第一 网络的无线承载资源具体为:
所述分配单元用于将第一网络的载波资源和第一网络的承载建立信息发 送至所述用户设备, 所述第一接入指示包括所述第一网络的承载建立信息。
结合第二方面、 或者第二方面的第一种至第三种任一种可能的实现方式, 在第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 还包括: 数据传递单元;
所述数据传递单元用于, 利用所述第二网络的无线承载资源,传递所述用 户设备与核心网元之间的交互数据;
其中, 所述交互数据由所述用户设备和所述数据传递单元, 利用第一网络 的密钥进行保密处理。
结合第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第五种可能的实现
方式中, 所述数据传递单元还用于, 接收到加密数据时, 若能利用第一网络的 密钥成功解密所述加密数据, 则向所述第二基站、所述移动性管理实体和所述 核心网元中的至少一个发送确认消息;
所述加密数据为所述用户设备利用所述第一网络的密钥加密的交互数据。 结合第二方面、 或者第二方面的第一种至第三种任一种可能的实现方式, 在第二方面的第六种可能的实现方式中, 还包括: 通知单元;
所述通知单元用于,通知所述移动性管理实体向所述第二基站发送第二网 络的密钥, 以使得交互数据由所述用户设备和所述第二基站, 利用所述第二网 络的密钥进行保密处理;
所述交互数据为第二基站利用所述第二网络的无线承载资源所传递的,所 述用户设备与核心网元之间的交互数据。
结合第二方面的第六种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第七种可能的实现 方式中,所述通知单元用于通知所述移动性管理实体向所述第二基站发送第二 网络的密钥, 所述获取单元用于经由第二基站获取第二网络的载波资源, 以及 所述发送单元用于将所述第二网络的载波资源和承载建立信息发送至所述用 户设备具体为:
所述通知单元用于向所述移动性管理实体发送第一密钥获取请求,所述第 一密钥获取请求使得所述移动性管理实体向所述获取单元返回第二网络的密 钥;
所述获取单元用于接收返回的第二网络的密钥,向第二基站发送载波获取 请求, 所述载波获取请求携带有所述第二网络的密钥, 并使得所述第二基站向 所述发送单元返回第二网络的载波资源;
所述发送单元用于接收返回的第二网络的载波资源,将所述第二网络的载 波资源和^载建立信息发送至所述用户设备。
结合第二方面的第六种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第八种可能的实现 方式中,所述通知单元用于通知所述移动性管理实体向所述第二基站发送第二 网络的密钥, 所述获取单元用于经由第二基站获取第二网络的载波资源, 以及 所述发送单元用于将所述第二网络的载波资源和承载建立信息发送至所述用
户设备具体为:
所述获取单元用于向所述第二基站发送载波获取请求,所述载波获取请求 使得第二基站向所述发送单元返回第二网络的载波资源;
所述发送单元用于接收返回的第二网络的载波资源后,所述通知单元用于 向所述移动性管理实体发送第二密钥获取请求,所述第二密钥获取请求使得所 述移动性管理实体向所述第二基站发送第二网络的密钥;
在所述第二基站接收到所述第二网络的密钥后,所述发送单元还用于将所 述第二网络的载波资源和所述 载建立信息发送至所述用户设备。
结合第二方面的第六种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第九种可能的实现 方式中,所述通知单元用于通知所述移动性管理实体向第二基站发送第二网络 的密钥具体为:
所述通知单元用于,经由所述用户设备或者所述第二基站通知所述移动性 管理实体向第二基站发送第二网络的密钥。 结合第二方面的第六种可能的实现方式,在第二方面的第十种可能的实现 方式中, 所述第二基站为接收到加密数据时, 若能利用第二网络的密钥成功解 密所述加密数据, 则向第一基站、所述移动性管理实体和所述核心网元中的至 少一个发送确认消息的基站;
所述加密数据为所述用户设备利用第二网络的密钥加密的交互数据。 在第二方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中,所述用户设备为利用所述第二 网络的无线承载资源向所述第一基站、 第二基站、所述移动性管理实体和所述 核心网元中的至少一个发送确认消息的用户设备。
在第二方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中, 还包括: 禁用单元; 所述禁用单元用于禁止所述第二基站对所述用户设备的移动性管理。 第三方面, 本发明实施例提供了一种载波聚合方法, 所述方法包括: 第一基站接收移动性管理实体发送的第一接入指示,所述第一接入指示用 于用户设备接入所述第一基站,所述第一基站为所述用户设备提供向第一网络 的接入技术;
所述第一基站基于所述第一接入指示,为所述用户设备分配所述第一网络 的无线承载资源;
所述第一基站经由第二基站获取第二网络的载波资源,所述第二基站为所 述用户设备提供向所述第二网络的接入技术;
所述第一基站将所述第二网络的载波资源和第二网络的承载建立信息发 送至所述用户设备,所述第二网络的载波资源与所述第二网络的承载建立信息 相关联, 以便为所述用户设备分配所述第二网络的无线承载资源。
在第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二网络的承载建立信息为 所述移动性管理实体用于指示所述用户设备接入所述第一基站的承载建立信 息。
在第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式中,所述第二网络的承载建立信息经 由所述第一接入指示获取;
所述第一基站基于所述第一接入指示,为所述用户设备分配所述第一网络 的无线承载资源具体为:
第一基站将第一网络的载波资源和第一网络的承载建立信息发送至所述 用户设备, 所述第一网络的承载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获取。
在第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述方法还包括:
所述第一基站接收所述移动性管理实体发送的第二接入指示,所述第二接 入指示包括所述第二网络的承载建立信息;
所述第一基站基于所述第一接入指示,为所述用户设备分配所述第一网络 的无线承载资源具体为:
所述第一基站将第一网络的载波资源和第一网络的承载建立信息发送至 所述用户设备, 所述第一接入指示包括所述第一网络的承载建立信息。
结合第三方面、 或者第三方面的第一种至第三种任一种可能的实现方式, 在第三方面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 还包括:
所述第一基站利用所述第二网络的无线承载资源,传递所述用户设备与核 心网元之间的交互数据;
其中, 所述交互数据由所述用户设备和第一基站, 利用第一网络的密钥进 行保密处理。
结合第三方面的第四种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第五种可能的实现 方式中, 所述第一基站接收到加密数据时, 若能利用第一网络的密钥成功解密 所述加密数据, 则向所述第二基站、所述移动性管理实体和所述核心网元中的 至少一个发送确认消息;
所述加密数据为所述用户设备利用第一网络的密钥加密的交互数据。 结合第三方面、 或者第三方面的第一种至第三种任一种可能的实现方式, 在第三方面的第六种可能的实现方式中, 还包括:
第一基站通知所述移动性管理实体向所述第二基站发送第二网络的密钥, 以使得交互数据由所述用户设备和所述第二基站,利用所述第二网络的密钥进 行保密处理;
所述交互数据为第二基站利用所述第二网络的无线承载资源所传递的,所 述用户设备与核心网元之间的交互数据。
结合第三方面的第六种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第七种可能的实现 方式中, 所述第一基站经由第二基站获取第二网络的载波资源、将所述第二网 络的载波资源和^载建立信息发送至所述用户设备、以及通知所述移动性管理 实体向第二基站发送第二网络的密钥具体为:
所述第一基站向所述移动性管理实体发送第一密钥获取请求,所述第一密 钥获取请求使得所述移动性管理实体向所述第一基站返回第二网络的密钥; 第一基站接收返回的第二网络的密钥, 向第二基站发送载波获取请求, 所 述载波获取请求携带有所述第二网络的密钥,并使得所述第二基站向所述第一 基站返回第二网络的载波资源;
第一基站接收返回的第二网络的载波资源,将所述第二网络的载波资源和 承载建立信息发送至所述用户设备。
结合第三方面的第六种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第八种可能的实现 方式中, 所述第一基站经由第二基站获取第二网络的载波资源、将所述第二网 络的载波资源和^载建立信息发送至所述用户设备、以及通知所述移动性管理
实体向第二基站发送第二网络的密钥具体为: 所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送载波获取请求,所述载波获取请求使得 第二基站向所述第一基站返回第二网络的载波资源;
第一基站接收返回的第二网络的载波资源,向所述移动性管理实体发送第 二密钥获取请求,所述第二密钥获取请求使得所述移动性管理实体向所述第二 基站发送第二网络的密钥;
在所述第二基站接收到所述第二网络的密钥后,第一基站将第二网络的载 波资源和所述 载建立信息发送至所述用户设备。 结合第三方面的第六种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第九种可能的实现 方式中, 所述通知所述移动性管理实体向第二基站发送第二网络的密钥具体 为:
所述第一基站经由所述用户设备或者所述第二基站,通知所述移动性管理 实体向第二基站发送第二网络的密钥。 结合第三方面的第六种可能的实现方式,在第三方面的第十种可能的实现 方式中, 所述第二基站为接收到加密数据时, 若能利用第二网络的密钥成功解 密所述加密数据, 则向第一基站、所述移动性管理实体和所述核心网元中的至 少一个发送确认消息的基站;
所述加密数据为所述用户设备利用第二网络的密钥加密的交互数据。 在第三方面的第十一种可能的实现方式中,所述用户设备为利用所述第二 网络的无线承载资源向所述第一基站、 第二基站、所述移动性管理实体和所述 核心网元中的至少一个发送确认消息的用户设备。
在第三方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中, 还包括: 第一基站禁止所述第二基站对所述用户设备的移动性管理。
通过上述技术方案可知,本发明实施例中第一基站向用户设备分配了第一 网络的无线承载资源以及第二网络的无线承载资源, 其中, 向用户设备分配第 二网络的无线承载资源是通过将从第二基站获取的第二网络的载波资源,以及 第二网络的承载建立信息发送至所述用户设备,并且所述第二网络的载波资源 与所述第二网络的承载建立信息相关联实现的。 从而实现了异网络的载波聚
合,使得用户设备能够利用两个不同网络的无线承载资源, 分别与第一基站和 第二基站进行载波通信, 相比于现有技术中只能进行 LTE的载波聚合, 本发 明实施例进一步向用户设备提供了更大的带宽, 减少了资源的浪费。 附图说明
图 1为本发明实施例提供的通信系统的第一实施例的结构示意图; 图 2为本发明实施例提供的通信系统的第二实施例的结构示意图; 图 3为本发明实施例提供的通信系统的第三实施例的结构示意图; 图 4为本发明实施例提供的第一基站的第一实施例的结构示意图; 图 5为本发明实施例提供的第一基站的第二实施例的结构示意图; 图 6为本发明实施例提供的第一基站的第三实施例的结构示意图; 图 7为本发明实施例提供的第一基站的第八实施例的结构示意图; 图 8为本发明实施例提供的第一基站的第九实施例的结构示意图; 图 9为本发明实施例提供的第一基站的第十实施例的结构示意图; 图 10为本发明实施例提供的方法的第一实施例的流程示意图;
图 1 1为本发明实施例提供的方法的第二实施例的信令交互示意图; 图 12为本发明实施例提供的方法的第三实施例的信令交互示意图; 图 1 3为本发明实施例提供的方法的第四实施例的信令交互示意图; 图 14为本发明实施例提供的方法的第五实施例的信令交互示意图; 图 15为本发明实施例提供的方法的第六实施例的信令交互示意图; 图 16为本发明实施例提供的方法的第七实施例的信令交互示意图 图 17为本发明实施例提供的方法的间接发送密钥获取请求的信令交互示 意图。 具体实施方式
载波聚合指的是为用户设备分配至少两个无线承载资源,从而使得用户设 备能够利用该至少两个无线承载资源与基站进行载波通信, 获得更大的宽带。
其中,无线承载资源包括载波资源和承载建立信息。 因此,为了实现载波聚合, 就要求用户设备能够获得至少两个载波资源。
目前的载波聚合过程是: 当 LTE的 eNB ( evo lved NodeB, 演进基站)接 收到承载建立请求后,会将 LTE的两个载波资源和承载建立信息发送给相应的 用户设备,从而实现了为用户设备分配了 LTE的两个无线承载资源,使得该用 户设备能够根据 LTE的两个无线承载资源与 LTE的 eNB进行载波通信。 可见, 由于现有技术中的 LTE的 eNB只能获取到 LTE的两个载波资源,使得现有技术 的载波聚合只能支持 LTE。 如果运营商没有更多的 LTE的载波资源, 就无法进 行载波聚合, 此时即使运营商有 UMTS等其他网络的载波资源, 这些资源也不 能通过载波聚合的方式被利用, 从而造成了资源的浪费。
而在本发明实施例中, 提供了一种载波聚合方法、 通信系统及基站, 能 够实现异网络的载波聚合, 从而进一步向用户设备提供更大的带宽, 减少 资源的浪费。
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清 楚、 完整地描述, 显然, 所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明一部分实施例, 而不是 全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例, 本领域技术人员在没有作出创造性劳 动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例, 都属于本发明保护的范围。
本发明的说明书和权利要求书及上述附图中的术语 "第一"、 "第二"、 "第 三" "第四" 等是用于区别类似的对象, 而不必用于描述特定的顺序或先后次 序。应该理解这样使用的数据在适当情况下可以互换, 以便这里描述的实施例 能够以除了在这里图示或描述的内容以外的顺序实施。 此外, 术语 "包括" 和 "具有" 以及他们的任何变形, 意图在于覆盖不排他的包含, 例如, 包含了一 系列步骤或单元的过程、 方法、 系统、 产品或设备不必限于清楚地列出的那些 步骤或单元, 而是可包括没有清楚地列出的或对于这些过程、 方法、 产品或设 备固有的其它步骤或单元。
请参阅图 1 ,本发明实施例提供了通信系统的第一实施例,本实施例包括: 第一基站 101、第二基站 102和移动性管理实体(Mob i l i ty Management Ent i ty, 即 MME ) 103。
匪 E 103用于, 向第一基站 101发送第一接入指示, 所述第一接入指示用
于用户设备 104接入所述第一基站 101,所述第一基站 101为所述用户设备 104 提供向第一网络的接入技术。
在本发明实施例中, MME103实际上属于第一网络, 当 MME103向第一基站 101发送接入指示时,一般情况下表示用户设备 104具有第一网络的通信需求, 具体可以是用户设备 104主动连接网络时产生的通信需求,也可以是网络主动 向用户设备 104推送消息时产生的通信需求等等。
第一基站 101用于, 接收匪 E103发送的第一接入指示, 基于所述第一接 入指示, 为用户设备 104分配所述第一网络的无线承载资源。
第一基站 101还用于, 经由第二基站 102获取第二网络的载波资源, 并将 所述第二网络的载波资源和第二网络的承载建立信息发送至用户设备 104, 所 述第二网络的载波资源与所述第二网络的承载建立信息相关联,以便为用户设 备 104分配所述第二网络的无线承载资源。第二基站 102为用户设备 104提供 向所述第二网络的接入技术。
在本发明实施例中, 第一基站 101能够提供向第一网络的接入技术, 第二 基站 102能够提供向第二网络的接入技术。其中, 第一网络可以为 LTE、 UMTS, CDMA, GERAN, 或者 WLAN等网络。 第一基站 101根据第一网络类型, 可以为基 站或者基站控制器。 例如, 若第一网络为 LTE, 第一基站为基站(eNB),若第 一网络为 UMTS、 CDMA, GERAN, 或者 WLAN, 第一基站为基站控制器。 与第一网 络类似, 第二网络可以为 LTE、 UMTS, CDMA, GERAN, 或者 WLAN等网络, 所述 的第二基站根据第二网络类型, 可以为基站或者基站控制器。 例如, 若第二网 络为 LTE, 第二基站为基站(eNB),若第二网络为 UMTS、 CDMA, GERAN, 或者 WLAN, 第二基站为基站控制器。 LTE网络可以为 LTE-A等。
通过上述技术方案可知,本实施例中第一基站 101向用户设备 104分配了 第一网络的无线承载资源以及第二网络的无线承载资源, 其中, 向用户设备 104分配第二网络的无线承载资源是通过将从第二基站 102获取的第二网络的 载波资源, 以及第二网络的承载建立信息发送至所述用户设备 104, 并且所述 第二网络的载波资源与所述第二网络的承载建立信息相关联实现的。从而实现 了异网络的载波聚合,使得用户设备 104能够利用两个不同网络的无线承载资 源, 分别与第一基站 101和第二基站 102进行载波通信,相比于现有技术中只
能进行 LTE的载波聚合, 进一步向用户设备提供了更大的带宽, 减少了资源 的浪费。
在本发明实施例中,承载建立信息指的是用于建立承载的信息, 具体可以 包括非接入层协议数据单元 ( Non Acces s S t ra tum Protoco l Da ta Uni t, 即 NAS PDU )和承载标识(即承载 ID )。
在本发明实施例中,第一基站 101为用户设备分配了第一网络和第二网络 的无线承载资源,从而实现了异网络的载波聚合。 下面具体看一下这两个不同 网络的分配过程。
第一基站 101基于 MME 103发送的第一接入指示, 为用户设备 104分配了 第一网络的无线承载资源,从而使得用户设备能够利用第一网络的无线承载资 源, 与第一基站建立通信连接。 而在现有技术中, 已经存在为用户设备分配第 一网络的无线承载资源的过程, 因此该过程不再详述。
第一基站 101 将第二网络的载波资源以及第二网络的承载建立信息发送 至所述用户设备 104 , 并且所述第二网络的载波资源与所述第二网络的 载建 立信息相关联, 因此相当于为用户设备 104分配了第二网络的无线承载资源, 从而使得用户设备 104 能够利用第二网络的无线承载资源, 与第二基站 102 建立通信连接。 其中, 第二网络的载波资源是第一基站 101 从第二基站 102 获取的, 而第二网络的承载建立信息实际上也是由第一基站获取得到的。 下面 具体说明第二网络的承载建立信息的获取过程。
匪 E 103能够根据用户设备 104的通信需求生成承载建立信息并携带在发 送给第一基站 101的接入指示中, 因此, 第一基站 101可以从由匪 E 103发送 的接入指示中获取到承载建立信息,再将获取到的承载建立信息作为第二网络 的承载建立信息, 这里所说的接入指示可以为第一接入指示,也可以为除第一 接入指示外, 匪 E 103发给第一基站 101的其他的接入指示。 在本发明实施例 中, 匪 E 103发给第一基站 101的接入指示, 一般为 MME 103用于指示用户设 备 104接入第一基站 101的, 因此, 第一基站 101从接入指示中获取到的第二 网络的承载建立信息, 实际上为匪 E 1 03指示用户设备 104接入第一基站 101 的承载建立信息。
承载建立信息可以包括 NAS PDU 和承载 ID, 承载 ID用于指示用户设备建 立对应的^载, 而 NAS PDU中包含过滤信息用以指示哪些业务可以在该^载上 传递, 通过 NAS PDU和承载 ID的绑定使得 UE知道业务和承载的对应关系。 这 里, 第二网络的载波资源和第二网络的承载建立信息相关联指的是, 用户设备 与第一基站、第二基站或者核心网元之间传递交互数据时,如果利用的是第二 网络的载波资源,则具体是通过用户设备基于第二网络的承载建立信息所建立 的承载进行传递的。
在本发明实施例的一种可选方式中,用户设备 104可以由用户设备标识确 定, 其中, 用户设备标识可以由第一接入指示携带, 也可以由与第一接入指示 关联的其他指示中携带, 均不影响本发明实施例的实现。该用户设备标识具体 可以为 UE关联信令标识,例如通过匪 E分配的 UE S 1应用协议( SI Appl ica t ion Protocol , 即 SI AP )。 本发明实施例还可以包括用户设备 104。
在本发明实施例中, 第一基站 101会经由第二基站 102获取载波资源。 由 于向任一基站获取载波资源时, 该基站除了会进入与用户设备的传输准备之 外, 还通常会对用户设备进行移动性管理, 其中移动性管理包括切换、 测量等 管理。 而在本发明实施例中, 可以仅由第一基站 101对用户设备 104进行移动 性管理, 因此在本发明实施例的一种可选方式中, 第一基站 101还可以用于禁 止第二基站 102对用户设备 104的移动性管理。
在本发明实施例的一种可选方式中,第一基站 101经由第二基站 102获取 载波资源, 具体可以是通过以下过程实现: 第一基站 101向第二基站 102发送 载波获取请求, 该载波获取请求使得第二基站 102判断出其具有载波资源时, 向第一基站 101返回该载波资源。该载波获取请求可以是新引入的请求,也可 以是在目前已存在的请求。 例如, 在目前实现接入网络切换时, 切换前的基站 会向切换后的基站发送 "重配置请求" 以使得切换后的基站返回载波资源。 因 此本发明施例中的载波获取请求可以为目前实现接入网络切换的 "重配置请 求"。 当然, 本发明实施例中也可以在 "重配置请求" 加入指示, 表示此时是 进行载波聚合, 因此该指示禁止第二基站 102对用户设备 104的移动性管理。
在本实施例中,第一基站 101会向用户设备 104分配第二网络的无线承载 资源, 实际上说明了用户设备 4能够接入第二网络,在本发明实施例的一种可
选方式中,第一基站 101还可以用于判断用户设备 104是否能够接入第二网络, 如果能,第一基站继续执行为用户设备 104分配第一网络和第二网络的无线承 载资源, 即第一基站正常工作, 如果不能, 可以停止工作, 或者以一定周期循 环执行上述判断直至判断结果为是。例如,如果判断出用户设备 104不能支持 第二网络, 可以理解的是, 用户设备 104此后也无法接入第二网络, 此时第一 基站 101可以停止工作。如果是判断出用户设备 104能够支持第二网络,但是 此时并不位于第二网络的信号覆盖范围下,则说明虽然用户设备 104此时不能 接入第二网络,但是随着用户设备 104的移动,有可能会移动到第二网络的信 号覆盖范围下, 因此此时可以以一定周期循环执行上述判断, 直至判断出用户 设备 104能够接入第二网络,则第一基站 101继续执行为用户设备 104分配第 一网络和第二网络的无线承载资源。这里, 判断用户设备 104是否能够接入第 二网络具体可以为:判断用户设备 104是否能够支持第二网络并且在所述第二 网络的信号覆盖范围下。
本发明实施例中, E 103能够向第一基站 101发送接入指示 (例如第一 接入指示), 这里, 接入指示可以为是新引入的消息, 也可以是在目前已存在 的消息, 例如, 接入指示可以为承载建立请求, 当用户设备具有通信需求时, 会向基站发送承载建立请求, 以使得用户设备与基站通过建立的承载进行通 信。
在本发明实施例中, E 103向第一基站 101所发送的接入指示中一般携 带有承载建立信息, 而该承载建立信息实际上是匪 E 103用于指示用户设备接 入第一基站 101 (相当于接入第一网络)的。 而本发明实施例中, 实际上由第 一基站 101 决定如何将接入指示中携带的承载建立信息分配给第一网络和第 二网络,第一网络和第二网络的承载建立信息分别用于指示用户设备接入第一 基站和第二基站。 需要说明的是, 这里所说的接入指示可能为第一接入指示, 也可能为除第一接入指示外, E 103发送的其他的接入指示。
下面分别通过两个实施例说明两种可选的分配情况:
一、 从第一接入指示中获取到第一网络和第二网络的承载建立信息。
在这种情况中,由第一基站从第一接入指示中分别获取第一网络的承载建 立信息和第二网络的承载建立信息。
如图 2所示, 本发明实施例提供了通信系统的第二实施例。 与其他实施例 不同的是,本实施例中第一基站从第一接入指示中获取第一网络和第二网络的 载建立信息。
并且为了更好的描述实施例, 本实施例以第一网络为 LTE , 第二网络为 UMTS为例进行说明,此时第一基站为 LTE的 eNB ,第二基站为 UMTS的 RNC( Rad i o Ne twork Con t ro l l er , 无线网络控制器)。
本实施例具体包括: LTE的 eNB 201 , UMTS的 RNC 202和 MME 203。
MME 203用于, 向 eNB 201发送第一接入指示, 所述第一接入指示用于 UE 204接入 eNB 201 , eNB 201为 UE 204提供向 LTE的接入技术。
MME203发送给 eNB 201的第一接入指示,实际上是匪 E 203用于指示 UE 204 接入 eNB 201 , 即第一基站的。 而在本发明实施例中, eNB 201不仅将第一接 入指示用于指示 UE 204接入第一基站, 还用于指示 UE 204接入第二基站。
在第一接入指示中, 可以包括 UE标识和承载建立信息, UE标识用于确定 本实施例中对应的 UE 204 , 载建立信息具体可以包括 NAS PDU和 载 I D。
eNB 201用于, 接收 MME 203发送的第一接入指示, 将 LTE的载波资源和
LTE的^载建立信息发送至 UE 204 , 所述 LTE的^载建立信息经由所述第一接 入指示获取。
LTE的 eNB 201将自身所具有的 LTE的载波资源、 以及 LTE的7 载建立信 息发送至 UE 204 , 相当于为 UE 204分配了 LTE的无线 载资源。 其中, 所述 LTE的载波资源和所述 LTE的承载建立信息相关联。
eNB 201还用于, 经由 RNC 202获取 UMTS的载波资源, 以及将所述 UMTS 的载波资源和 UMTS的 7 载建立信息发送至 UE 204 , 所述 UMTS的载波资源与 所述 UMTS相关联,以便为 UE 204分配 UMTS的无线承载资源。 RNC 202为 UE 204 提供向 UMTS的接入技术。所述 UMTS的承载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获 取。
eNB 201将经由 RNC 202获取的 UMTS的载波资源、 以及 UMTS的 载建立 信息发送至 UE 204 , 所述 UMTS的载波资源和所述 UMTS的^载建立信息相关 联, 因此相当于为 UE 204分配了 UMTS的无线承载资源。
在本实施例中, eNB 201将 LTE和 UMTS的承载建立信息发送至 UE 204 , 其中, UMTS的承载建立信息和 LTE的承载建立信息都是经由 E 203发送的 同一个接入指示, 即第一接入指示中获取的。 第一接入指示一般携带有承载建 立信息, 而该承载建立信息一般是匪 E用于指示 UE接入第一基站的, 也就是 匪 E指示的第一网络的承载建立信息。 在本实施例中, 实际上是将 MME指示的 第一网络的承载建立信息重新分配成了第一网络和第二网络的承载建立信息, 其中, 第一网络的承载建立信息用于指示 UE接入第一基站, 而第二网络的承 载建立信息则用于指示 UE接入第二基站。
通过上述技术方案可知, 本实施例中 eNB 201从第一接入指示中获得了第 一网络(LTE )和第二网络(UMTS ) 的承载建立信息, 分别基于 LTE 和 UMTS 的承载建立信息为 UE 204分配 LTE和 UMTS的无线承载资源, 从而实现了异网 络的载波聚合, 使得 UE 204能够利用 LTE和 UMTS和无线承载资源, 分别与 eNB 201和 RNC 202进行载波通信, 相比于现有技术中只能进行 LTE的载波聚 合, 进一步向 UE提供了更大的带宽, 减少了资源的浪费。
在本实施例中由同一接入指示中获取了第一网络和第二网络的承载建立 信息。 实际上, 第一网络和第二网络的承载建立信息也可以由不同的接入指示 中获取。 具体见下面的一个实施例。
二、 从不同的接入指示中获取到第一网络和第二网络的承载建立信息。 在一些情况下, 匪 E会向基站多次发送针对同一用户设备的接入指示, 例 如, 当用户设备具有语音通信需求时, 会向基站发送接入指示, 如果之后用户 设备具有上网通信需求时,会向该基站再次发送接入指示。 因此本发明实施例 可以在匪 E至少两次发送接入指示的情况下,分别基于不同的接入指示获取第 一网络和第二网络的承载建立信息。 下面通过一个实施例具体说明:
请参阅图 3 , 本发明实施例提供了通信系统的第三实施例, 与其他实施例 不同的是,本实施例中第一基站从第一接入指示中获取第一网络的承载建立信 息, 从第二接入指示中获取第二网络的承载建立信息。
并且为了更好的描述实施例, 本实施例以第一网络为 LTE , 第二网络为 UMTS为例进行说明, 此时第一基站为 LTE的 eNB , 第二基站为 UMTS的 RNC。
本实施例具体包括: LTE的 eNB 301 , UMTS的 RNC 302和 MME 303。
E 303用于, 向 eNB 301发送第一接入指示和第二接入指示, 所述第一 接入指示用于 UE 304接入 eNB 301 , eNB 301为 UE 304提供向 LTE的接入技 术。
在第一接入指示中, 可以包括 UE标识和承载建立信息, UE标识用于确定 本实施例中对应的 UE 304 , 7 载建立信息具体可以包括 NAS PDU和 7 载 I D。 在本实施例中, 第一接入指示和第二接入指示都对应同一 UE , 具体可以是, 第一接入指示和第二接入指示都携带有同一 UE标识。
eNB 301用于, 接收 MME 303发送的第一接入指示, 将 LTE的载波资源和 LTE的承载建立信息发送至 UE 304 , 第一接入指示包括所述 LTE的承载建立信 息。
LTE的 eNB 301将自身所具有的 LTE的载波资源、 以及 LTE的7 载建立信 息发送至 UE 304 , 相当于为 UE 304分配了 LTE的无线 载资源。 其中, 所述 LTE的载波资源和所述 LTE的承载建立信息相关联。
eNB 301还用于, 接收 MME 303发送的第二接入指示, 经由 RNC 302获取
UMTS的载波资源, 以及将所述 UMTS的载波资源和 UMTS的 7 载建立信息发送 至所述用户设备, 所述 UMTS的载波资源与所述 UMTS相关联, 以便为 UE 304 分配 UMTS的无线 7 载资源。 RNC 302为 UE 304 提供向 UMTS的接入技术。 所 述第二接入指示包括所述 UMTS的承载建立信息。
eNB 301将经由 RNC 302获取的 UMTS的载波资源、 以及 UMTS的 载建立 信息发送至 UE 304 , 所述 UMTS的载波资源和所述 UMTS的^载建立信息相关 联, 因此相当于为 UE 304分配了 UMTS的无线承载资源。
eNB 301经由 RNC 302获取 UMTS的载波资源, 具体可以是由 eNB 301向 RNC 302发送载波获取请求, RNC 302判断自身是否具有载波资源, 如果有, 则将该载波资源返回至 eNB 301。 如果没有, 则可以由 RNC 302向 eNB 301返 回消息使得 eNB 301停止工作。
在本实施例中, LTE的承载建立信息包括在第一接入指示中, 也就是说, 可以将第一接入指示中部分或者全部的承载建立信息作为 LTE 的承载建立信
息。 UMTS 的承载建立信息包括在第二接入指示中, 也就是说, 可以将第二接 入指示中部分或者全部的承载建立信息作为 UMTS的承载建立信息。
在本实施例中, 匪 E 303发送了两个接入指示, 即第一接入指示和第二接 入指示, 这两个接入指示一般都是 MME 303用于指示 UE 304接入 eNB 301的。 因此, 若这两个接入指示中携带有承载建立信息, 而这两个接入指示中携带的 承载建立信息一般是匪 E用于指示 UE 304接入 eNB 301的, 也就是匪 E指示 的 LTE的承载建立信息。 本实施例中, 将其中一接入指示 (即第一接入指示) 中的部分或全部承载建立信息仍作为 LTE 的承载建立信息, 将另一接入指示 (即第二接入指示) 中的部分或全部承载建立信息作为了 UMTS的承载建立信 息, 其中, LTE的 载建立信息用于指示 UE 304接入 eNB 301 , 而 UMTS的 载建立信息则用于指示 UE 304接入 RNC 302。
一般情况下, 第一接入指示为匪 E两次发送的接入指示中较早发送的, 而 第二接入指示为 E两次发送的接入指示中较晚发送的,从而指示用户设备先 接入第一基站。
通过上述技术方案可知, 在本实施例中, LTE的 eNB 301分别接收到匪 E 发送的第一接入指示和第二接入指示,从第一接入指示中获取了 LTE的无线承 载资源,从第二接入指示中获取了 UMTS的无线承载资源,分别基于 LTE和 UMTS 的承载建立信息为 UE 304分配 LTE和 UMTS的无线承载资源, 从而实现了异网 络的载波聚合, 使得 UE 能够利用 LTE和 UMTS和无线承载资源, 分别与 eNB 和 RNC进行载波通信, 相比于现有技术中只能进行 LTE的载波聚合,进一步向 UE提供了更大的带宽, 减少了资源的浪费。
可见, 本发明实施例中, 第一基站通过上述两种可选的分配情况, 能够根 据 E发送的接入指示中获取到第一网络和第二网络的承载建立信息,分别用 于向 UE分配第一网络和第二网络的无线承载资源。
在第一基站向用户设备分配了第一网络和第二网络的无线承载资源之后, 本发明实施例中,用户设备可以利用分配的无线承载资源分别接入第一基站和 第二基站, 从而与核心网元之间传递交互数据, 以满足用户设备的通信需求。 而传递的交互数据通常需要进行保密处理,在保密处理时所需要的密钥可以为 第一网络的密钥, 也可以为第二网络的密钥。 下面分别作具体说明。
一、 通过第一网络的密钥进行保密处理的情况。
通过第一网络的密钥进行保密处理时, 由用户设备和第一基站执行加密、 解密。 下面通过一个实施例具体说明:
本发明实施例提供了通信系统的第四实施例。 与其他实施例不同的是,在 本实施例中由第一网络的密钥对用户设备与核心网元之间传递的交互数据进 行保密处理。
并且为了更好的描述实施例, 本实施例以第一网络为 LTE , 第二网络为 UMTS , 并且以图 2所示的通信系统, 也就是 LTE和 UMTS的 载建立信息均从 第一接入指示中获取为例进行说明。 此时第一基站为 LTE的 eNB , 第二基站为 UMTS的 RNC。
本实施例具体包括: LTE的 eNB 201 , UMTS的 RNC 202和 MME 203。
MME 203用于, 向 eNB 201发送第一接入指示, 所述第一接入指示用于 UE 204接入 eNB 201 , eNB 201为 UE 204提供向 LTE的接入技术。
在第一接入指示中, 可以包括 UE标识和承载建立信息, UE标识用于确定 本实施例中对应的 UE 204 , 7 载建立信息具体可以包括 NAS PDU和 7 载 I D。
eNB 201用于, 接收 MME 203发送的第一接入指示, 将 LTE的载波资源和 LTE的^载建立信息发送至 UE 204 , 所述 LTE的^载建立信息经由所述第一接 入指示获取。
eNB 201还用于, 经由 RNC 202获取 UMTS的载波资源, 以及将所述 UMTS 的载波资源和 UMTS的 7 载建立信息发送至 UE 204 , 所述 UMTS的载波资源与 所述 UMTS相关联,以便为 UE 204分配 UMTS的无线承载资源。 RNC 202为 UE 204 提供向 UMTS的接入技术。所述 UMTS的承载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获 取。
本实施例中 MME 203和 eNB 201的上述功能与通信系统的第二实施例的相 关之处类似, 可以参见通信系统的第二实施例即可。 下面重点说明本实施例与 通信系统第二实施例中的不同之处。
在向 UE 204分配了 UMTS的无线 7 载资源之后, UE 204和核心网元之间 就可以利用 UMTS的无线承载资源传递交互数据, 并且在本实施例中, 传递的
该交互数据由第一网络的密钥, 即 LTE的密钥进行加密。 其中, 核心网元指的 是第一网络, 即 LTE的核心网元。 本实施例中还可以包括所述核心网元。
因此, eNB 201还用于, 利用 UMTS的无线承载资源, 传递 UE 204与所述 核心网元之间的交互数据。 其中, 所述交互数据由 UE 204 和 eNB 201 , 利用 LTE的密钥进行保密处理。 由于传递所述交互数据时利用的是 UMTS的无线承 载资源, 因此 LTE的 eNB是通过 RNC 202与 UE 204之间传递交互数据的。
其中,保密处理包括加密和解密处理, 所述交互数据包括核心网元发送给 UE的业务数据, 以及 UE反馈给核心网元的通信数据。 下面具体说明本实施例 对业务数据的传递过程:
核心网元用于, 将发给 UE的业务数据发送给 eNB 201。
eNB 201还用于,利用 LTE的密钥对核心网元发送的业务数据进行加密后, 发送给 RNC 202。
RNC 202还用于, 利用为 UE分配的 UMTS的无线承载资源将加密的业务数 据发送给 UE 204,以使得 UE 204利用 LTE的密钥对该加密的数据进行解密。
反馈的通信数据的传递过程与上述业务数据的传递过程类似,只是传输方 向相反, 并且由 UE 204进行加密处理, 由 eNB 201进行解密处理。 这里不再 赘述。
在上述步骤中, UE 204和 eNB 201均能获得 LTE的密钥, 因此才能对交 互数据进行保密处理。 其中, UE 204可以是预置有 LTE的密钥, 也可以是由 eNB 201告知了 UE 204第一网络为 LTE后, 由 UE计算得到的。 例如, eNB 201 在向 UE 204分配 LTE的无线承载资源时, 会向 UE发送第一网络的类型信息, 以使得 UE 204计算出第一网络的密钥。 而 eNB 201 —般是从 MME 203获取到 LTE的密钥, 具体可以由匪 E 203接收到初始 UE消息时将 LTE的密钥发送至 eNB 201 , 其中, LTE的密钥可以是 MME 203 自身计算得到的, 也可以是从其 他设备处获取到的。
需要说明的是, 本实施例中, 重点说明了如何利用为 UE分配的 UMTS的无 线承载资源, 在 UE和核心网元之间传递交互数据。 当然同时也会执行, 利用 为 UE分配的 LTE的无线承载资源,在 UE和核心网元之间传递交互数据, 由于
利用 LTE的无线承载资源传递交互数据与现有已存在的方式类似,本发明实施 例对此不再详述。
通过上述技术方案可知,本实施例重点说明了,在为 UE分配了 LTE和 UMTS 的无线承载资源之后,第一基站利用分配的 UMTS的无线承载资源传递 UE和核 心网元的交互数据时, 该交互数据能够利用 LTE的密钥进行保密处理。
在本发明实施例的一种可选方式中,当成功为用户设备分配了第二网络的 无线承载资源后,可以由用户设备通过直接或者间接发送确认消息的方式通知 其他设备。
其中, 直接发送确认消息的方式具体为,在为向用户设备分配了第二网络 的无线承载资源之后,由用户设备利用所述第二网络的无线承载资源向所述第 一基站、第二基站、所述移动性管理实体和所述核心网元中的至少一个设备发 送确认消息。所述确认消息用于通知已经成功为用户设备分配了第二网络的无 线承载资源。 其中, 该确认消息可以在多个设备之间转发, 例如, 用户设备向 第二基站发送确认消息,再由第二基站向第一基站和移动性管理实体转发该确 认消息。 其中, 该确认消息可以由用户设备进行完整性保护后再发送。
除了直接发送确认消息夕卜,还可以通过间接发送确认消息的方式。这里间 接发送确认消息的方式可以指的是发送加密数据的方式, 具体为: 由用户设备 利用第二网络的无线承载资源发送加密数据,接收到的设备若能成功解密, 则 表示成功向用户设备分配了第二网络的无线承载资源。在上述通信系统的第四 实施例中,由于由第一基站负责加密解密, 因此,第一基站接收到加密数据时, 若能利用第一网络的密钥成功解密该加密数据, 则向所述第二基站、所述移动 性管理实体和所述核心网元中的至少一个设备发送确认消息;所述加密数据为 所述用户设备利用第一网络的密钥加密的交互数据。
二、 通过第二网络的密钥进行保密处理的情况。
通过第二网络的密钥进行保密处理时, 由用户设备和第二基站执行加密、 解密, 此时还需要由匪 E将第二网络的密钥发送至第二基站, 下面通过一个实 施例具体说明:
本发明实施例提供了通信系统的第五实施例。 与其他实施例不同的是,在
本实施例中由第二网络的密钥对用户设备与核心网元之间传递的交互数据进 行保密处理。
并且为了更好的描述实施例, 本实施例以第一网络为 LTE , 第二网络为 UMTS , 并且以图 2所示的通信系统, 也就是 LTE和 UMTS的 载建立信息均从 第一接入指示中获取为例进行说明。 此时第一基站为 LTE的 eNB , 第二基站为 UMTS的 RNC ( Rad i o Ne twork Cont ro l l er , 无线网络控制器)。
本实施例具体包括: LTE的 eNB 201 , UMTS的 RNC 202和 MME 203。
MME 203用于, 向 eNB 201发送第一接入指示, 所述第一接入指示用于 UE 204接入 eNB 201 , eNB 201为 UE 204提供向 LTE的接入技术。
在第一接入指示中, 可以包括 UE标识和 载建立信息, UE标识用于确定 本实施例中对应的 UE 204 , 载建立信息具体可以包括 NAS PDU和 载 I D。
eNB 201用于, 接收 MME 203发送的第一接入指示, 将 LTE的载波资源和 LTE的^载建立信息发送至 UE 204 , 所述 LTE的^载建立信息经由所述第一接 入指示获取。
eNB 201还用于, 经由 RNC 202获取 UMTS的载波资源, 以及将所述 UMTS 的载波资源和 UMTS的 7 载建立信息发送至 UE 204 , 所述 UMTS的载波资源与 所述 UMTS相关联,以便为 UE 204分配 UMTS的无线承载资源。 RNC 202为 UE 204 提供向 UMTS的接入技术。所述 UMTS的承载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获 取。
E 203和 eNB 201的上述功能与通信系统的第二实施例的相关之处类似, 可以参见通信系统的第二实施例即可。下面重点说明本实施例与通信系统第二 实施例中的不同之处。
在向 UE 204分配了 UMTS的无线 7 载资源之后, UE 204和核心网元之间 就可以利用 UMTS的无线承载资源传递交互数据, 并且在本实施例中, 传递的 该交互数据由第二网络的密钥, 即 UMTS的密钥进行加密。 其中, 核心网元指 的是第一网络, 即 LTE的核心网元。 本实施例中还可以包括所述核心网元。 而 在传递交互数据之前, 需要先使得第二基站获得第二网络的密钥。
因此, eNB 201还用于, 通知 MME 203向 RNC 202发送 UMTS的密钥, 以
使得交互数据由所述 UE 204和 RNC 202 , 利用 UMTS的密钥进行保密处理。 其 中,所述交互数据为 RNC 202利用 UMTS的无线 载资源所传递的,所述 UE 204 与所述核心网元之间的交互数据。
eNB 201具体可以是向匪 E 203发送密钥获取请求, 以实现通知匪 E 203 将 UMTS的密钥发送至 RNC 202。 该密钥获取请求可以是目前已存在的请求, 例如该密钥获取请求可以为目前实现网络切换时的 "切换请求", 由于 MME在 接收到 "切换请求" 时会将所有承载都转接到 RNC上, 因此, 还可以在 "切换 请求" 中加入指示, 表示此时是进行异网络的聚合而不是网络切换, 因此该指 示使得匪 E只将 UMTS的密钥发送至 RNC, 而不会将所有承载都转到 RNC上。 当然,该密钥获取请求也可以是新引入的请求,并不影响本发明的实现。其中, UMTS的密钥可以是匪 E 203 自身计算得到的, 也可以是从其他设备处获取到 的。 例如, 该密钥获取请求中携带有第二网络的类型信息 (例如第二网络为 UMTS ), 从而使得匪 E 203计算出 UMTS的密钥。
RNC 202获取到 UMTS的密钥后, 此时核心网元和 UE之间传递的交互数据 就可以由 RNC和 UE分别利用 UMTS的密钥进行保密处理。其中,保密处理包括 加密和解密处理, 交互数据包括核心网元发送给用户设备的业务数据, 以及用 户设备反馈给核心网元的通信数据。下面具体说明本实施例对业务数据的传递 过程:
核心网元用于, 将发给 UE的业务数据发送给 RNC 202。 当然该业务数据 也可以通过 eNB 201转发, 并不影响本发明的实现。
RNC 202还用于, 通过 UMTS的密钥对核心网元发送的业务数据进行加密 后,利用 UMTS的无线承载资源将加密的业务数据发送给 UE 204,以使得 UE 204 利用 UMTS的密钥对该加密的数据进行解密。
反馈的通信数据的传递过程与上述业务数据的传递过程类似,只是传输方 向相反, 并且由 UE 204进行加密处理, 由 RNC 202进行解密处理。 这里不再 赘述。
在上述步骤中, UE 204和 eNB 201均能获得 UMTS的密钥, 因此才能对交 互数据进行保密处理。 其中, UE 204可以是预置有 UMTS的密钥, 也可以是由
eNB 201告知了 UE 204第二网络为 UMTS后, 由 UE 204计算得到的。 例如, eNB 201在向 UE 204分配 UMTS的无线 载资源时, 会向 UE 204发送第二网 络的类型信息,以使得 UE 204计算出第二网络的密钥。而 RNC 201是从 MME 203 获取到 UMTS的密钥, 其中, UMTS的密钥可以是 MME 自身计算得到的, 也可以 是从其他设备处获取到的。
需要说明的是, 本实施例中, 重点说明了如何利用为 UE分配的 UMTS的无 线承载资源, 在 UE和核心网元之间传递交互数据。 当然同时也会执行, 利用 为 UE分配的 LTE的无线承载资源,在 UE和核心网元之间传递交互数据, 由于 利用 LTE的无线承载资源传递交互数据与现有已存在的方式类似,本发明实施 例对此不再详述。
通过上述技术方案可知,本实施例重点说明了,在为 UE分配了 LTE和 UMTS 的无线 载资源之后, RNC利用分配的 UMTS的无线 载资源传递 UE和核心网 元的交互数据时, 该交互数据能够利用 UMTS的密钥进行保密处理。
在本实施例的一种可选方式中,当成功为用户设备分配了第二网络的无线 承载资源后,可以由用户设备通过直接或者间接发送确认消息的方式通知其他 设备。 其中, 直接发送确认消息的方式已在通信系统第五实施例中说明, 这里 不再赘述。 下面说明间接发送确认消息的方式。
这里间接发送确认消息的方式可以指的是发送加密数据的方式, 具体为: 由用户设备利用第二网络的无线承载资源发送加密数据,接收到的设备若能成 功解密, 则表示成功向用户设备分配了第二网络的无线承载资源。在上述通信 系统第五实施例中, 由于由第二基站负责加密解密, 因此, 第二基站接收到加 密数据时,若能利用第二网络的密钥成功解密该加密数据,则向所述第一基站、 所述 MME和所述核心网元中的至少一个设备发送确认消息;所述加密数据为所 述用户设备利用第二网络的密钥加密的交互数据。
在本发明实施例中, 第一基站通知匪 E向第二基站发送第二网络的密钥, 实际上是为了第二基站能够利用第二网络的密钥对利用第二网络的无线承载 资源传递的交互数据进行加密解密。 因此, 一种比较可选的方式是, 第一基站 在为用户设备分配第二网络的无线承载资源时,第二基站已经获取到第二网络 的密钥, 此时, 第二基站就能够对利用第二网络的无线承载资源传递的交互数
据进行加密解密。 当然, 第一基站在为用户设备分配第二网络的无线承载资源 时, 第二基站也可能没有获取到第二网络的密钥,在当第二基站获取到第二网 络的密钥后, 才对交互数据进行加密, 对于这种方式本发明实施例不再详述。
下面说明上述的可选方式,也就是第一基站在为用户设备分配第二网络的 无线承载资源时, 第二基站已经获取到了第二网络的密钥。请见如下的两个具 体实施例。
本发明实施例提供了通信系统的第六实施例。 与其他实施例不同的是,在 本实施例中, 第一基站在为用户设备分配第二网络的无线承载资源时, 第二基 站已经获取到了第二网络的密钥。
并且为了更好的描述实施例, 本实施例以第一网络为 LTE , 第二网络为
UMTS , 并且以图 2所示的通信系统, 也就是 LTE和 UMTS的 载建立信息均从 第一接入指示中获取为例进行说明。 此时第一基站为 LTE的 eNB , 第二基站为 UMTS的 RNC 0
本实施例具体包括: LTE的 eNB 201 , UMTS的 RNC 202和 MME 203。
MME 203用于, 向 eNB 201发送第一接入指示, 所述第一接入指示用于 UE
204接入 eNB 201 , eNB 201为 UE 204提供向 LTE的接入技术。
在第一接入指示中, 可以包括 UE标识和承载建立信息, UE标识用于确定 本实施例中对应的 UE 204 , 7 载建立信息具体可以包括 NAS PDU和 7 载 I D。
eNB 201用于, 接收 MME 203发送的第一接入指示, 将 LTE的载波资源和 LTE的^载建立信息发送至 UE 204 , 所述 LTE的^载建立信息经由所述第一接 入指示获取。
eNB 201还用于, 向 MME 203发送第一密钥获取请求, 所述第一密钥获取 请求使得 E 203向所述 eNB 201返回 UMTS的密钥;
接收返回的 UMTS的密钥, 向 RNC 202发送载波获取请求, 所述载波获取 请求携带有所述 UMTS的密钥, 并使得 RNC 202向 eNB 201返回 UMTS的载波资 源, RNC 202为 UE 204 提供向 UMTS的接入技术; 以及
接收返回的 UMTS的载波资源, 将所述 UMTS载波资源和 UMTS的 7 载建立 信息发送至 UE 204 , 所述 UMTS的载波资源与所述 UMTS相关联, 以便为 UE 204
分配 UMTS的无线承载资源。所述 UMTS的承载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示 获取。
其中,第一密钥请求中可以携带有第二网络为 UMTS的信息,从而使得 MME 203获知需要返回的是 UMTS的密钥。 并且, UMTS的密钥可以是匪 E 203自身 计算得到的, 也可以是从其他设备处获取到的。
在本实施例中, 在将 UMTS的载波资源和 载建立信息发送至 UE 204 , 也 就是实现向 UE 204分配 UMTS的无线承载资源时, RNC 202已经获取到了 UMTS 的密钥, 因此, RNC 202利用 UMTS的无线承载资源传递 UE和核心网元之间的 交互数据时, 就可以利用 UMTS的密钥对该交互数据进行保密处理。
通过上述技术方案可知, 本实施例中重点说明了, 在向 UE 204分配 UMTS 的无线 7 载资源时, RNC 202 已经获取到了 UMTS的密钥, 因此, 在 RNC 202 接收到 UE 204和核心网元之间传递的交互数据时, 就能够直接利用 UMTS的密 钥对该交互数据进行保密处理。 并且, 本实施例将密钥发送过程融入了载波资 源获取过程,载波获取请求既能使得 RNC 202返回载波资源,又能使得 RNC 202 获得 UMTS的密钥, 因此无需额外再向 RNC 202发送密钥, 从而节约了通信开 销, 优化了通信流程。
在下面通过另一个实施例,继续说明第一基站在为用户设备分配第二网络 的无线承载资源时, 第二基站已经获取到了第二网络的密钥的情况。
本发明实施例提供了通信系统的第七实施例。 与其他实施例不同的是,在 本实施例中, 第一基站在为用户设备分配第二网络的无线承载资源时, 第二基 站已经获取到了第二网络的密钥。
并且为了更好的描述实施例, 本实施例以第一网络为 LTE , 第二网络为 UMTS , 并且以图 2所示的通信系统, 也就是 LTE和 UMTS的 载建立信息均从 第一接入指示中获取为例进行说明。 此时第一基站为 LTE的 eNB, 第二基站为 UMTS的 RNC。
本实施例具体包括: LTE的 eNB 201 , UMTS的 RNC 202和 MME 203。
MME 203用于, 向 eNB 201发送第一接入指示, 所述第一接入指示用于 UE 204接入 eNB 201 , eNB 201为 UE 204提供向 LTE的接入技术。
在第一接入指示中, 可以包括 UE标识和承载建立信息, UE标识用于确定 本实施例中对应的 UE 204 , 7 载建立信息具体可以包括 NAS PDU和 7 载 I D。
eNB 201用于, 接收 MME 203发送的第一接入指示, 将 LTE的载波资源和 LTE的^载建立信息发送至 UE 204 , 所述 LTE的^载建立信息经由所述第一接 入指示获取。
eNB 201还用于, 向 RNC 202发送载波获取请求, 所述载波获取请求使得 RNC 202向 eNB 201返回 UMTS的载波资源, RNC 202为 UE 204 提供向 UMTS 的接入技术;
接收返回的 UMTS的载波资源, 向 MME 203发送第二密钥获取请求, 所述 第二密钥获取请求使得 MME 203向 RNC 202返回 UMTS的密钥;
在 RNC 202接收到 UMTS的密钥后, 将所述 UMTS载波资源和 UMTS的承载 建立信息发送至 UE 204 , 所述 UMTS的载波资源与所述 UMTS相关联, 以便为 UE 204分配 UMTS的无线 7 载资源。 所述 UMTS的 7 载建立信息经由所述第一 接入指示获取。
其中,第二密钥请求中可以携带有第二网络为 UMTS的信息,从而使得 MME
203获知需要返回的是 UMTS的密钥。 并且, UMTS的密钥可以是匪 E 203自身 计算得到的, 也可以是从其他设备处获取到的。
在判断 RNC 202是否接收到 UMTS的密钥时, 可以是通过由 RNC 202接收 到密钥后向 eNB 201返回的收到密钥信息,也可以是由 eNB 201主动查询 RNC 202是否接收到密钥, 均不影响本发明实施例的实现。
在本实施例中, 在将 UMTS的载波资源和 载建立信息发送至 UE 204 , 也 就是实现向 UE 204分配 UMTS的无线承载资源时, RNC 202已经获取到了 UMTS 的密钥, 因此, RNC 202利用 UMTS的无线承载资源传递 UE和核心网元之间的 交互数据时, 就可以利用 UMTS的密钥对该交互数据进行保密处理。
通过上述技术方案可知, 本实施例中重点说明了, 在向 UE 204分配 UMTS 的无线 7 载资源时, RNC 202 已经获取到了 UMTS的密钥, 因此, 在 RNC 202 接收到 UE 204和核心网元之间传递的交互数据时, 就能够直接利用 UMTS的密 钥对该交互数据进行保密处理。 并且, 本实施例中密钥发送过程和载波资源获
取过程彼此独立, 因此, 相比通信系统的第六实施例, 需要额外的通信开销将 UMTS的密钥发送至 RNC , 并且还需额外的通信开销判断 RNC是否接收到密钥。
在本发明实施例中, 由第一基站通知 E 向第二基站发送第二网络的密 钥, 这里, 具体的通知方式可以是由第一基站直接通知, 也可以是由第一基站 间接通知。 直接通知的方式就是由第一基站直接向匪 E发送通知, 而间接通知 的方式就是第一基站经由其他设备通知 E向第二基站发送第二网络的密钥。 例如,在通信系统的第五至第七实施例中, eNB 201可以经由 RNC 202通知匪 E 203向 RNC 202发送 UMTS的密钥,具体可以是 eNB 201通知 RNC 202向匪 E 203 发送密钥获取请求, 从而使得 RNC 202在某一时刻, 例如接收到交互数据时, 向匪 E 203发送密钥获取请求。 又例如, eNB 201也可以经由 UE 204通知匪 E 203向 RNC 202发送 UMTS的密钥, 具体可以是 eNB 201通知 UE 204向匪 E 203 发送密钥获取请求, 从而使得 UE 204在某一时刻, 例如接收到 UMTS的载波资 源和承载建立信息时, 向匪 E 203发送密钥获取请求。
上面对本发明实施例中的通信系统实施例进行了描述,下面将从硬件处理 的角度对本发明实施例中的第一基站进行描述。
请参阅图 4 , 本发明实施例提供了基站的第一实施例, 在本实施例中, 所 述基站具体为第一基站, 所述第一基站包括: 接收机 401、 发送机 402、 处理 器 403和存储器 404。
所述接收机 401用于,接收匪 E发送的第一接入指示, 以及经由第二基站 获取第二网络的载波资源; 所述第一接入指示用于用户设备接入所述第一基 站, 所述第一基站为所述用户设备提供向第一网络的接入技术; 所述第二基站 为所述用户设备提供向所述第二网络的接入技术。
所述发送机 402用于,基于所述第一接入指示, 为所述用户设备分配所述 第一网络的无线承载资源,以及将所述第二网络的载波资源和第二网络的承载 建立信息发送至所述用户设备,所述第二网络的载波资源与第二网络的所述 7 载建立信息相关联, 以便为所述用户设备分配所述第二网络的无线承载资源。
其中, 本实施例中处理器的数量可以一个或多个, 图 4 中以一个处理器
403为例。 在本发明的一些实施例中, 接收机 401、 发送机 402、 处理器 403 和存储器 404可通过总线或其它方式连接,其中,图 4中以通过总线连接为例。
在本发明实施例中, MME实际上属于第一网络, 当匪 E向第一基站发送接 入指示时, 一般情况下表示用户设备具有第一网络的通信需求, 具体可以是用 户设备主动连接网络时产生的通信需求,也可以是网络主动向用户设备推送消 息时产生的通信需求等等。
在本发明实施例中, 第一基站能够提供向第一网络的接入技术, 第二基站 能够提供向第二网络的接入技术。 其中, 第一网络可以为 LTE、 UMTS , CDMA , GERAN , 或者 WLAN等网络。 第一基站根据第一网络类型, 可以为基站或者基站 控制器。例如,若第一网络为 LTE ,第一基站为基站( eNB ),若第一网络为 UMTS、 CDMA , GERAN , 或者 WLAN , 第一基站为基站控制器。 与第一网络类似, 第二网 络可以为 LTE、 UMTS , CDMA , GERAN , 或者 WLAN等网络, 所述的第二基站根据 第二网络类型, 可以为基站或者基站控制器。 例如, 若第二网络为 LTE , 第二 基站为基站(eNB ),若第二网络为 UMTS、 CDMA , GERAN , 或者 WLAN , 第二基站 为基站控制器。 LTE网络可以为 LTE-A等。
通过上述技术方案可知,本实施例中第一基站的发送机 402向用户设备分 配了第一网络的无线承载资源以及第二网络的无线承载资源, 其中, 向用户设 备分配第二网络的无线承载资源是通过将接收机 401 从第二基站获取的第二 网络的载波资源, 以及第二网络的承载建立信息发送至所述用户设备, 并且所 述第二网络的载波资源与所述第二网络的承载建立信息相关联实现的。从而实 现了异网络的载波聚合, 使得用户设备能够利用两个不同网络的无线承载资 源, 分别与第一基站和第二基站进行载波通信, 相比于现有技术中只能进行 LTE的载波聚合, 进一步向用户设备提供了更大的带宽, 减少了资源的浪费。
在本发明实施例中, 可以在存储器 404中存储程序 405 , 处理器 403通过 执行程序 405使得接收机 401执行接收 E发送的第一接入指示,以及经由第 二基站获取第二网络的载波资源,并使得发送机 402执行基于所述第一接入指 示, 为所述用户设备分配所述第一网络的无线承载资源, 以及将所述第二网络 的载波资源和第二网络的承载建立信息发送至所述用户设备,所述第二网络的 载波资源与第二网络的所述承载建立信息相关联,以便为所述用户设备分配所
述第二网络的无线承载资源。 在本发明实施例中,承载建立信息指的是用于建立承载的信息, 具体可以 包括 NAS PDU和 载 ID。
在本发明实施例中,发送机 402为用户设备分配了第一网络和第二网络的 无线承载资源,从而实现了异网络的载波聚合。 下面具体看一下这两个不同网 络的分配过程。
发送机 402基于 E发送的第一接入指示, 为用户设备分配了第一网络 的无线承载资源,从而使得用户设备能够利用第一网络的无线承载资源, 与第 一基站建立通信连接。 而在现有技术中, 已经存在为用户设备分配第一网络的 无线承载资源的过程, 因此该过程不再详述。
发送机 402 将第二网络的载波资源以及第二网络的承载建立信息发送至 所述用户设备,并且所述第二网络的载波资源与所述第二网络的 载建立信息 相关联, 因此相当于为用户设备分配了第二网络的无线承载资源,从而使得用 户设备能够利用第二网络的无线承载资源, 与第二基站建立通信连接。 其中, 第二网络的载波资源是接收机 401从第二基站获取的,而第二网络的承载建立 信息实际上是由第一基站(具体可以是处理器 403 )获取得到的。 下面具体说 明第二网络的承载建立信息的获取过程。
E 能够根据用户设备的通信需求生成承载建立信息并携带在发送给接 收机 401的接入指示中, 因此, 第一基站(具体可以是处理器 403 )可以从接 收机 401接收到的接入指示中获取到承载建立信息,再将获取到的承载建立信 息作为第二网络的承载建立信息, 这里所说的接入指示可以为第一接入指示, 也可以为除第一接入指示外,匪 E发给接收机 401的其他的接入指示。在本发 明实施例中, 匪 E发给接收机 401 的接入指示, 一般为匪 E 用于指示用户设 备接入第一基站的, 因此, 第一基站(具体可以是处理器 403 )从接入指示中 获取到的第二网络的承载建立信息, 实际上为 匪 E 指示用户设备接入第一基 站的承载建立信息。
承载建立信息可以包括 NAS PDU 和承载 ID, 承载 I D用于指示用户设备建 立对应的^载, 而 NAS PDU中包含过滤信息用以指示哪些业务可以在该^载上
传递, 通过 NAS PDU和承载 ID的绑定使得 UE知道业务和承载的对应关系。 这 里, 第二网络的载波资源和第二网络的承载建立信息相关联指的是, 用户设备 与第一基站、第二基站或者核心网元之间传递交互数据时,如果利用的是第二 网络的载波资源,则具体是通过用户设备基于第二网络的承载建立信息所建立 的承载进行传递的。
在本发明实施例的一种可选方式中, 用户设备可以由用户设备标识确定, 其中, 用户设备标识可以由第一接入指示携带, 也可以由与第一接入指示关联 的其他指示中携带, 均不影响本发明实施例的实现。该用户设备标识具体可以 为 UE关联信令标识, 例如通过 MME分配的 UE S1应用协议( SI Appl ica t ion Protocol , 即 SI AP )。
在本发明实施例中,接收机 401会经由第二基站获取载波资源。 由于向任 一基站获取载波资源时, 该基站除了会进入与用户设备的传输准备之外,还通 常会对用户设备进行移动性管理, 其中移动性管理包括切换、 测量等管理。 而 在本发明实施例中, 可以仅由第一基站对用户设备进行移动性管理, 因此在本 发明实施例的一种可选方式中, 第一基站(具体可以是处理器 403 )还可以用 于禁止第二基站对用户设备的移动性管理。
在本发明实施例的一种可选方式中,接收机 401经由第二基站获取载波资 源,具体可以是通过以下过程实现:发送机 402向第二基站发送载波获取请求, 该载波获取请求使得第二基站判断出其具有载波资源时,向接收机 401返回该 载波资源。该载波获取请求可以是新引入的请求,也可以是在目前已存在的请 求。 例如, 在目前实现接入网络切换时, 切换前的基站会向切换后的基站发送 "重配置请求"以使得切换后的基站返回载波资源。 因此本发明施例中的载波 获取请求可以为目前实现接入网络切换的 "重配置请求"。 当然, 本发明实施 例中也可以在 "重配置请求"加入指示, 表示此时是进行载波聚合, 因此该指 示禁止第二基站对用户设备的移动性管理。
在本实施例中, 发送机 402会向用户设备分配第二网络的无线承载资源, 实际上说明了用户设备能够接入第二网络, 在本发明实施例的一种可选方式 中, 第一基站(具体可以是处理器 403 )还可以用于判断用户设备是否能够接 入第二网络, 如果能, 接收机 401和发送机 402继续执行其功能, 也就是正常
工作, 如果不能, 可以通知接收机 401和发送机 402停止工作, 或者以一定周 期循环执行上述判断直至判断结果为是。例如,如果判断出用户设备不能支持 第二网络, 可以理解的是, 用户设备此后也无法接入第二网络, 此时可以通知 接收机 401和发送机 402停止工作。如果是判断出用户设备能够支持第二网络, 但是此时并不位于第二网络的信号覆盖范围下,则说明虽然用户设备此时不能 接入第二网络,但是随着用户设备的移动,有可能会移动到第二网络的信号覆 盖范围下, 因此此时可以以一定周期循环执行上述判断, 直至判断出用户设备 能够接入第二网络, 则接收机 401和发送机 402继续执行其功能。 这里, 判断 用户设备是否能够接入第二网络具体可以为:判断用户设备是否能够支持第二 网络并且在所述第二网络的信号覆盖范围下。
本发明实施例中, 匪 E能够向接收机 401发送接入指示(例如第一接入指 示), 这里, 接入指示可以为是新引入的消息, 也可以是在目前已存在的消息, 例如, 接入指示可以为承载建立请求, 当用户设备具有通信需求时, 会向基站 发送承载建立请求, 以使得用户设备与基站通过建立的承载进行通信。
在本发明实施例中, E 向接收机 401所发送的接入指示中一般携带有承 载建立信息, 而该承载建立信息实际上是 MME 1 3用于指示用户设备接入第一 基站(相当于接入第一网络)的。 而本发明实施例中, 实际上由第一基站(具 体可以是处理器 403 )决定如何将接入指示中携带的承载建立信息分配给第一 网络和第二网络,第一网络和第二网络的承载建立信息分别用于指示用户设备 接入第一基站和第二基站。 需要说明的是, 这里所说的接入指示可能为第一接 入指示, 也可能为除第一接入指示外, 匪 E发送的其他的接入指示。
下面分别通过两个实施例说明两种可选的分配情况:
一、 从第一接入指示中获取到第一网络和第二网络的承载建立信息。
在这种情况中 ,从第一接入指示中分别获取第一网络的承载建立信息和第 二网络的承载建立信息。
如图 5所示, 本发明实施例提供了第一基站的第二实施例。 与其他实施例 不同的是,本实施例中从第一接入指示中获取第一网络和第二网络的承载建立 信息。
并且为了更好的描述实施例, 本实施例以第一网络为 LTE , 第二网络为 UMTS为例进行说明,此时第一基站为 LTE的 eNB,第二基站为 UMTS的 RNC( Rad io Network Cont ro l l er , 无线网络控制器)。
本实施例具体包括: 接收机 501、 发送机 502、 处理器 503和存储器 504。 所述接收机 501用于,接收匪 E发送的第一接入指示, 以及经由 RNC获取
UMTS的载波资源; 所述第一接入指示用于 UE接入所述 eNB , 所述 eNB为所述 UE提供向 LTE的接入技术; 所述 RNC为所述 UE提供向 UMTS的接入技术。
在第一接入指示中, 可以包括 UE标识和承载建立信息, UE标识用于确定 本实施例中对应的 UE , 7 载建立信息具体可以包括 NAS PDU和 7 载 I D。
所述发送机 502用于,将 LTE的载波资源和 LTE的承载建立信息发送至所 述 UE , 所述 LTE的承载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获取。 其中, LTE的承 载建立信息具体可以是由处理器 503获取的,也可以是由 eNB的其他器件获取 的。
发送机 502将 eNB 自身所具有的 LTE的载波资源、以及 LTE的^载建立信 息发送至 UE , 相当于为 UE 分配了 LTE的无线承载资源。 其中, 所述 LTE的载 波资源和所述 LTE的承载建立信息相关联。
MME发送给 eNB 的第一接入指示, 实际上是 MME 用于指示 UE接入 eNB, 即第一基站的。 而在本发明实施例中, eNB 不仅将第一接入指示用于指示 UE 接入第一基站, 还用于指示 UE接入第二基站。
所述发送机 502还用于,将所述接收机 401获取的 UMTS的载波资源和 UMTS 的承载建立信息发送至所述 UE , 所述 UMTS的载波资源与 UMTS的承载建立信 息相关联, 以便为所述 UE分配 UMTS的无线 7 载资源。 所述 UMTS的 7 载建立 信息经由所述第一接入指示获取。 其中, UMTS 的承载建立信息具体可以是由 处理器 503获取的, 也可以是由 eNB的其他器件获取的。
发送机 502将接收机 501经由 RNC 获取的 UMTS的载波资源、 以及 UMTS 的 载建立信息发送至 UE , 所述 UMTS的载波资源和所述 UMTS的 7 载建立信 息相关联, 因此相当于为 UE分配了 UMTS的无线承载资源。
在本实施例中, 发送机 502将 LTE和 UMTS的承载建立信息发送至 UE ,
其中, UMTS的承载建立信息和 LTE的承载建立信息都是经由 E 发送的同一 个接入指示, 即第一接入指示中获取的。 第一接入指示一般携带有承载建立信 息, 而该承载建立信息一般是匪 E用于指示 UE接入第一基站的, 也就是匪 E 指示的第一网络的承载建立信息。在本实施例中, 实际上是将匪 E指示的第一 网络的承载建立信息重新分配成了第一网络和第二网络的承载建立信息, 其 中, 第一网络的承载建立信息用于指示 UE接入第一基站, 而第二网络的承载 建立信息则用于指示 UE接入第二基站。
通过上述技术方案可知,本实施例中 eNB从第一接入指示中获得了第一网 络( LTE )和第二网络( UMTS )的承载建立信息, 分别基于 LTE和 UMTS的承载 建立信息为 UE 分配 LTE和 UMTS的无线承载资源, 从而实现了异网络的载波 聚合, 使得 UE 能够利用 LTE和 UMTS和无线承载资源, 分别与 eNB 和 RNC 进 行载波通信, 相比于现有技术中只能进行 LTE的载波聚合, 进一步向 UE提供 了更大的带宽, 减少了资源的浪费。
在本实施例中由同一接入指示中获取了第一网络和第二网络的承载建立 信息。 实际上, 第一网络和第二网络的承载建立信息也可以由不同的接入指示 中获取。 具体见下面的一个实施例。
二、 从不同的接入指示中获取到第一网络和第二网络的承载建立信息。 在一些情况下, 匪 E会向基站多次发送针对同一用户设备的接入指示, 例 如, 当用户设备具有语音通信需求时, 会向基站发送接入指示, 如果之后用户 设备具有上网通信需求时,会向该基站再次发送接入指示。 因此本发明实施例 可以在匪 E至少两次发送接入指示的情况下,分别基于不同的接入指示获取第 一网络和第二网络的承载建立信息。 下面通过一个实施例具体说明:
如图 6所示, 本发明实施例提供了第一基站的第三实施例。 与其他实施例 不同的是, 本实施例中从第一接入指示中获取第一网络的承载建立信息,从第 二接入指示中获取第二网络的承载建立信息。
并且为了更好的描述实施例, 本实施例以第一网络为 LTE , 第二网络为 UMTS为例进行说明, 此时第一基站为 LTE的 eNB , 第二基站为 UMTS的 RNC。
本实施例具体包括: 接收机 601、 发送机 602、 处理器 603和存储器 604。
所述接收机 601用于,接收匪 E发送的第一接入指示和第二接入指示, 以 及经由 RNC获取 UMTS的载波资源; 所述第一接入指示用于 UE接入所述 eNB , 所述 eNB为所述 UE提供向 LTE的接入技术; 所述 RNC为所述 UE提供向 UMTS 的接入技术。
在第一接入指示中, 可以包括 UE标识和承载建立信息, UE标识用于确定 本实施例中对应的 UE , 7 载建立信息具体可以包括 NAS PDU和 7 载 I D。 在本 实施例中, 第一接入指示和第二接入指示都对应同一 UE , 具体可以是, 第一 接入指示和第二接入指示都携带有同一 UE标识。
所述发送机 602用于,将 LTE的载波资源和 LTE的承载建立信息发送至所 述 UE , 第一接入指示包括所述 LTE的承载建立信息。
发送机 602将 eNB自身所具有的 LTE的载波资源、以及 LTE的^载建立信 息发送至 UE , 相当于为 UE 分配了 LTE的无线承载资源。 其中, 所述 LTE的载 波资源和所述 LTE的承载建立信息相关联。
所述发送机 602还用于,将所述接收机 401获取的 UMTS的载波资源和 UMTS 的^载建立信息发送至所述 UE , 所述 UMTS的载波资源与 UMTS的^载建立信 息相关联, 以便为所述 UE分配 UMTS的无线承载资源。所述第二接入指示包括 所述 UMTS的 7 载建立信息。
发送机 602将接收机 601经由 RNC 获取的 UMTS的载波资源、 以及 UMTS 的 载建立信息发送至 UE , 所述 UMTS的载波资源和所述 UMTS的 7 载建立信 息相关联, 因此相当于为 UE分配了 UMTS的无线承载资源。
在本实施例中, LTE的承载建立信息包括在第一接入指示中, 也就是说, 可以是将第一接入指示中部分或者全部的承载建立信息作为 LTE 的承载建立 信息。 UMTS 的承载建立信息包括在第二接入指示中, 也就是说, 可以将第二 接入指示中部分或者全部的承载建立信息作为 UMTS的承载建立信息。
其中,将第一接入指示中部分或者全部的承载建立信息作为 LTE的承载建 立信息具体可以是由处理器 603执行的, 也可以是由 eNB的其他器件执行的。 将第二接入指示中部分或者全部的承载建立信息作为 UMTS的承载建立信息具 体可以是由处理器 603执行的, 也可以是由 eNB的其他器件执行的。
在本实施例中, 匪 E发送了两个接入指示, 即第一接入指示和第二接入指 示, 这两个接入指示一般都是匪 E 用于指示 UE接入 eNB 的。 因此, 若这两个 接入指示中携带有承载建立信息,而这两个接入指示中携带的承载建立信息一 般是匪 E用于指示 UE接入 eNB的, 也就是匪 E指示的 LTE的承载建立信息。 本实施例中, eNB (具体可以为处理器 603 )将其中一接入指示 (即第一接入 指示) 中的部分或全部承载建立信息仍作为 LTE的承载建立信息, eNB (具体 可以为处理器 603 )将另一接入指示(即第二接入指示) 中的部分或全部承载 建立信息作为了 UMTS的承载建立信息, 其中, LTE的承载建立信息用于指示 UE接入 eNB , 而 UMTS的承载建立信息则用于指示 UE接入 RNC 。
一般情况下, 第一接入指示为匪 E两次发送的接入指示中较早发送的, 而 第二接入指示为 E两次发送的接入指示中较晚发送的,从而指示用户设备先 接入第一基站。
通过上述技术方案可知,在本实施例中,接收机 601分别接收到 E发送 的第一接入指示和第二接入指示, eNB从第一接入指示中获取了 LTE的无线承 载资源, 从第二接入指示中获取了 UMTS的无线承载资源, 发射机 602分别基 于 LTE和 UMTS的 7 载建立信息为 UE 分配 LTE和 UMTS的无线 7 载资源, 从而 实现了异网络的载波聚合, 使得 UE 能够利用 LTE和 UMTS和无线承载资源, 分别与 eNB和 RNC进行载波通信, 相比于现有技术中只能进行 LTE的载波聚 合, 进一步向 UE提供了更大的带宽, 减少了资源的浪费。
可见, 本发明实施例中, 第一基站通过上述两种可选的分配情况, 能够根 据 E发送的接入指示中获取到第一网络和第二网络的承载建立信息,分别用 于向 UE分配第一网络和第二网络的无线承载资源。
在第一基站向用户设备分配了第一网络和第二网络的无线承载资源之后, 本发明实施例中,用户设备可以利用分配的无线承载资源分别接入第一基站和 第二基站, 从而与核心网元之间传递交互数据, 以满足用户设备的通信需求。 而传递的交互数据通常需要进行保密处理,在保密处理时所需要的密钥可以为 第一网络的密钥, 也可以为第二网络的密钥。 下面分别作具体说明。
一、 通过第一网络的密钥进行保密处理的情况。
通过第一网络的密钥进行保密处理时, 由用户设备和第一基站执行加密、 解密。 下面通过一个实施例具体说明:
本发明实施例提供了第一基站的第四实施例。 与其他实施例不同的是,在 本实施例中由第一网络的密钥对用户设备与核心网元之间传递的交互数据进 行保密处理。
并且为了更好的描述实施例, 本实施例以第一网络为 LTE , 第二网络为 UMTS , 并且以图 5所示的第一基站, 也就是 LTE和 UMTS的 7 载建立信息均从 第一接入指示中获取为例进行说明。 此时第一基站为 LTE的 eNB , 第二基站为 UMTS的 RNC 0
本实施例具体包括: 接收机 5 01、 发送机 502、 处理器 503和存储器 504。 所述接收机 501用于,接收匪 E发送的第一接入指示, 以及经由 RNC获取 UMTS的载波资源; 所述第一接入指示用于 UE接入所述 eNB , 所述 eNB为所述 UE提供向 LTE的接入技术; 所述 RNC为所述 UE提供向 UMTS的接入技术。
在第一接入指示中, 可以包括 UE标识和承载建立信息, UE标识用于确定 本实施例中对应的 UE , 7 载建立信息具体可以包括 NAS PDU和 7 载 I D。
所述发送机 502用于,将 LTE的载波资源和 LTE的承载建立信息发送至所 述 UE , 所述 LTE的承载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获取。 其中, LTE的承 载建立信息具体可以是由处理器 503获取的,也可以是由 eNB的其他器件获取 的。
所述发送机 5 02还用于,将所述接收机 401获取的 UMTS的载波资源和 UMTS 的承载建立信息发送至所述 UE , 所述 UMTS的载波资源与 UMTS的承载建立信 息相关联, 以便为所述 UE分配 UMTS的无线 7 载资源。 所述 UMTS的 7 载建立 信息经由所述第一接入指示获取。 其中, UMTS 的承载建立信息具体可以是由 处理器 5 03获取的, 也可以是由 eNB的其他器件获取的。
本实施例中接收机 501和发送机 502的上述功能与第一基站的第二实施例 的相关之处类似, 可以参见第一基站的第二实施例即可。 下面重点说明本实施 例与第一基站第二实施例中的不同之处。
在向 UE 分配了 UMTS的无线承载资源之后, UE 和核心网元之间就可以利
用 UMTS的无线承载资源传递交互数据, 并且在本实施例中, 传递的该交互数 据由第一网络的密钥, 即 LTE的密钥进行加密。 其中, 核心网元指的是第一网 络, 即 LTE的核心网元。
因此, 接收机 501和发送机 502还用于, 利用 UMTS的无线 7 载资源, 传 递所述用户设备与核心网元之间的交互数据。其中, 所述交互数据由所述用户 设备和第一基站 (具体可以是处理器 5 03 ), 利用第一网络的密钥进行保密处 理。 由于传递所述交互数据时利用的是 UMTS的无线承载资源, 因此 eNB是通 过 RNC与 UE之间传递交互数据的。
其中,接收机 501用于接收 UE和核心网元发送的交互数据,而发送机 502 用于向 UE和核心网元发送交互数据。 保密处理包括加密和解密处理, 所述交 互数据包括核心网元发送给 UE的业务数据,以及 UE反馈给核心网元的通信数 据。 下面具体说明本实施例对业务数据的传递过程:
核心网元将发给 UE的业务数据发送给 eNB的接收机 501。
eNB (具体可以为处理器 503 )利用 LTE的密钥对接收机 501接收的业务 数据进行加密后, 通过发送机 5 02将加密数据发送给 RNC。
RNC 利用为 UE分配的 UMTS的无线承载资源将加密的业务数据发送给 UE, 以使得 UE 利用 LTE的密钥对该加密的数据进行解密。
反馈的通信数据的传递过程与上述业务数据的传递过程类似,只是传输方 向相反, 并且由 UE进行加密处理, 由 eNB 进行解密处理。 这里不再赘述。
在上述步骤中, UE 和 eNB均能获得 LTE的密钥, 因此才能对交互数据进 行保密处理。 其中, UE 可以是预置有 LTE的密钥, 也可以是由 eNB通过发送 机 502告知了 UE 第一网络为 LTE后, 由 UE计算得到的。 例如, 发送机 502 在向 UE分配 LTE的无线承载资源时,会向 UE发送第一网络的类型信息, 以使 得 UE 计算出第一网络的密钥。 而 eNB —般是从 MME 获取到 LTE的密钥, 具 体可以由匪 E接收到初始 UE消息时将 LTE的密钥发送至 eNB , 其中, LTE的 密钥可以是匪 E 自身计算得到的, 也可以是从其他设备处获取到的。
需要说明的是, 本实施例中, 重点说明了如何利用为 UE分配的 UMTS的无 线承载资源, 在 UE和核心网元之间传递交互数据。 当然同时也会执行, 利用
为 UE分配的 LTE的无线承载资源,在 UE和核心网元之间传递交互数据, 由于 利用 LTE的无线承载资源传递交互数据与现有已存在的方式类似,本发明实施 例对此不再详述。
通过上述技术方案可知,本实施例重点说明了,在为 UE分配了 LTE和 UMTS 的无线承载资源之后, 发送机和接收机利用分配的 UMTS的无线承载资源传递 UE和核心网元的交互数据时, 该交互数据能够利用 LTE的密钥进行保密处理。
在本发明实施例的一种可选方式中,当成功为用户设备分配了第二网络的 无线承载资源后,可以由用户设备通过直接或者间接发送确认消息的方式通知 其他设备。
其中, 直接发送确认消息的方式具体为,在为向用户设备分配了第二网络 的无线承载资源之后,由用户设备利用所述第二网络的无线承载资源向所述第 一基站、第二基站、所述移动性管理实体和所述核心网元中的至少一个设备发 送确认消息。所述确认消息用于通知已经成功为用户设备分配了第二网络的无 线承载资源。 其中, 该确认消息可以在多个设备之间转发, 例如, 用户设备向 第二基站发送确认消息,再由第二基站向第一基站和移动性管理实体转发该确 认消息。 其中, 该确认消息可以由用户设备进行完整性保护后再发送。
除了直接发送确认消息外,还可以通过间接发送确认消息的方式。这里间 接发送确认消息的方式可以指的是发送加密数据的方式, 具体为: 由用户设备 利用第二网络的无线承载资源发送加密数据,接收到的设备若能成功解密, 则 表示成功向用户设备分配了第二网络的无线承载资源。在上述第一基站的第四 实施例中, 可以由处理器 5 03负责加密解密, 因此, 处理器 503还用于接收到 加密数据时, 若能利用第一网络的密钥成功解密该加密数据, 则向所述第二基 站、所述移动性管理实体和所述核心网元中的至少一个设备发送确认消息; 所 述加密数据为所述用户设备利用第一网络的密钥加密的交互数据。
二、 通过第二网络的密钥进行保密处理的情况。
通过第二网络的密钥进行保密处理时, 由用户设备和第二基站执行加密、 解密, 此时还需要由匪 E将第二网络的密钥发送至第二基站, 下面通过一个实 施例具体说明:
本发明实施例提供了第一基站的第五实施例。 与其他实施例不同的是,在 本实施例中由第二网络的密钥对用户设备与核心网元之间传递的交互数据进 行保密处理。
并且为了更好的描述实施例, 本实施例以第一网络为 LTE , 第二网络为 UMTS , 并且以图 5所示的第一基站, 也就是 LTE和 UMTS的 7 载建立信息均从 第一接入指示中获取为例进行说明。 此时第一基站为 LTE的 eNB , 第二基站为 UMTS的 RNC 0
本实施例具体包括: 接收机 5 01、 发送机 502、 处理器 503和存储器 504。 所述接收机 501用于,接收匪 E发送的第一接入指示, 以及经由 RNC获取 UMTS的载波资源; 所述第一接入指示用于 UE接入所述 eNB , 所述 eNB为所述 UE提供向 LTE的接入技术; 所述 RNC为所述 UE提供向 UMTS的接入技术。
在第一接入指示中, 可以包括 UE标识和承载建立信息, UE标识用于确定 本实施例中对应的 UE , 7 载建立信息具体可以包括 NAS PDU和 7 载 I D。
所述发送机 502用于,将 LTE的载波资源和 LTE的承载建立信息发送至所 述 UE , 所述 LTE的承载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获取。 其中, LTE的承 载建立信息具体可以是由处理器 503获取的,也可以是由 eNB的其他器件获取 的。
所述发送机 5 02还用于,将所述接收机 401获取的 UMTS的载波资源和 UMTS 的承载建立信息发送至所述 UE , 所述 UMTS的载波资源与 UMTS的承载建立信 息相关联, 以便为所述 UE分配 UMTS的无线 载资源。 所述 UMTS的^载建立 信息经由所述第一接入指示获取。 其中, UMTS 的承载建立信息具体可以是由 处理器 5 03获取的, 也可以是由 eNB的其他器件获取的。
本实施例中接收机 501和发送机 502的上述功能与第一基站的第二实施例 的相关之处类似, 可以参见第一基站的第二实施例即可。 下面重点说明本实施 例与第一基站第二实施例中的不同之处。
在向 UE 分配了 UMTS的无线承载资源之后, UE 和核心网元之间就可以利 用 UMTS的无线承载资源传递交互数据, 并且在本实施例中, 传递的该交互数 据由第二网络的密钥, 即 UMTS的密钥进行加密。 其中, 核心网元指的是第一
网络, 即 LTE的核心网元。 而在传递交互数据之前, 需要先使得第二基站获得 第二网络的密钥。
所述发送机 502还用于, 通知所述匪 E向所述 RNC发送 UMTS的密钥, 以 使得交互数据由所述 UE和所述 RNC , 利用 UMTS的密钥进行保密处理; 所述交 互数据为 RNC利用 UMTS的无线承载资源所传递的,所述 UE与所述核心网元之 间的交互数据。
发送机 502 具体可以是向 MME发送密钥获取请求, 以实现通知 MME 将 UMTS的密钥发送至 RNC。该密钥获取请求可以是目前已存在的请求, 例如该密 钥获取请求可以为目前实现网络切换时的 "切换请求",由于 MME在接收到 "切 换请求" 时会将所有承载都转接到 RNC上, 因此, 还可以在 "切换请求" 中加 入指示, 表示此时是进行异网络的聚合而不是网络切换, 因此该指示使得匪 E 只将 UMTS的密钥发送至 RNC , 而不会将所有承载都转到 RNC上。 当然, 该密 钥获取请求也可以是新引入的请求, 并不影响本发明的实现。 其中, UMTS 的 密钥可以是匪 E自身计算得到的, 也可以是从其他设备处获取到的。 例如, 该 密钥获取请求中携带有第二网络的类型信息(例如第二网络为 UMTS ), 从而使 得 MME计算出 UMTS的密钥。
RNC获取到 UMTS的密钥后, 此时核心网元和 UE之间传递的交互数据就可 以由 RNC和 UE分别利用 UMTS的密钥进行保密处理。其中,保密处理包括加密 和解密处理, 所述交互数据包括核心网元发送给 UE的业务数据, 以及 UE反馈 给核心网元的通信数据。 下面具体说明本实施例对业务数据的传递过程:
核心网元将发给 UE的业务数据发送给 RNC。 当然该业务数据也可以通过 eNB 的接收机 501和发送机 502实现转发, 并不影响本发明的实现。
RNC通过 UMTS的密钥对核心网元发送的业务数据进行加密后, 利用 UMTS 的无线承载资源将加密的业务数据发送给 UE ,以使得 UE 利用 UMTS的密钥对 该加密的数据进行解密。
反馈的通信数据的传递过程与上述业务数据的传递过程类似,只是传输方 向相反, 并且由 UE进行加密处理, 由 RNC 进行解密处理。 这里不再赘述。
在上述步骤中, UE 和 RNC均能获得 UMTS的密钥, 因此才能对交互数据进
行保密处理。 其中, UE 可以是预置有 UMTS的密钥, 也可以是由 eNB通过发 送机 502告知了 UE 第二网络为 UMTS后,由 UE计算得到的。例如,发送机 502 在向 UE分配 UMTS的无线承载资源时, 会向 UE发送第二网络的类型信息, 以 使得 UE 计算出第二网络的密钥。 而 RNC是从 E 获取到 UMTS的密钥, 其中, UMTS的密钥可以是匪 E 自身计算得到的, 也可以是从其他设备处获取到的。
需要说明的是, 本实施例中, 重点说明了如何利用为 UE分配的 UMTS的无 线承载资源, 在 UE和核心网元之间传递交互数据。 当然同时也会执行, 利用 为 UE分配的 LTE的无线承载资源,在 UE和核心网元之间传递交互数据, 由于 利用 LTE的无线承载资源传递交互数据与现有已存在的方式类似,本发明实施 例对此不再详述。
通过上述技术方案可知,本实施例重点说明了,在为 UE分配了 LTE和 UMTS 的无线 载资源之后, RNC利用分配的 UMTS的无线 载资源传递 UE和核心网 元的交互数据时, 该交互数据能够利用 UMTS的密钥进行保密处理, 而 RNC获 取到 UMTS的密钥是通过发送机 502通知匪 E实现的。
在本实施例的一种可选方式中,当成功为用户设备分配了第二网络的无线 承载资源后,可以由用户设备通过直接或者间接发送确认消息的方式通知其他 设备。 其中, 直接发送确认消息的方式已在第一基站的第五实施例中说明, 这 里不再赘述。 下面说明间接发送确认消息的方式。
这里间接发送确认消息的方式可以指的是发送加密数据的方式, 具体为: 由用户设备利用第二网络的无线承载资源发送加密数据,接收到的设备若能成 功解密, 则表示成功向用户设备分配了第二网络的无线承载资源。在上述第一 基站的第五实施例中, 由于由第二基站负责加密解密, 因此, 第二基站接收到 加密数据时, 若能利用第二网络的密钥成功解密该加密数据, 则向所述第一基 站、所述匪 E和所述核心网元中的至少一个设备发送确认消息; 所述加密数据 为所述用户设备利用第二网络的密钥加密的交互数据。
在本发明实施例中,发送机 502通知匪 E向第二基站发送第二网络的密钥, 实际上是为了第二基站能够利用第二网络的密钥对利用第二网络的无线承载 资源传递的交互数据进行加密解密。 因此, 一种比较可选的方式是, 发送机 502在为用户设备分配第二网络的无线承载资源时, 第二基站已经获取到第二
网络的密钥, 此时, 第二基站就能够对利用第二网络的无线承载资源传递的交 互数据进行加密解密。 当然,发送机 502在为用户设备分配第二网络的无线承 载资源时, 第二基站也可能没有获取到第二网络的密钥,在当第二基站获取到 第二网络的密钥后, 才对交互数据进行加密, 对于这种方式本发明实施例不再 详述。
下面说明上述的可选方式,也就是发送机 502在为用户设备分配第二网络 的无线承载资源时, 第二基站已经获取到了第二网络的密钥。请见如下的两个 具体实施例。 本发明实施例提供了第一基站的第六实施例。 与其他实施例不同的是,在 本实施例中,发送机 502在为用户设备分配第二网络的无线承载资源时, 第二 基站已经获取到了第二网络的密钥。
并且为了更好的描述实施例, 本实施例以第一网络为 LTE , 第二网络为 UMTS , 并且以图 5所示的第一基站, 也就是 LTE和 UMTS的 7 载建立信息均从 第一接入指示中获取为例进行说明。 此时第一基站为 LTE的 eNB , 第二基站为 UMTS的 RNC。
本实施例具体包括: 接收机 5 01、 发送机 502、 处理器 503和存储器 504。 所述接收机 501用于,接收 MME发送的第一接入指示; 所述第一接入指示 用于 UE接入所述 eNB , 所述 eNB为所述 UE提供向 LTE的接入技术。
在第一接入指示中, 可以包括 UE标识和承载建立信息, UE标识用于确定 本实施例中对应的 UE , 7 载建立信息具体可以包括 NAS PDU和 7 载 I D。
所述发送机 502用于,将 LTE的载波资源和 LTE的承载建立信息发送至所 述 UE , 所述 LTE的承载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获取。 其中, LTE的承 载建立信息具体可以是由处理器 503获取的,也可以是由 eNB的其他器件获取 的。
所述发送机 502还用于, 向所述匪 E发送第一密钥获取请求, 所述第一密 钥获取请求使得所述 E向所述接收机 501返回 UMTS的密钥, 向 RNC发送载 波获取请求, 所述载波获取请求携带有所述 UMTS的密钥, 并使得所述 RNC向 所述接收机 501返回 UMTS的载波资源。 所述 RNC为所述 UE提供向 UMTS的接
入技术。
所述接收机 501还用于, 接收匪 E返回的 UMTS的密钥, 以及接收 RNC返 回的 UMTS的载波资源;
所述发送机 502还用于, 将所述接收机 501接收到的 UMTS的载波资源和 UMTS的 7 载建立信息发送至所述 UE , 所述 UMTS的载波资源与 UMTS的 7 载建 立信息相关联, 以便为所述 UE分配 UMTS的无线承载资源。 所述 UMTS的承载 建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获取。 其中, UMTS 的承载建立信息具体可以 是由处理器 503获取的, 也可以是由 eNB的其他器件获取的。
其中,第一密钥请求中可以携带有第二网络为 UMTS的信息,从而使得 MME 获知需要返回的是 UMTS的密钥。 并且, UMTS的密钥可以是匪 E 自身计算得 到的, 也可以是从其他设备处获取到的。
在本实施例中, 在发送机 502将 UMTS的载波资源和 载建立信息发送至 UE , 也就是实现向 UE 分配 UMTS的无线 7 载资源时, RNC 已经获取到了 UMTS 的密钥, 因此, RNC利用 UMTS的无线承载资源传递 UE和核心网元之间的交互 数据时, 就可以利用 UMTS的密钥对该交互数据进行保密处理。
通过上述技术方案可知, 本实施例中重点说明了, 在发送机 502向 UE分 配 UMTS的无线承载资源时, RNC已经获取到了 UMTS的密钥, 因此, 在 RNC接 收到 UE 和核心网元之间传递的交互数据时, 就能够直接利用 UMTS的密钥对 该交互数据进行保密处理。 并且, 本实施例将密钥发送过程融入了载波资源获 取过程, 载波获取请求既能使得 RNC返回载波资源, 又能使得 RNC获得 UMTS 的密钥, 因此无需额外再向 RNC发送密钥, 从而节约了通信开销, 优化了通信 流程。
在下面通过另一个实施例,继续说明发送机 502在为用户设备分配第二网 络的无线承载资源时, 第二基站已经获取到了第二网络的密钥的情况。
本发明实施例提供了第一基站的第七实施例。 与其他实施例不同的是,在 本实施例中,发送机 502在为用户设备分配第二网络的无线承载资源时, 第二 基站已经获取到了第二网络的密钥。
并且为了更好的描述实施例, 本实施例以第一网络为 LTE , 第二网络为
UMTS , 并且以图 5所示的第一基站, 也就是 LTE和 UMTS的 7 载建立信息均从 第一接入指示中获取为例进行说明。 此时第一基站为 LTE的 eNB , 第二基站为 UMTS的 RNC 0
本实施例具体包括: 接收机 5 01、 发送机 502、 处理器 503和存储器 504。 所述接收机 501用于,接收匪 E发送的第一接入指示; 所述第一接入指示 用于 UE接入所述 eNB , 所述 eNB为所述 UE提供向 LTE的接入技术。
在第一接入指示中, 可以包括 UE标识和承载建立信息, UE标识用于确定 本实施例中对应的 UE , 7 载建立信息具体可以包括 NAS PDU和 7 载 I D。
所述发送机 502用于,将 LTE的载波资源和 LTE的承载建立信息发送至所 述 UE , 所述 LTE的承载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获取。 其中, LTE的承 载建立信息具体可以是由处理器 503获取的,也可以是由 eNB的其他器件获取 的。
所述发送机 502还用于, 向 RNC发送载波获取请求, 所述载波获取请求使 得所述 RNC向所述接收机 501返回 UMTS的载波资源, 以及向所述 MME发送第 二密钥获取请求, 所述第二密钥获取请求使得所述 MME向所述 RNC返回 UMTS 的密钥。 所述 RNC为所述 UE提供向 UMTS的接入技术。
所述接收机 501还用于, 接收 RNC返回的 UMTS的载波资源;
所述发送机 502还用于, 在所述 RNC接收到所述 UMTS的密钥后, 将所述 接收机 501接收到的 UMTS的载波资源和 UMTS的承载建立信息发送至所述 UE , 所述 UMTS的载波资源与 UMTS的 7 载建立信息相关联,以便为所述 UE分配 UMTS 的无线承载资源。 所述 UMTS的承载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获取。 其 中, UMTS 的承载建立信息具体可以是由处理器 503获取的, 也可以是由 eNB 的其他器件获取的。
其中,第二密钥请求中可以携带有第二网络为 UMTS的信息,从而使得 MME 获知需要返回的是 UMTS的密钥。 并且, UMTS的密钥可以是匪 E 自身计算得 到的, 也可以是从其他设备处获取到的。
在判断 RNC是否接收到 UMTS的密钥时,可以是通过由 RNC接收到密钥后 向接收机 501返回的收到密钥信息, 也可以是由发送机 502主动查询 RNC是
否接收到密钥, 均不影响本发明实施例的实现。
在本实施例中, 在发送机 502将 UMTS的载波资源和 载建立信息发送至 UE , 也就是实现向 UE 分配 UMTS的无线 7 载资源时, RNC 已经获取到了 UMTS 的密钥, 因此, RNC利用 UMTS的无线承载资源传递 UE和核心网元之间的交互 数据时, 就可以利用 UMTS的密钥对该交互数据进行保密处理。
通过上述技术方案可知, 本实施例中重点说明了, 在发送机 502向 UE 分 配 UMTS的无线 载资源时, RNC已经获取到了 UMTS的密钥, 因此, 在 RNC接 收到 UE和核心网元之间传递的交互数据时,就能够直接利用 UMTS的密钥对该 交互数据进行保密处理。 并且, 本实施例中密钥发送过程和载波资源获取过程 彼此独立, 因此, 相比第一基站的第六实施例, 需要额外的通信开销将 UMTS 的密钥发送至 RNC , 并且还需额外的通信开销判断 RNC是否接收到密钥。
在本发明实施例中 ,由发送机 502通知 MME向第二基站发送第二网络的密 钥, 这里, 具体的通知方式可以是由发送机 5 02直接通知, 也可以是由发送机 502间接通知。 直接通知的方式就是由发送机 502直接向匪 E发送通知, 而间 接通知的方式就是发送机 502经由其他设备通知匪 E向第二基站发送第二网络 的密钥。 例如, 在第一基站的第五至第七实施例中, 发送机 502可以经由 RNC 通知匪 E 向 RNC 发送 UMTS的密钥,具体可以是发送机 502通知 RNC 向匪 E发 送密钥获取请求, 从而使得 RNC 在某一时刻, 例如接收到交互数据时, 向匪 E 发送密钥获取请求。 又例如, 发送机 5 02也可以经由 UE通知 MME 向 RNC发送 UMTS的密钥, 具体可以是发送机 502通知 UE向 E发送密钥获取请求,从而 使得 UE在某一时刻, 例如接收到 UMTS的载波资源和承载建立信息时, 向 E 发送密钥获取请求。
上面从硬件处理的角度对本发明实施例中的第一基站进行描述,下面将从 模块化功能实体的角度对本发明实施例中的第一基站进行描述。
请参阅图 7 , 本发明实施例提供了基站的第八实施例, 在本实施例中, 所 述基站具体为第一基站, 所述第一基站包括: 接收单元 701、 分配单元 702、 获取单元 703和发送单元 704。
接收单元 701用于,接收匪 E发送的第一接入指示; 所述第一接入指示用 于用户设备接入所述第一基站,所述第一基站为所述用户设备提供向第一网络 的接入技术。
分配单元 702用于,基于所述第一接入指示, 为所述用户设备分配所述第 一网络的无线承载资源。
获取单元 703用于, 经由第二基站获取第二网络的载波资源; 所述第二基 站为所述用户设备提供向所述第二网络的接入技术。
发送单元 704用于,将所述第二网络的载波资源和承载建立信息发送至所 述用户设备, 所述第二网络的载波资源与所述承载建立信息相关联, 以便为所 述用户设备分配所述第二网络的无线承载资源。
在本发明实施例中, MME实际上属于第一网络, 当匪 E向第一基站发送接 入指示时, 一般情况下表示用户设备具有第一网络的通信需求, 具体可以是用 户设备主动连接网络时产生的通信需求,也可以是网络主动向用户设备推送消 息时产生的通信需求等等。
在本发明实施例中, 第一基站能够提供向第一网络的接入技术, 第二基站 能够提供向第二网络的接入技术。 其中, 第一网络可以为 LTE、 UMTS , CDMA , GERAN , 或者 WLAN等网络。 第一基站根据第一网络类型, 可以为基站或者基站 控制器。例如,若第一网络为 LTE ,第一基站为基站( eNB ),若第一网络为 UMTS、 CDMA , GERAN , 或者 WLAN , 第一基站为基站控制器。 与第一网络类似, 第二网 络可以为 LTE、 UMTS , CDMA , GERAN , 或者 WLAN等网络, 所述的第二基站根据 第二网络类型, 可以为基站或者基站控制器。 例如, 若第二网络为 LTE , 第二 基站为基站(eNB ),若第二网络为 UMTS、 CDMA , GERAN , 或者 WLAN , 第二基站 为基站控制器。 LTE网络可以为 LTE-A等。
通过上述技术方案可知,本实施例中第一基站的分配单元 702向用户设备 分配了第一网络的无线承载资源,发送单元 704向用户设备分配了第二网络的 无线承载资源, 其中, 向用户设备分配第二网络的无线承载资源是通过将获取 单元 703从第二基站获取的第二网络的载波资源,以及第二网络的承载建立信 息发送至所述用户设备,并且所述第二网络的载波资源与所述第二网络的承载
建立信息相关联实现的。从而实现了异网络的载波聚合,使得用户设备能够利 用两个不同网络的无线承载资源, 分别与第一基站和第二基站进行载波通信, 相比于现有技术中只能进行 LTE的载波聚合, 进一步向用户设备提供了更大 的带宽, 减少了资源的浪费。
在本发明实施例中,承载建立信息指的是用于建立承载的信息, 具体可以 包括 NAS PDU和 载 ID。
在本发明实施例中,分配单元 702向用户设备分配了第一网络的无线承载 资源,发送单元 704向用户设备分配了第二网络的无线承载资源,从而实现了 异网络的载波聚合。 下面具体看一下这两个不同网络的分配过程。
分配单元 702基于 E发送的第一接入指示, 为用户设备分配了第一网 络的无线承载资源,从而使得用户设备能够利用第一网络的无线承载资源, 与 第一基站建立通信连接。 而在现有技术中, 已经存在为用户设备分配第一网络 的无线承载资源的过程, 因此该过程不再详述。
发送单元 704 将第二网络的载波资源以及第二网络的承载建立信息发送 至所述用户设备,并且所述第二网络的载波资源与所述第二网络的 载建立信 息相关联, 因此相当于为用户设备分配了第二网络的无线承载资源,从而使得 用户设备能够利用第二网络的无线承载资源,与第二基站建立通信连接。其中, 第二网络的载波资源是获取单元 703从第二基站获取的,而第二网络的承载建 立信息实际上是由第一基站获取得到的。下面具体说明第二网络的承载建立信 息的获取过程。
匪 E 能够根据用户设备的通信需求生成承载建立信息并携带在发送给接 收单元 701的接入指示中, 因此, 第一基站(具体可以是获取单元或者其他单 元)可以从接收单元 701接收到的接入指示中获取到承载建立信息,再将获取 到的承载建立信息作为第二网络的承载建立信息,这里所说的接入指示可以为 第一接入指示,也可以为除第一接入指示外, E 发给接收单元 701的其他的 接入指示。 在本发明实施例中, MME发给接收单元 701 的接入指示, 一般为 匪 E 用于指示用户设备接入第一基站的, 因此, 第一基站从接入指示中获取到 的第二网络的承载建立信息, 实际上为 E 指示用户设备接入第一基站的承 载建立信息。
承载建立信息可以包括 NAS PDU 和承载 I D , 承载 I D用于指示用户设备建 立对应的^载, 而 NAS PDU中包含过滤信息用以指示哪些业务可以在该^载上 传递, 通过 NAS PDU和承载 I D的绑定使得 UE知道业务和承载的对应关系。 这 里, 第二网络的载波资源和第二网络的承载建立信息相关联指的是, 用户设备 与第一基站、第二基站或者核心网元之间传递交互数据时,如果利用的是第二 网络的载波资源,则具体是通过用户设备基于第二网络的承载建立信息所建立 的承载进行传递的。
在本发明实施例的一种可选方式中, 用户设备可以由用户设备标识确定, 其中, 用户设备标识可以由第一接入指示携带, 也可以由与第一接入指示关联 的其他指示中携带, 均不影响本发明实施例的实现。该用户设备标识具体可以 为 UE关联信令标识, 例如通过 MME分配的 UE S 1应用协议( S I App l i ca t i on Pro t oco l , 即 S I AP )。
在本发明实施例中, 获取单元 703会经由第二基站获取载波资源。 由于向 任一基站获取载波资源时, 该基站除了会进入与用户设备的传输准备之外,还 通常会对用户设备进行移动性管理, 其中移动性管理包括切换、 测量等管理。 而在本发明实施例中, 可以仅由第一基站对用户设备进行移动性管理, 因此在 本发明实施例的一种可选方式中, 第一基站还可以包括禁用单元, 所述禁用单 元用于禁止第二基站对用户设备的移动性管理。
在本发明实施例的一种可选方式中,获取单元 703经由第二基站获取载波 资源, 具体可以是通过以下过程实现: 获取单元 703向第二基站发送载波获取 请求, 该载波获取请求使得第二基站判断出其具有载波资源时, 向获取单元 703返回该载波资源。 该载波获取请求可以是新引入的请求, 也可以是在目前 已存在的请求。 例如, 在目前实现接入网络切换时, 切换前的基站会向切换后 的基站发送 "重配置请求" 以使得切换后的基站返回载波资源。 因此本发明施 例中的载波获取请求可以为目前实现接入网络切换的 "重配置请求"。 当然, 本发明实施例中也可以在 "重配置请求"加入指示,表示此时是进行载波聚合, 因此该指示禁止第二基站对用户设备的移动性管理。
在本实施例中, 发送单元 704 会向用户设备分配第二网络的无线承载资 源, 实际上说明了用户设备能够接入第二网络, 在本发明实施例的一种可选方
式中, 第一基站还可以包括判断单元, 所述判断单元用于判断用户设备是否能 够接入第二网络, 如果能, 接收单元 701、 分配单元 702、 获取单元 703和发 送单元 704继续执行其功能, 也就是正常工作, 如果不能, 可以通知接收单元 701、 分配单元 702、 获取单元 703和发送单元 704停止工作, 或者以一定周 期循环执行上述判断直至判断结果为是。例如,如果判断单元判断出用户设备 不能支持第二网络, 可以理解的是, 用户设备此后也无法接入第二网络, 此时 判断单元可以通知接收单元 701、分配单元 702、获取单元 703和发送单元 704 停止工作。如果判断单元判断出用户设备能够支持第二网络,但是此时并不位 于第二网络的信号覆盖范围下, 则说明虽然用户设备此时不能接入第二网络, 但是随着用户设备的移动,有可能会移动到第二网络的信号覆盖范围下, 因此 此时判断单元可以以一定周期循环执行上述判断,直至判断出用户设备能够接 入第二网络, 则通知接收单元 701、 分配单元 702、 获取单元 703和发送单元 704继续执行其功能。 这里, 判断单元判断用户设备是否能够接入第二网络具 体可以为:判断单元判断用户设备是否能够支持第二网络并且在所述第二网络 的信号覆盖范围下。
本发明实施例中, 匪 E能够向接收单元 701发送接入指示(例如第一接入 指示), 这里, 接入指示可以为是新引入的消息, 也可以是在目前已存在的消 息, 例如, 接入指示可以为承载建立请求, 当用户设备具有通信需求时, 会向 基站发送承载建立请求, 以使得用户设备与基站通过建立的承载进行通信。
在本发明实施例中,匪 E 向接收单元 701所发送的接入指示中一般携带有 承载建立信息, 而该承载建立信息实际上是匪 E 用于指示用户设备接入第一 基站(相当于接入第一网络)的。 而本发明实施例中, 实际上由第一基站决定 如何将接入指示中携带的承载建立信息分配给第一网络和第二网络,第一网络 和第二网络的承载建立信息分别用于指示用户设备接入第一基站和第二基站。 需要说明的是, 这里所说的接入指示可能为第一接入指示,也可能为除第一接 入指示外, MME发送的其他的接入指示。
下面分别通过两个实施例说明两种可选的分配情况:
一、 从第一接入指示中获取到第一网络和第二网络的承载建立信息。 在这种情况中,从第一接入指示中分别获取第一网络的承载建立信息和第
二网络的承载建立信息。
如图 8所示, 本发明实施例提供了第一基站的第九实施例。 与其他实施例 不同的是,本实施例中从第一接入指示中获取第一网络和第二网络的承载建立 信息。
并且为了更好的描述实施例, 本实施例以第一网络为 LTE , 第二网络为
UMTS为例进行说明, 此时第一基站为 LTE的 eNB , 第二基站为 UMTS的 RNC。
本实施例具体包括: 接收单元 801、 分配单元 802、 获取单元 803和发送 单元 804。
接收单元 801用于,接收匪 E发送的第一接入指示, 所述第一接入指示用 于 UE接入所述 eNB , 所述 eNB为所述 UE提供向 LTE的接入技术。
在第一接入指示中, 可以包括 UE标识和承载建立信息, UE标识用于确定 本实施例中对应的 UE , 7 载建立信息具体可以包括 NAS PDU和 7 载 I D。
分配单元 8 02用于,将 LTE的载波资源和 LTE的承载建立信息发送至所述 UE , 所述 LTE的承载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获取。
分配单元 802将 eNB自身所具有的 LTE的载波资源、以及 LTE的承载建立 信息发送至 UE , 相当于为 UE 分配了 LTE 的无线承载资源。 其中, 所述 LTE 的载波资源和所述 LTE的承载建立信息相关联。
MME发送给 eNB 的第一接入指示, 实际上是 MME 用于指示 UE接入 eNB , 即第一基站的。 而在本发明实施例中, eNB 不仅将第一接入指示用于指示 UE 接入第一基站, 还用于指示 UE接入第二基站。
获取单元 8 03用于, 经由 RNC获取 UMTS的载波资源。 所述 RNC为所述 UE 提供向 UMTS的接入技术。
发送单元 8 04用于,将获取单元 803获取的 UMTS的载波资源和 UMTS的承 载建立信息发送至所述 UE , 所述 UMTS的载波资源与 UMTS的^载建立信息相 关联, 以便为所述 UE分配 UMTS的无线承载资源。 所述 UMTS的承载建立信息 经由所述第一接入指示获取。
发送单元 804将获取单元 803经由 RNC 获取的 UMTS的载波资源、以及 UMTS 的 载建立信息发送至 UE , 所述 UMTS的载波资源和所述 UMTS的 7 载建立信
息相关联, 因此相当于为 UE分配了 UMTS的无线承载资源。
在本实施例中, 分配单元 802将 LTE的承载建立信息发送至 UE , 发送单 元 804将 UMTS的 7 载建立信息发送至 UE ,其中, UMTS的 7 载建立信息和 LTE 的承载建立信息都是经由 E 发送的同一个接入指示, 即第一接入指示中获 取的。 第一接入指示一般携带有承载建立信息, 而该承载建立信息一般是匪 E 用于指示 UE接入第一基站的, 也就是匪 E指示的第一网络的承载建立信息。 在本实施例中,实际上是将 E指示的第一网络的承载建立信息重新分配成了 第一网络和第二网络的承载建立信息, 其中, 第一网络的承载建立信息用于指 示 UE接入第一基站,而第二网络的承载建立信息则用于指示 UE接入第二基站。 其中, 第一网络和第二网络的承载建立信息具体可以是由获取单元 903 获取 的, 也可以是由 eNB的其他器件获取的。
通过上述技术方案可知,本实施例中 eNB从第一接入指示中获得了第一网 络( LTE )和第二网络( UMTS )的承载建立信息, 分别基于 LTE和 UMTS的承载 建立信息为 UE 分配 LTE和 UMTS的无线承载资源, 从而实现了异网络的载波 聚合, 使得 UE 能够利用 LTE和 UMTS和无线承载资源, 分别与 eNB 和 RNC 进 行载波通信, 相比于现有技术中只能进行 LTE的载波聚合, 进一步向 UE提供 了更大的带宽, 减少了资源的浪费。
在本实施例中由同一接入指示中获取了第一网络和第二网络的承载建立 信息。 实际上, 第一网络和第二网络的承载建立信息也可以由不同的接入指示 中获取。 具体见下面的一个实施例。
二、 从不同的接入指示中获取到第一网络和第二网络的承载建立信息。 在一些情况下, 匪 E会向基站多次发送针对同一用户设备的接入指示, 例 如, 当用户设备具有语音通信需求时, 会向基站发送接入指示, 如果之后用户 设备具有上网通信需求时,会向该基站再次发送接入指示。 因此本发明实施例 可以在匪 E至少两次发送接入指示的情况下,分别基于不同的接入指示获取第 一网络和第二网络的承载建立信息。 下面通过一个实施例具体说明:
如图 9所示, 本发明实施例提供了第一基站的第十实施例。 与其他实施例 不同的是, 本实施例中从第一接入指示中获取第一网络的承载建立信息,从第
二接入指示中获取第二网络的承载建立信息。
并且为了更好的描述实施例, 本实施例以第一网络为 LTE , 第二网络为 UMTS为例进行说明, 此时第一基站为 LTE的 eNB , 第二基站为 UMTS的 RNC。
本实施例具体包括: 接收单元 901、 分配单元 902、 获取单元 903和发送 单元 904。
接收单元 901用于,接收匪 E发送的第一接入指示和第二接入指示, 所述 第一接入指示用于 UE接入所述 eNB , 所述 eNB为所述 UE提供向 LTE的接入技 术。
在第一接入指示中, 可以包括 UE标识和承载建立信息, UE标识用于确定 本实施例中对应的 UE , 7 载建立信息具体可以包括 NAS PDU和 7 载 I D。
在第一接入指示中, 可以包括 UE标识和承载建立信息, UE标识用于确定 本实施例中对应的 UE , 7 载建立信息具体可以包括 NAS PDU和 7 载 I D。 在本 实施例中, 第一接入指示和第二接入指示都对应同一 UE , 具体可以是, 第一 接入指示和第二接入指示都携带有同一 UE标识。
分配单元 902用于,将 LTE的载波资源和 LTE的承载建立信息发送至所述
UE , 第一接入指示包括所述 LTE的承载建立信息。
分配单元 902将 eNB自身所具有的 LTE的载波资源、以及 LTE的承载建立 信息发送至 UE , 相当于为 UE 分配了 LTE 的无线承载资源。 其中, 所述 LTE 的载波资源和所述 LTE的承载建立信息相关联。
获取单元 903用于, 经由 RNC获取 UMTS的载波资源。 所述 RNC为所述 UE 提供向 UMTS的接入技术。
发送单元 904用于,将获取单元 903获取的 UMTS的载波资源和 UMTS的承 载建立信息发送至所述 UE , 所述 UMTS的载波资源与 UMTS的^载建立信息相 关联, 以便为所述 UE分配 UMTS的无线承载资源。所述第二接入指示包括所述 UMTS的承载建立信息。
发送单元 904将获取单元 903经由 RNC 获取的 UMTS的载波资源、以及 UMTS 的 载建立信息发送至 UE , 所述 UMTS的载波资源和所述 UMTS的 7 载建立信 息相关联, 因此相当于为 UE分配了 UMTS的无线承载资源。
在本实施例中, LTE的承载建立信息包括在第一接入指示中, 也就是说, 可以是将第一接入指示中部分或者全部的承载建立信息作为 LTE 的承载建立 信息。 UMTS 的承载建立信息包括在第二接入指示中, 也就是说, 可以将第二 接入指示中部分或者全部的承载建立信息作为 UMTS的承载建立信息。
其中,将第一接入指示中部分或者全部的承载建立信息作为 LTE的承载建 立信息具体可以是由获取单元 903执行的,也可以是由 eNB的其他器件执行的。 将第二接入指示中部分或者全部的承载建立信息作为 UMTS的承载建立信息具 体可以是由获取单元 903执行的, 也可以是由 eNB的其他器件执行的。
在本实施例中, 匪 E发送了两个接入指示, 即第一接入指示和第二接入指 示, 这两个接入指示一般都是匪 E 用于指示 UE接入 eNB 的。 因此, 若这两个 接入指示中携带有承载建立信息,而这两个接入指示中携带的承载建立信息一 般是匪 E用于指示 UE接入 eNB的, 也就是匪 E指示的 LTE的承载建立信息。 本实施例中, eNB (具体可以为获取单元 903 )将其中一接入指示 (即第一接 入指示) 中的部分或全部承载建立信息仍作为 LTE的承载建立信息, eNB (具 体可以为获取单元 903 )将另一接入指示(即第二接入指示) 中的部分或全部 承载建立信息作为了 UMTS的承载建立信息, 其中, LTE的承载建立信息用于 指示 UE接入 eNB , 而 UMTS的承载建立信息则用于指示 UE接入 RNC 。
一般情况下, 第一接入指示为匪 E两次发送的接入指示中较早发送的, 而 第二接入指示为 E两次发送的接入指示中较晚发送的,从而指示用户设备先 接入第一基站。
通过上述技术方案可知, 在本实施例中, 接收单元 901 分别接收到 匪 E 发送的第一接入指示和第二接入指示, eNB从第一接入指示中获取了 LTE的无 线承载资源, 从第二接入指示中获取了 UMTS的无线承载资源, 分配单元 902 和发送单元 904分别基于 LTE和 UMTS的7 载建立信息为 UE 分配 LTE和 UMTS 的无线承载资源,从而实现了异网络的载波聚合,使得 UE 能够利用 LTE和 UMTS 和无线承载资源,分别与 eNB和 RNC进行载波通信, 相比于现有技术中只能进 行 LTE的载波聚合, 进一步向 UE提供了更大的带宽, 减少了资源的浪费。
可见, 本发明实施例中, 第一基站通过上述两种可选的分配情况, 能够根 据 E发送的接入指示中获取到第一网络和第二网络的承载建立信息,分别用
于向 UE分配第一网络和第二网络的无线承载资源。
在第一基站向用户设备分配了第一网络和第二网络的无线承载资源之后, 本发明实施例中,用户设备可以利用分配的无线承载资源分别接入第一基站和 第二基站, 从而与核心网元之间传递交互数据, 以满足用户设备的通信需求。 而传递的交互数据通常需要进行保密处理,在保密处理时所需要的密钥可以为 第一网络的密钥, 也可以为第二网络的密钥。 下面分别作具体说明。
一、 通过第一网络的密钥进行保密处理的情况。
通过第一网络的密钥进行保密处理时, 由用户设备和第一基站执行加密、 解密。 下面通过一个实施例具体说明:
本发明实施例提供了第一基站的第十一实施例。 与其他实施例不同的是, 在本实施例中由第一网络的密钥对用户设备与核心网元之间传递的交互数据 进行保密处理。
并且为了更好的描述实施例, 本实施例以第一网络为 LTE , 第二网络为 UMTS , 并且以图 8所示的第一基站, 也就是 LTE和 UMTS的 7 载建立信息均从 第一接入指示中获取为例进行说明。 此时第一基站为 LTE的 eNB , 第二基站为 UMTS的 RNC 0
本实施例具体包括: 接收单元 801、 分配单元 802、 获取单元 803、 发送 单元 804和数据传递单元 805。
接收单元 801用于,接收匪 E发送的第一接入指示, 所述第一接入指示用 于 UE接入所述 eNB , 所述 eNB为所述 UE提供向 LTE的接入技术。
在第一接入指示中, 可以包括 UE标识和承载建立信息, UE标识用于确定 本实施例中对应的 UE , 7 载建立信息具体可以包括 NAS PDU和 7 载 I D。
分配单元 8 02用于,将 LTE的载波资源和 LTE的承载建立信息发送至所述 UE , 所述 LTE的承载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获取。
获取单元 8 03用于, 经由 RNC获取 UMTS的载波资源。 所述 RNC为所述 UE 提供向 UMTS的接入技术。
发送单元 8 04用于,将获取单元 803获取的 UMTS的载波资源和 UMTS的承 载建立信息发送至所述 UE , 所述 UMTS的载波资源与 UMTS的^载建立信息相
关联, 以便为所述 UE分配 UMTS的无线承载资源。 所述 UMTS的承载建立信息 经由所述第一接入指示获取。
发送单元 804将获取单元 803经由 RNC 获取的 UMTS的载波资源、以及 UMTS 的 载建立信息发送至 UE , 所述 UMTS的载波资源和所述 UMTS的 7 载建立信 息相关联, 因此相当于为 UE分配了 UMTS的无线承载资源。
本实施例中各个单元的上述功能与第一基站的第九实施例的相关之处类 似, 可以参见第一基站的第九实施例即可。 下面重点说明本实施例与第一基站 第九实施例中的不同之处。
在向 UE 分配了 UMTS的无线承载资源之后, UE 和核心网元之间就可以利 用 UMTS的无线承载资源传递交互数据, 并且在本实施例中, 传递的该交互数 据由第一网络的密钥, 即 LTE的密钥进行加密。 其中, 核心网元指的是第一网 络, 即 LTE的核心网元。
因此, 本实施例中的数据传递单元 8 05用于, 利用 UMTS的无线承载资源, 传递所述用户设备与核心网元之间的交互数据。其中, 所述交互数据由所述用 户设备和数据传递单元 805 , 利用第一网络的密钥进行保密处理。 由于传递所 述交互数据时利用的是 UMTS的无线承载资源, 因此数据传递单元 805是通过 RNC与 UE之间传递交互数据的。
其中,保密处理包括加密和解密处理, 所述交互数据包括核心网元发送给 UE的业务数据, 以及 UE反馈给核心网元的通信数据。 下面具体说明本实施例 对业务数据的传递过程:
核心网元将发给 UE的业务数据发送给 eNB的数据传递单元 805。
数据传递单元 805利用 LTE的密钥对接收的业务数据进行加密后,发送给
RNC。
RNC 利用为 UE分配的 UMTS的无线承载资源将加密的业务数据发送给 UE, 以使得 UE 利用 LTE的密钥对该加密的数据进行解密。
反馈的通信数据的传递过程与上述业务数据的传递过程类似,只是传输方 向相反, 并且由 UE进行加密处理, 由数据传递单元 805进行解密处理。 这里 不再赘述。
在上述步骤中, UE 和 eNB均能获得 LTE的密钥, 因此才能对交互数据进 行保密处理。 其中, UE 可以是预置有 LTE的密钥, 也可以是由 eNB通过发送 单元 804告知了 UE 第一网络为 LTE后, 由 UE计算得到的。 例如, 发送单元 804在向 UE分配 LTE的无线承载资源时, 会向 UE发送第一网络的类型信息, 以使得 UE 计算出第一网络的密钥。 而 eNB —般是从 MME 获取到 LTE的密钥, 具体可以由 MME接收到初始 UE消息时将 LTE的密钥发送至 eNB , 其中, LTE 的密钥可以是匪 E 自身计算得到的, 也可以是从其他设备处获取到的。
需要说明的是, 本实施例中, 重点说明了如何利用为 UE分配的 UMTS的无 线承载资源, 在 UE和核心网元之间传递交互数据。 当然同时也会执行, 利用 为 UE分配的 LTE的无线承载资源,在 UE和核心网元之间传递交互数据, 由于 利用 LTE的无线承载资源传递交互数据与现有已存在的方式类似,本发明实施 例对此不再详述。
通过上述技术方案可知,本实施例重点说明了,在为 UE分配了 LTE和 UMTS 的无线承载资源之后, 数据传递单元利用分配的 UMTS的无线承载资源传递 UE 和核心网元的交互数据时, 该交互数据能够利用 LTE的密钥进行保密处理。
在本发明实施例的一种可选方式中,当成功为用户设备分配了第二网络的 无线承载资源后,可以由用户设备通过直接或者间接发送确认消息的方式通知 其他设备。
其中, 直接发送确认消息的方式具体为,在为向用户设备分配了第二网络 的无线承载资源之后,由用户设备利用所述第二网络的无线承载资源向所述第 一基站、第二基站、所述移动性管理实体和所述核心网元中的至少一个设备发 送确认消息。所述确认消息用于通知已经成功为用户设备分配了第二网络的无 线承载资源。 其中, 该确认消息可以在多个设备之间转发, 例如, 用户设备向 第二基站发送确认消息,再由第二基站向第一基站和移动性管理实体转发该确 认消息。 其中, 该确认消息可以由用户设备进行完整性保护后再发送。
除了直接发送确认消息夕卜,还可以通过间接发送确认消息的方式。这里间 接发送确认消息的方式可以指的是发送加密数据的方式, 具体为: 由用户设备 利用第二网络的无线承载资源发送加密数据,接收到的设备若能成功解密, 则 表示成功向用户设备分配了第二网络的无线承载资源。在上述第一基站的第十
一实施例中, 可以由数据处理模块 805 负责加密解密, 因此, 数据处理模块 805 还用于接收到加密数据时, 若能利用第一网络的密钥成功解密该加密数 据, 则向所述第二基站、所述移动性管理实体和所述核心网元中的至少一个设 备发送确认消息;所述加密数据为所述用户设备利用第一网络的密钥加密的交 互数据。
二、 通过第二网络的密钥进行保密处理的情况。
通过第二网络的密钥进行保密处理时, 由用户设备和第二基站执行加密、 解密, 此时还需要由匪 E将第二网络的密钥发送至第二基站, 下面通过一个实 施例具体说明:
本发明实施例提供了第一基站的第十二实施例。 与其他实施例不同的是, 在本实施例中由第二网络的密钥对用户设备与核心网元之间传递的交互数据 进行保密处理。
并且为了更好的描述实施例, 本实施例以第一网络为 LTE , 第二网络为 UMTS , 并且以图 8所示的第一基站, 也就是 LTE和 UMTS的 7 载建立信息均从 第一接入指示中获取为例进行说明。 此时第一基站为 LTE的 eNB , 第二基站为 UMTS的 RNC 0
本实施例具体包括: 接收单元 801、 分配单元 802、 获取单元 803、 发送 单元 804和通知单元 806。
接收单元 801用于,接收匪 E发送的第一接入指示, 所述第一接入指示用 于 UE接入所述 eNB , 所述 eNB为所述 UE提供向 LTE的接入技术。
在第一接入指示中, 可以包括 UE标识和承载建立信息, UE标识用于确定 本实施例中对应的 UE , 7 载建立信息具体可以包括 NAS PDU和 7 载 I D。
分配单元 8 02用于,将 LTE的载波资源和 LTE的承载建立信息发送至所述 UE , 所述 LTE的承载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获取。
获取单元 8 03用于, 经由 RNC获取 UMTS的载波资源。 所述 RNC为所述 UE 提供向 UMTS的接入技术。
发送单元 8 04用于,将获取单元 803获取的 UMTS的载波资源和 UMTS的承 载建立信息发送至所述 UE , 所述 UMTS的载波资源与 UMTS的^载建立信息相
关联, 以便为所述 UE分配 UMTS的无线承载资源。 所述 UMTS的承载建立信息 经由所述第一接入指示获取。
本实施例中各个单元的上述功能与第一基站的第九实施例的相关之处类 似, 可以参见第一基站的第九实施例即可。 下面重点说明本实施例与第一基站 第九实施例中的不同之处。
在向 UE 分配了 UMTS的无线承载资源之后, UE 和核心网元之间就可以利 用 UMTS的无线承载资源传递交互数据, 并且在本实施例中, 传递的该交互数 据由第二网络的密钥, 即 UMTS的密钥进行加密。 其中, 核心网元指的是第一 网络, 即 LTE的核心网元。 而在传递交互数据之前, 需要先使得第二基站获得 第二网络的密钥。
通知单元 806用于, 通知所述匪 E向所述 RNC发送 UMTS的密钥, 以使得 交互数据由所述 UE和所述 RNC , 利用 UMTS的密钥进行保密处理; 所述交互数 据为 RNC利用 UMTS的无线 载资源所传递的,所述 UE与所述核心网元之间的 交互数据。
通知单元 806具体可以是向匪 E发送密钥获取请求, 以实现通知匪 E 将
UMTS的密钥发送至 RNC。该密钥获取请求可以是目前已存在的请求, 例如该密 钥获取请求可以为目前实现网络切换时的 "切换请求",由于 MME在接收到 "切 换请求" 时会将所有承载都转接到 RNC上, 因此, 还可以在 "切换请求" 中加 入指示, 表示此时是进行异网络的聚合而不是网络切换, 因此该指示使得匪 E 只将 UMTS的密钥发送至 RNC , 而不会将所有承载都转到 RNC上。 当然, 该密 钥获取请求也可以是新引入的请求, 并不影响本发明的实现。 其中, UMTS 的 密钥可以是匪 E自身计算得到的, 也可以是从其他设备处获取到的。 例如, 该 密钥获取请求中携带有第二网络的类型信息(例如第二网络为 UMTS ), 从而使 得 MME计算出 UMTS的密钥。
RNC获取到 UMTS的密钥后, 此时核心网元和 UE之间传递的交互数据就可 以由 RNC和 UE分别利用 UMTS的密钥进行保密处理。其中,保密处理包括加密 和解密处理, 所述交互数据包括核心网元发送给 UE的业务数据, 以及 UE反馈 给核心网元的通信数据。 下面具体说明本实施例对业务数据的传递过程:
核心网元将发给 UE的业务数据发送给 RNC。 当然该业务数据也可以通过 eNB实现转发, 并不影响本发明的实现。
RNC通过 UMTS的密钥对核心网元发送的业务数据进行加密后, 利用 UMTS 的无线承载资源将加密的业务数据发送给 UE ,以使得 UE 利用 UMTS的密钥对 该加密的数据进行解密。
反馈的通信数据的传递过程与上述业务数据的传递过程类似,只是传输方 向相反, 并且由 UE进行加密处理, 由 RNC 进行解密处理。 这里不再赘述。
在上述步骤中, UE 和 RNC均能获得 UMTS的密钥, 因此才能对交互数据进 行保密处理。 其中, UE 可以是预置有 UMTS的密钥, 也可以是由 eNB通过发 送单元 8 04告知了 UE 第二网络为 UMTS后, 由 UE计算得到的。 例如, 发送单 元 804在向 UE分配 UMTS的无线承载资源时, 会向 UE发送第二网络的类型信 息, 以使得 UE 计算出第二网络的密钥。 而 RNC是从匪 E 获取到 UMTS的密钥, 其中, UMTS的密钥可以是匪 E 自身计算得到的, 也可以是从其他设备处获取 到的。
需要说明的是, 本实施例中, 重点说明了如何利用为 UE分配的 UMTS的无 线承载资源, 在 UE和核心网元之间传递交互数据。 当然同时也会执行, 利用 为 UE分配的 LTE的无线承载资源,在 UE和核心网元之间传递交互数据, 由于 利用 LTE的无线承载资源传递交互数据与现有已存在的方式类似,本发明实施 例对此不再详述。
通过上述技术方案可知,本实施例重点说明了,在为 UE分配了 LTE和 UMTS 的无线 载资源之后, RNC利用分配的 UMTS的无线 载资源传递 UE和核心网 元的交互数据时, 该交互数据能够利用 UMTS的密钥进行保密处理, 而 RNC获 取到 UMTS的密钥是通过通知单元 806通知匪 E实现的。
在本实施例的一种可选方式中,当成功为用户设备分配了第二网络的无线 承载资源后,可以由用户设备通过直接或者间接发送确认消息的方式通知其他 设备。 其中, 直接发送确认消息的方式已在第一基站的第十二实施例中说明, 这里不再赘述。 下面说明间接发送确认消息的方式。
这里间接发送确认消息的方式可以指的是发送加密数据的方式, 具体为:
由用户设备利用第二网络的无线承载资源发送加密数据,接收到的设备若能成 功解密, 则表示成功向用户设备分配了第二网络的无线承载资源。在上述第一 基站的第十二实施例中, 由于由第二基站负责加密解密, 因此, 第二基站接收 到加密数据时, 若能利用第二网络的密钥成功解密该加密数据, 则向所述第一 基站、所述匪 E和所述核心网元中的至少一个设备发送确认消息; 所述加密数 据为所述用户设备利用第二网络的密钥加密的交互数据。
在本发明实施例中,通知单元 806通知 MME向第二基站发送第二网络的密 钥,实际上是为了第二基站能够利用第二网络的密钥对利用第二网络的无线承 载资源传递的交互数据进行加密解密。 因此, 一种比较可选的方式是, 发送单 元 804在为用户设备分配第二网络的无线承载资源时,第二基站已经获取到第 二网络的密钥, 此时, 第二基站就能够对利用第二网络的无线承载资源传递的 交互数据进行加密解密。 当然,发送单元 804在为用户设备分配第二网络的无 线承载资源时, 第二基站也可能没有获取到第二网络的密钥,在当第二基站获 取到第二网络的密钥后, 才对交互数据进行加密,对于这种方式本发明实施例 不再详述。
下面说明上述的可选方式,也就是发送单元 804在为用户设备分配第二网 络的无线承载资源时, 第二基站已经获取到了第二网络的密钥。请见如下的两 个具体实施例。 本发明实施例提供了第一基站的第十三实施例。 与其他实施例不同的是, 在本实施例中, 发送单元 804在为用户设备分配第二网络的无线承载资源时, 第二基站已经获取到了第二网络的密钥。
并且为了更好的描述实施例, 本实施例以第一网络为 LTE , 第二网络为 UMTS , 并且以图 8所示的第一基站, 也就是 LTE和 UMTS的 7 载建立信息均从 第一接入指示中获取为例进行说明。 此时第一基站为 LTE的 eNB, 第二基站为 UMTS的 RNC。
本实施例具体包括: 接收单元 801、 分配单元 802、 获取单元 803、 发送 单元 804和通知单元 806。
接收单元 801用于,接收匪 E发送的第一接入指示, 所述第一接入指示用
于 UE接入所述 eNB , 所述 eNB为所述 UE提供向 LTE的接入技术。
在第一接入指示中, 可以包括 UE标识和承载建立信息, UE标识用于确定 本实施例中对应的 UE , 7 载建立信息具体可以包括 NAS PDU和 7 载 I D。
分配单元 8 02用于,将 LTE的载波资源和 LTE的承载建立信息发送至所述 UE , 所述 LTE的承载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获取。
通知单元 806用于, 向 E发送第一密钥获取请求, 所述第一密钥获取请 求使得所述 MME向所述获取单元 803返回 UMTS的密钥。
获取单元 803用于,接收返回的 UMTS的密钥, 向 RNC发送载波获取请求, 所述载波获取请求携带有所述 UMTS的密钥, 并使得所述 RNC向所述发送单元 804返回 UMTS的载波资源。 所述 RNC为所述 UE提供向 UMTS的接入技术。
发送单元 804用于,接收 RNC返回的 UMTS的载波资源,将所述返回的 UMTS 的载波资源和 UMTS的 7 载建立信息发送至所述 UE , 所述 UMTS的载波资源与 UMTS的承载建立信息相关联, 以便为所述 UE分配 UMTS的无线承载资源。 所 述 UMTS的承载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获取。
其中,第一密钥请求中可以携带有第二网络为 UMTS的信息,从而使得 MME 获知需要返回的是 UMTS的密钥。 并且, UMTS的密钥可以是匪 E 自身计算得 到的, 也可以是从其他设备处获取到的。
在本实施例中, 在发送单元 804将 UMTS的载波资源和 载建立信息发送 至 UE ,也就是实现向 UE 分配 UMTS的无线 7 载资源时, RNC 已经获取到了 UMTS 的密钥, 因此, RNC利用 UMTS的无线承载资源传递 UE和核心网元之间的交互 数据时, 就可以利用 UMTS的密钥对该交互数据进行保密处理。
通过上述技术方案可知, 本实施例中重点说明了, 在发送单元 804向 UE 分配 UMTS的无线 7 载资源时, RNC已经获取到了 UMTS的密钥,因此,在 RNC接 收到 UE 和核心网元之间传递的交互数据时, 就能够直接利用 UMTS的密钥对 该交互数据进行保密处理。 并且, 本实施例将密钥发送过程融入了载波资源获 取过程, 载波获取请求既能使得 RNC返回载波资源, 又能使得 RNC获得 UMTS 的密钥, 因此无需额外再向 RNC发送密钥, 从而节约了通信开销, 优化了通信 流程。
在下面通过另一个实施例,继续说明发送单元 804在为用户设备分配第二 网络的无线承载资源时, 第二基站已经获取到了第二网络的密钥的情况。
本发明实施例提供了第一基站的第十四实施例。 与其他实施例不同的是, 在本实施例中, 发送单元 804在为用户设备分配第二网络的无线承载资源时, 第二基站已经获取到了第二网络的密钥。
并且为了更好的描述实施例, 本实施例以第一网络为 LTE , 第二网络为 UMTS , 并且以图 8所示的第一基站, 也就是 LTE和 UMTS的 7 载建立信息均从 第一接入指示中获取为例进行说明。 此时第一基站为 LTE的 eNB , 第二基站为 UMTS的 RNC 0
本实施例具体包括: 接收单元 801、 分配单元 802、 获取单元 803、 发送 单元 804和通知单元 806。
接收单元 801用于,接收匪 E发送的第一接入指示, 所述第一接入指示用 于 UE接入所述 eNB , 所述 eNB为所述 UE提供向 LTE的接入技术。
在第一接入指示中, 可以包括 UE标识和承载建立信息, UE标识用于确定 本实施例中对应的 UE , 7 载建立信息具体可以包括 NAS PDU和 7 载 I D。
分配单元 8 02用于,将 LTE的载波资源和 LTE的承载建立信息发送至所述 UE , 所述 LTE的承载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获取。
获取单元 803用于, 向 RNC发送载波获取请求, 所述载波获取请求使得所 述 RNC向所述发送单元 804返回 UMTS的载波资源。所述 RNC为所述 UE提供向 UMTS的接入技术。
发送单元 8 04用于接收 RNC返回的第二网络的载波资源后, 通知单元 806 用于, 向 E 发送第二密钥获取请求, 所述第二密钥获取请求使得所述 E 向所述 RNC发送 UMTS的密钥。
发送单元 804还用于, 在所述 RNC接收到 UMTS的密钥后, 将所述 RNC返 回的 UMTS的载波资源和 UMTS的 7 载建立信息发送至所述 UE , 所述 UMTS的载 波资源与 UMTS的承载建立信息相关联, 以便为所述 UE分配 UMTS的无线承载 资源。 所述 UMTS的承载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获取。
其中,第二密钥请求中可以携带有第二网络为 UMTS的信息,从而使得 MME
获知需要返回的是 UMTS的密钥。 并且, UMTS的密钥可以是匪 E 自身计算得 到的, 也可以是从其他设备处获取到的。
在判断 RNC是否接收到 UMTS的密钥时,可以是通过由 RNC接收到密钥后 向发送单元 804返回的收到密钥信息,也可以是由发送单元 804主动查询 RNC 是否接收到密钥, 均不影响本发明实施例的实现。
在本实施例中, 在发送单元 804将 UMTS的载波资源和 载建立信息发送 至 UE ,也就是实现向 UE 分配 UMTS的无线 7 载资源时, RNC 已经获取到了 UMTS 的密钥, 因此, RNC利用 UMTS的无线承载资源传递 UE和核心网元之间的交互 数据时, 就可以利用 UMTS的密钥对该交互数据进行保密处理。
通过上述技术方案可知,本实施例中重点说明了,在发送单元 804向 UE 分 配 UMTS的无线 载资源时, RNC已经获取到了 UMTS的密钥, 因此, 在 RNC接 收到 UE和核心网元之间传递的交互数据时,就能够直接利用 UMTS的密钥对该 交互数据进行保密处理。 并且, 本实施例中密钥发送过程和载波资源获取过程 彼此独立, 因此,相比第一基站的第十三实施例, 需要额外的通信开销将 UMTS 的密钥发送至 RNC , 并且还需额外的通信开销判断 RNC是否接收到密钥。
在本发明实施例中,由通知单元 806通知 MME向第二基站发送第二网络的 密钥, 这里, 具体的通知方式可以是由通知单元 806直接通知, 也可以是由通 知单元 8 06间接通知。直接通知的方式就是由通知单元 806直接向 MME发送通 知,而间接通知的方式就是通知单元 806经由其他设备通知匪 E向第二基站发 送第二网络的密钥。 例如, 在第一基站的第十二至第十四实施例中, 通知单元 806可以经由 RNC 通知匪 E 向 RNC发送 UMTS的密钥, 具体可以是通知单元 806通知 RNC 向 MME发送密钥获取请求, 从而使得 RNC 在某一时刻, 例如接 收到交互数据时, 向 MME发送密钥获取请求。 又例如, 通知单元 806也可以 经由 UE通知匪 E 向 RNC发送 UMTS的密钥, 具体可以是通知单元 8 06通知 UE 向 E 发送密钥获取请求, 从而使得 UE在某一时刻, 例如接收到 UMTS的载 波资源和承载建立信息时, 向匪 E发送密钥获取请求。
下面, 本发明实施例还提供了载波聚合方法的实施例。
请参阅图 10, 本发明实施例提供了载波聚合方法的第一实施例, 应用于 第一基站侧。 在本实施例中, 所述方法包括:
S1001: 第一基站接收移动性管理实体发送的第一接入指示, 所述第一接 入指示用于用户设备接入所述第一基站,所述第一基站为所述用户设备提供向 第一网络的接入技术。
本发明实施例中的第一网络可以为 LTE、 UMTS, CDMA, GERAN, 或者 WLAN 等网络, 所述的第一基站根据第一网络类型, 可以为基站或者基站控制器。 例 如, 若第一网络为 LTE, 第一基站为基站(eNB) ,若第一网络为 UMTS、 CDMA, GERAN, 或者 WLAN, 第一基站为基站控制器。 本发明实施例中, LTE网络可以 为 LTE-A等。
在本发明实施例中,移动性管理实体实际上属于第一网络, 当第一基站接 收到移动性管理实体发送的接入指示时,一般情况下表示用户设备具有第一网 络的通信需求, 具体可以是用户设备主动连接网络时产生的通信需求,也可以 是网络主动向用户设备推送消息时产生的通信需求等等。
S1002: 所述第一基站基于所述第一接入指示, 为所述用户设备分配所述 第一网络的无线承载资源。
该步骤中, 为用户设备分配了第一网络的无线承载资源,从而使得用户设 备能够利用第一网络的无线承载资源, 与第一基站建立通信连接。
在现有技术中, 已经存在为用户设备分配第一网络的无线承载资源的过 程, 因此该步骤不再详述。
S1003: 所述第一基站经由第二基站获取第二网络的载波资源, 所述第二 基站为所述用户设备提供向所述第二网络的接入技术。
与第一网络类似, 本发明实施例中的第二网络可以为 LTE、 UMTS, CDMA, GERAN, 或者 WLAN等网络, 所述的第二基站根据第二网络类型, 可以为基站或 者基站控制器。 例如, 若第二网络为 LTE, 第二基站为基站(eNB),若第二网 络为 UMTS、 CDMA, GERAN, 或者 WLAN, 第二基站为基站控制器。
S1004: 所述第一基站将所述第二网络的载波资源和第二网络的承载建立 信息发送至所述用户设备,所述第二网络的载波资源与所述第二网络的承载建
立信息相关联, 以便为所述用户设备分配所述第二网络的无线承载资源。
本发明实施例中的承载建立信息指的是用于建立承载的信息,具体可以包 括非接入层协议数据单元 ( Non Acces s S tratum Protoco l Data Uni t, 即 NAS PDU )和承载标识(即承载 ID )。
在该步骤中,第一基站将第二网络的载波资源以及第二网络的承载建立信 息发送至所述用户设备,并且所述第二网络的载波资源与所述第二网络的承载 建立信息相关联, 因此相当于为用户设备分配了第二网络的无线承载资源,从 而使得用户设备能够利用第二网络的无线承载资源, 与第二基站建立通信连 接。
其中, 第二网络的载波资源是第一基站在步骤 S1003中获取的, 而第二网 络的承载建立信息实际上也是由第一基站获取得到的。下面具体说明第二网络 的承载建立信息的获取过程。
移动性管理实体能够根据用户设备的通信需求生成承载建立信息并携带 在发送给第一基站的接入指示中, 因此, 第一基站可以从由移动性管理实体发 送的接入指示中获取到承载建立信息,再将获取到的承载建立信息作为第二网 络的承载建立信息, 这里所说的接入指示可以为第一接入指示,也可以为除第 一接入指示外,移动性管理实体发给第一基站的其他的接入指示。在本发明实 施例中,移动性管理实体发给第一基站的接入指示, 一般为移动性管理实体用 于指示用户设备接入第一基站的, 因此, 第一基站从接入指示中获取到的第二 网络的承载建立信息,实际上为移动性管理实体指示用户设备接入第一基站的 载建立信息。
承载建立信息可以包括 NAS PDU 和承载 ID, 承载 ID用于指示用户设备建 立对应的^载, 而 NAS PDU中包含过滤信息用以指示哪些业务可以在该^载上 传递, 通过 NAS PDU和承载 ID的绑定使得 UE知道业务和承载的对应关系。 这 里, 第二网络的载波资源和第二网络的承载建立信息相关联指的是, 用户设备 与第一基站、第二基站或者核心网元之间传递交互数据时,如果利用的是第二 网络的载波资源,则具体是通过用户设备基于第二网络的承载建立信息所建立 的承载进行传递的。
需要说明的是,在本发明实施例中, 步骤 S1002为第一网络的无线承载资 源的分配过程, 步骤 S1003-S1004为第二网络的无线^载资源的分配过程, 而 实际上, 这两个分配过程并没有执行顺序的限定, 可以是同时执行, 也可以以 先后顺序执行。
通过上述技术方案可知,本实施例中第一基站向用户设备分配了第一网络 的无线承载资源以及第二网络的无线承载资源, 其中, 向用户设备分配第二网 络的无线承载资源是通过将从第二基站获取的第二网络的载波资源,以及第二 网络的承载建立信息发送至所述用户设备,并且所述第二网络的载波资源与所 述第二网络的承载建立信息相关联实现的。从而实现了异网络的载波聚合,使 得用户设备能够利用两个不同网络的无线承载资源,分别与第一基站和第二基 站进行载波通信,相比于现有技术中只能进行 LTE的载波聚合,进一步向用户 设备提供了更大的带宽, 减少了资源的浪费。
在本发明实施例的一种可选方式中, 用户设备(UE )可以由用户设备标识 确定, 其中, 用户设备标识可以由第一接入指示携带, 也可以由与第一接入指 示关联的其他指示中携带, 均不影响本发明实施例的实现。该用户设备标识具 体可以为 UE 关联信令标识, 例如通过 MME 分配的 UE S1 应用协议 ( S1 Appl i cat ion Protocol , 即 SI AP )。
在本实施例的步骤 S1003中, 第一基站会经由第二基站获取载波资源。 由 于向任一基站获取载波资源时, 该基站除了会进入与用户设备的传输准备之 外, 还通常会对用户设备进行移动性管理, 其中移动性管理包括切换、 测量等 管理。 而在本实施例中, 可以仅由第一基站对用户设备进行移动性管理, 因此 在本发明实施例的一种可选方式中,还可以由第一基站禁止所述第二基站对所 述用户设备的移动性管理。
在本发明实施例的一种可选方式中,步骤 S1003中的第一基站经由第二基 站获取载波资源, 具体可以是通过以下过程实现: 第一基站向第二基站发送载 波获取请求, 该载波获取请求使得第二基站判断出其具有载波资源时, 向第一 基站返回该载波资源。
该载波获取请求可以是新引入的请求, 也可以是在目前已存在的请求。例 如, 在目前实现接入网络切换时, 切换前的基站会向切换后的基站发送 "重配
置请求" 以使得切换后的基站返回载波资源。 因此本实施例中的载波获取请求 可以为目前实现接入网络切换的 "重配置请求"。 当然, 本实施例中也可以在 "重配置请求"加入指示, 表示此时是进行载波聚合, 因此该指示禁止第二基 站对用户设备的移动性管理。
在本实施例中, 步骤 S1004 中会向用户设备分配第二网络的无线承载资 源, 实际上说明了用户设备能够接入第二网络, 在本发明实施例的一种可选方 式中, 还可以包括判断用户设备是否能够接入第二网络, 如果能, 则继续执行 S1003和 S1004 , 如果不能, 则可以结束本实施例的流程或者以一定周期循环 执行上述判断。 例如, 如果是判断出用户设备不能支持第二网络, 可以理解的 是, 用户设备此后也无法接入第二网络, 此时可以结束流程。 如果是判断出用 户设备能够支持第二网络,但是此时并不位于第二网络的信号覆盖范围下, 则 说明虽然用户设备此时不能接入第二网络,但是随着用户设备的移动,有可能 会移动到第二网络的信号覆盖范围下,因此此时可以以一定周期循环执行上述 判断, 直至判断出用户设备能够接入第二网络, 则继续执行步骤 S1003 和 S1004。 这里, 判断用户设备是否能够接入第二网络具体可以为: 判断用户设 备是否能够支持第二网络并且在所述第二网络的信号覆盖范围下。
本发明实施例中,移动性管理实体所发送的接入指示(例如第一接入指示) 可以为是新引入的消息, 也可以是在目前已存在的消息, 例如, 接入指示可以 为承载建立请求, 当用户设备具有通信需求时, 会向基站发送承载建立请求, 以使得用户设备与基站通过建立的承载进行通信。
在本发明实施例中,移动性管理实体所发送的接入指示中一般携带有承载 建立信息,而该^载建立信息实际上是移动性管理实体用于指示用户设备接入 第一基站(相当于接入第一网络)的。 而本发明实施例中, 实际上由第一基站 决定如何将接入指示中携带的承载建立信息分配给第一网络和第二网络,第一 网络和第二网络的承载建立信息分别用于指示用户设备接入第一基站和第二 基站。 需要说明的是, 这里所说的接入指示可能为第一接入指示, 也可能为除 第一接入指示外, MME发送的其他的接入指示。
下面分别通过两个实施例说明两种可选的分配情况:
一、 从第一接入指示中获取到第一网络和第二网络的承载建立信息。
在这种情况中,由第一基站从第一接入指示中分别获取第一网络的承载建 立信息和第二网络的承载建立信息。
请参阅图 11 , 本发明实施例提供了载波聚合方法的第二实施例。 与其他 实施例不同的是,本实施例从第一接入指示中获取第一网络和第二网络的承载 建立信息。
并且为了更好的描述实施例, 本实施例以第一网络为 LTE , 第二网络为 UMTS为例进行说明,此时第一基站为 LTE的 eNB,第二基站为 UMTS的 RNC( Rad io Network Cont ro l l er , 无线网络控制器), 本实施例应用于 LTE的 eNB侧, 具 体包括:
S1101 : LTE的 eNB接收移动性管理实体( MME )发送的第一接入指示, 所 述第一接入指示用于用户设备 ( UE )接入所述 eNB, 所述 eNB为所述 UE提供 向 LTE的接入技术。
匪 E发送给 eNB的第一接入指示, 实际上是匪 E用于指示 UE接入 eNB, 即 第一基站的。 而在本发明实施例中, eNB不仅将第一接入指示用于指示 UE接 入第一基站, 还用于指示 UE接入第二基站。
在第一接入指示中, 可以包括 UE标识和承载建立信息, UE标识用于确定 本实施例中对应的 UE , 7 载建立信息具体可以包括 NAS PDU和 7 载 I D。
SI 102 : LTE的 eNB将 LTE的载波资源和 LTE的 7 载建立信息发送至所述 UE , 所述 LTE的承载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获取。
该步骤中, LTE的 eNB将自身所具有的 LTE的载波资源、 以及 LTE的 载 建立信息发送至 UE ,相当于为 UE分配了 LTE的无线承载资源。其中,所述 LTE 的载波资源和所述 LTE的承载建立信息相关联。
本实施例中 LTE的承载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获取。
S1103: LTE的 eNB经由 RNC获取 UMTS的载波资源, 所述 RNC为所述 UE 提供向 UMTS的接入技术。
该步骤具体可以是由 LTE的 eNB向 UMTS的 RNC发送载波获取请求, UMTS 的 RNC判断自身是否具有载波资源, 如果有, 则将该载波资源返回至 LTE的 eNB。如果没有, 则可以由 RNC向 eNB返回消息使得 eNB结束本实施例的流程。
S1104: LTE的 eNB将 UMTS的载波资源和 UMTS的 7 载建立信息发送至所 述 UE, 所述 UMTS的载波资源与所述 UMTS的承载建立信息相关联, 以便为所 述 UE分配所述 UMTS的无线 7 载资源。 所述 UMTS的 7 载建立信息经由所述第 一接入指示获取。
该步骤中, LTE的 eNB将步骤 S1103中获取到的 UMTS的载波资源、 以及
UMTS的承载建立信息发送至 UE, 所述 UMTS的载波资源和所述 UMTS的承载建 立信息相关联, 因此相当于为 UE分配了 UMTS的无线承载资源。
在该步骤中, 将 UMTS的承载建立信息发送至 UE, 而在步骤 S1102中, 将 LTE的承载建立信息发送至 UE, 其中, UMTS的承载建立信息和 LTE的承载建 立信息都是经由匪 E发送的同一个接入指示, 即第一接入指示中获取的。 第一 接入指示一般携带有承载建立信息, 而该承载建立信息一般是匪 E 用于指示 UE接入第一基站的, 也就是匪 E指示的第一网络的承载建立信息。 在本实施 例中,实际上是将 E指示的第一网络的承载建立信息重新分配成了第一网络 和第二网络的承载建立信息, 其中, 第一网络的承载建立信息用于指示 UE接 入第一基站, 而第二网络的承载建立信息则用于指示 UE接入第二基站。
需要说明的是,在本发明实施例中, 步骤 S1102为 LTE的无线承载资源的 分配过程, 步骤 S1103-S1104为 UMTS的无线承载资源的分配过程, 而实际上, 这两个分配过程并没有执行顺序的限定, 可以是同时执行,也可以以先后顺序 执行。
通过上述技术方案可知, 本实施例从第一接入指示中获得了第一网络
( LTE )和第二网络( UMTS )的承载建立信息, 分别基于 LTE和 UMTS的承载建 立信息为 UE分配 LTE和 UMTS的无线承载资源,从而实现了异网络的载波聚合, 使得 UE能够利用 LTE和 UMTS和无线 载资源 ,分别与 eNB和 RNC进行载波通 信, 相比于现有技术中只能进行 LTE的载波聚合,进一步向 UE提供了更大的 带宽, 减少了资源的浪费。
在本实施例中由同一接入指示中获取了第一网络和第二网络的承载建立 信息。 实际上, 第一网络和第二网络的承载建立信息也可以由不同的接入指示 中获取。 具体见下面的一个实施例。
二、 从不同的接入指示中获取到第一网络和第二网络的承载建立信息。 在一些情况下, 匪 E会向基站多次发送针对同一用户设备的接入指示, 例 如, 当用户设备具有语音通信需求时, 会向基站发送接入指示, 如果之后用户 设备具有上网通信需求时,会向该基站再次发送接入指示。 因此本发明实施例 可以在匪 E至少两次发送接入指示的情况下,分别基于不同的接入指示获取第 一网络和第二网络的承载建立信息。 下面通过一个实施例具体说明:
请参阅图 12 , 本发明实施例提供了载波聚合方法的第三实施例, 与其他 实施例不同的是, 本实施例从第一接入指示中获取第一网络的承载建立信息, 从第二接入指示中获取第二网络的承载建立信息。
并且为了更好的描述实施例, 本实施例以第一网络为 LTE , 第二网络为
UMTS为例进行说明, 此时第一基站为 LTE的 eNB , 第二基站为 UMTS的 RNC , 本实施例应用于 LTE的 eNB侧, 具体包括:
S 1201 : LTE的 eNB接收 MME发送的第一接入指示, 所述第一接入指示用 于 UE接入所述第一基站,所述第一基站为所述 UE提供向第一网络的接入技术。
在第一接入指示中, 可以包括 UE标识和承载建立信息, UE标识用于确定 本实施例中对应的 UE , 7 载建立信息具体可以包括 NAS PDU和 7 载 I D。
S 1202 : LTE的 eNB将 LTE的载波资源和 LTE的 7 载建立信息发送至所述 UE , 第一接入指示包括所述 LTE的承载建立信息。
该步骤中, LTE的 eNB将自身所具有的 LTE的载波资源、 以及 LTE的7 载 建立信息发送至 UE ,相当于为 UE分配了 LTE的无线承载资源。其中,所述 LTE 的载波资源和所述 LTE的承载建立信息相关联。
本实施例中 LTE的承载建立信息包括在第一接入指示中,也就是说, 可以 将第一接入指示中部分或者全部的承载建立信息作为 LTE的承载建立信息。第 一接入指示一般是匪 E用于指示 UE接入第一基站的。
S 1203 : LTE的 eNB接收匪 E发送的第二接入指示, 所述第二接入指示包 括所述 UMTS的承载建立信息。
本实施例中, UMTS 的承载建立信息包括在第二接入指示中, 也就是说, 可以将第二接入指示中部分或者全部的承载建立信息作为 UMTS的承载建立信
息。
与第一接入指示相同, 匪 E发送给 eNB的第二接入指示, 一般也是匪 E用 于指示 UE接入 eNB的, 也就是说, 若第二接入指示中携带有承载建立信息, 该承载建立信息实际上是 MME指示的 LTE的承载建立信息。而在本发明实施例 中, eNB并没有将第二接入指示用于指示 UE接入 eNB , 而是用于指示 UE接入 RNC , 也就是说, eNB将第二接入指示中匪 E指示的用于 LTE的承载建立信息, 作为了 UMTS的承载建立信息。
需要说明的是,在本实施例中, 第一接入指示和第二接入指示都对应同一 UE , 具体可以是, 第一接入指示和第二接入指示都携带有同一 UE标识。
S 1204 : LTE的 eNB经由 UMTS的 RNC获取 UMTS的载波资源, 所述 UMTS的
RNC为所述 UE提供向 UMTS的接入技术。
该步骤具体可以是由 LTE的 eNB向 UMTS的 RNC发送载波获取请求, UMTS 的 RNC判断自身是否具有载波资源, 如果有, 则将该载波资源返回至 LTE的 eNB。如果没有, 则可以由 RNC向 eNB返回消息使得 eNB结束本实施例的流程。
需要说明的是,在本发明实施例中,基于第一接入指示分配了 LTE的无线 承载资源, 基于第二接入指示分配了 UMTS的无线承载资源, 在本实施例中, 第一接入指示先于第二接入指示发送, 而在其他实施例中, 第一接入指示也可 以晚于第二接入指示发送, 此时, 步骤 S 1201在步骤 S 1203之后执行。 并且, 步骤 S 1203和步骤 S 1 204的执行顺序也不受限定, 可以是同时执行,也可以以 先后顺序执行。
S 1205 : LTE的 eNB将所述 UMTS的载波资源和所述 UMTS的 7 载建立信息 发送至所述 UE , 所述 UMTS的载波资源与所述 UMTS的 7 载建立信息相关联, 以便为所述 UE分配所述 UMTS的无线 7 载资源。
该步骤中, LTE的 eNB将步骤 S 1204中获取到的 UMTS的载波资源、 以及 第二接入指示中包括的 UMTS的承载建立信息发送至 UE , 所述 UMTS的载波资 源和所述 UMTS的承载建立信息相关联, 因此相当于为 UE分配了 UMTS的无线 承载资源。
在本实施例中, 匪 E发送了两个接入指示, 这两个接入指示中一般都携带
有承载建立信息,而这两个接入指示中携带的承载建立信息一般是匪 E用于指 示用户设备接入第一基站的, 也就是匪 E指示的第一网络的承载建立信息。本 实施例中, 将其中一接入指示(即第一接入指示)中的部分或全部^载建立信 息仍作为第一网络的承载建立信息, 将另一接入指示(即第二接入指示)中的 部分或全部承载建立信息作为了第二网络的承载建立信息, 其中, 第一网络的 承载建立信息用于指示用户设备接入第一基站,而第二网络的承载建立信息则 用于指示用户设备接入第二基站。
一般情况下, 第一接入指示为匪 E两次发送的接入指示中较早发送的, 而 第二接入指示为 E两次发送的接入指示中较晚发送的,从而指示用户设备先 接入第一基站,也就是说,本实施例可选的方式中,步骤 S 1201先于步骤 S 1203 执行。
通过上述技术方案可知, 在本实施例中, LTE的 eNB分别接收到 E发送 的第一接入指示和第二接入指示,从第一接入指示中获取了 LTE的无线承载资 源, 从第二接入指示中获取了 UMTS 的无线承载资源, 分别基于 LTE和 UMTS 的承载建立信息为 UE分配 LTE和 UMTS的无线承载资源,从而实现了异网络的 载波聚合, 使得 UE能够利用 LTE和 UMTS和无线承载资源, 分别与 eNB和 RNC 进行载波通信, 相比于现有技术中只能进行 LTE的载波聚合, 进一步向 UE提 供了更大的带宽, 减少了资源的浪费。
可见, 本发明实施例通过上述两种分配方式, 能够实现根据匪 E发送的接 入指示中获取到第一网络和第二网络的承载建立信息, 分别用于向 UE分配第 一网络和第二网络的无线承载资源。
在向用户设备分配了第一网络和第二网络的无线承载资源之后,本发明实 施例中, 用户设备可以利用分配的无线承载资源分别接入第一基站和第二基 站, 从而与核心网元之间传递交互数据, 以满足用户设备的通信需求。 而传递 的交互数据通常需要进行保密处理,在保密处理时所需要的密钥可以为第一网 络的密钥, 也可以为第二网络的密钥。 下面分别作具体说明。
一、 通过第一网络的密钥进行保密处理的情况。
通过第一网络的密钥进行保密处理时, 由用户设备和第一基站执行加密、
解密。 下面通过一个实施例具体说明:
请参阅图 13, 本发明实施例提供了载波聚合方法的第四实施例。 与其他 实施例不同的是,在本实施例中由第一网络的密钥对用户设备与核心网元之间 传递的交互数据进行保密处理。
并且为了更好的描述实施例, 本实施例以第一网络为 LTE, 第二网络为
UMTS,并且 LTE和 UMTS 的承载建立信息均从第一接入指示中获取为例进行说 明, 此时第一基站为 LTE的 eNB, 第二基站为 UMTS的 RNC, 本实施例应用于 LTE的 eNB侧, 具体包括:
S1301: LTE的 eNB接收匪 E发送的第一接入指示, 所述第一接入指示用 于用户设备 ( UE )接入所述 eNB, 所述 eNB为所述 UE提供向 LTE的接入技术。
在第一接入指示中, 可以包括 UE标识和承载建立信息, UE标识用于确定 本实施例中对应的 UE, 7 载建立信息具体可以包括 NAS PDU和 7 载 ID。
SI 302: LTE的 eNB将 LTE的载波资源和 LTE的 7 载建立信息发送至所述 UE, 所述 LTE的承载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获取。
S1303: LTE的 eNB经由 RNC获取 UMTS的载波资源, 所述 RNC为所述 UE 提供向 UMTS的接入技术。
S1304: LTE的 eNB将 UMTS的载波资源和 UMTS的 载建立信息发送至所 述 UE, 所述 UMTS的载波资源与所述 UMTS的承载建立信息相关联, 以便为所 述 UE分配所述 UMTS的无线 7 载资源。 所述 UMTS的 7 载建立信息经由所述第 一接入指示获取。
需要说明的是,在本发明实施例中, 步骤 S1302为 LTE的无线承载资源的 分配过程, 步骤 S1303-S1304为 UMTS的无线承载资源的分配过程, 而实际上, 这两个分配过程并没有执行顺序的限定, 可以是同时执行,也可以以先后顺序 执行。
本实施例中的步骤 S1301至 S1304与本发明实施例中的方法第二实施例的 步骤 S1101至 S1104类似,相关之处参见方法第二实施例即可。 下面重点说明 本实施例与方法第二实施例中的不同之处。
在向 UE分配了 UMTS的无线承载资源之后, UE和核心网元之间就可以利
用 UMTS的无线承载资源传递交互数据, 并且在本实施例中, 传递的该交互数 据由第一网络的密钥, 即 LTE的密钥进行加密, 具体加密过程见步骤 S 1 305。 其中, 核心网元指的是第一网络, 即 LTE的核心网元。
S1 305 : LTE的 eNB利用步骤 S1 304中分配的 UMTS的无线 载资源, 传递 所述 UE与核心网元之间的交互数据。其中,所述交互数据由 UE和 LTE的 eNB, 利用 LTE的密钥进行保密处理。在该步骤中, 由于传递所述交互数据时利用的 是 UMTS的无线承载资源, 因此 LTE的 eNB是通过 UMTS的 RNC与 UE之间传递 交互数据的。
其中,保密处理包括加密和解密处理, 所述交互数据包括核心网元发送给 UE的业务数据, 以及 UE反馈给核心网元的通信数据。 图 4中示出了业务数据 的传递过程, 该过程具体为:
S1 306 : 核心网元将发给 UE的业务数据发送给 LTE的 eNB。
SI 307 : LTE的 eNB利用 LTE的密钥对该业务数据进行加密后,发送给 UMTS 的 RNC。
SI 308 : UMTS的 RNC利用为 UE分配的 UMTS的无线 7 载资源将加密的业务 数据发送给 UE ,UE利用 LTE的密钥对加密的数据进行解密。
反馈的通信数据的传递过程与上述业务数据的传递过程类似,只是传输方 向相反, 并且由 UE进行加密处理, 由 LTE的 eNB进行解密处理。 这里不再赘 述。
在上述步骤中, UE和 LTE的 eNB均能获得 LTE的密钥, 因此才能对交互 数据进行保密处理。 其中, UE可以是预置有 LTE的密钥, 也可以是由 LTE的 eNB告知了 UE第一网络为 LTE后, 由 UE计算得到的。例如,在步骤 S1 302中, 向 UE分配 LTE的无线承载资源时,会向 UE发送第一网络的类型信息, 以使得 UE计算出第一网络的密钥。 而 LTE的 eNB—般是从 E获取到 LTE的密钥, 具体可以由匪 E接收到初始 UE消息时将 LTE的密钥发送至 eNB, 其中, LTE 的密钥可以是匪 E自身计算得到的, 也可以是从其他设备处获取到的。
需要说明的是, 本实施例中, 重点说明了如何利用为 UE分配的 UMTS的无 线承载资源, 在 UE和核心网元之间传递交互数据。 当然同时也会执行, 利用
为 UE分配的 LTE的无线承载资源,在 UE和核心网元之间传递交互数据, 由于 利用 LTE的无线承载资源传递交互数据与现有已存在的方式类似,本发明实施 例对此不再详述。
通过上述技术方案可知,本实施例重点说明了,在为 UE分配了 LTE和 UMTS 的无线承载资源之后,利用分配的 UMTS的无线承载资源传递 UE和核心网元的 交互数据时, 该交互数据能够利用 LTE的密钥进行保密处理。
在本发明实施例的一种可选方式中,当成功为用户设备分配了第二网络的 无线承载资源后,可以由用户设备通过直接或者间接发送确认消息的方式通知 其他设备。
其中, 直接发送确认消息的方式具体为,在为向用户设备分配了第二网络 的无线承载资源之后,由用户设备利用所述第二网络的无线承载资源向所述第 一基站、第二基站、所述移动性管理实体和所述核心网元中的至少一个设备发 送确认消息。所述确认消息用于通知已经成功为用户设备分配了第二网络的无 线承载资源。 其中, 该确认消息可以在多个设备之间转发, 例如, 用户设备向 第二基站发送确认消息,再由第二基站向第一基站和移动性管理实体转发该确 认消息。 其中, 该确认消息可以由用户设备进行完整性保护后再发送。
除了直接发送确认消息外,还可以通过间接发送确认消息的方式。这里间 接发送确认消息的方式可以指的是发送加密数据的方式, 具体为: 由用户设备 利用第二网络的无线承载资源发送加密数据,接收到的设备若能成功解密, 则 表示成功向用户设备分配了第二网络的无线承载资源。在上述方法第四实施例 中, 由于由第一基站负责加密解密, 因此, 第一基站接收到加密数据时, 若能 利用第一网络的密钥成功解密该加密数据, 则向所述第二基站、所述移动性管 理实体和所述核心网元中的至少一个设备发送确认消息;所述加密数据为所述 用户设备利用第一网络的密钥加密的交互数据。
二、 通过第二网络的密钥进行保密处理的情况。
通过第二网络的密钥进行保密处理时, 由用户设备和第二基站执行加密、 解密, 此时还需要由匪 E将第二网络的密钥发送至第二基站, 下面通过一个实 施例具体说明:
请参阅图 14 , 本发明实施例提供了载波聚合方法的第五实施例。 与其他 实施例不同的是,在本实施例中由第二网络的密钥对用户设备与核心网元之间 传递的交互数据进行保密处理。
并且为了更好的描述实施例, 本实施例以第一网络为 LTE , 第二网络为 UMTS,并且 LTE和 UMTS 的承载建立信息均从第一接入指示中获取为例进行说 明, 此时第一基站为 LTE的 eNB , 第二基站为 UMTS的 RNC , 本实施例应用于 LTE的 eNB侧, 具体包括:
S1401 : LTE的 eNB接收匪 E发送的第一接入指示, 所述第一接入指示用 于用户设备 ( UE )接入所述 eNB, 所述 eNB为所述 UE提供向 LTE的接入技术。
在第一接入指示中, 可以包括 UE标识和 载建立信息, UE标识用于确定 本实施例中对应的 UE , 7 载建立信息具体可以包括 NAS PDU和 7 载 I D。
S 1402 : LTE的 eNB将 LTE的载波资源和 LTE的 7 载建立信息发送至所述 UE , 所述 LTE的承载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获取。
S 1403: LTE的 eNB经由 RNC获取 UMTS的载波资源, 所述 RNC为所述 UE 提供向 UMTS的接入技术。
S 1404 : LTE的 eNB将 UMTS的载波资源和 UMTS的 载建立信息发送至所 述 UE , 所述 UMTS的载波资源与所述 UMTS的承载建立信息相关联, 以便为所 述 UE分配所述 UMTS的无线 7 载资源。 所述 UMTS的 7 载建立信息经由所述第 一接入指示获取。
需要说明的是,在本发明实施例中, 步骤 S1402为 LTE的无线承载资源的 分配过程, 步骤 S 1403-S 1404为 UMTS的无线承载资源的分配过程, 而实际上, 这两个分配过程并没有执行顺序的限定, 可以是同时执行,也可以以先后顺序 执行。
本实施例中的步骤 S1401至 S1404与本发明实施例中的方法第二实施例的 步骤 S11 01至 S1104类似,相关之处参见方法第二实施例即可。 下面重点说明 本实施例与方法第二实施例中的不同之处。
在向 UE分配了 UMTS的无线承载资源之后, UE和核心网元之间就可以利 用 UMTS的无线承载资源传递交互数据, 并且在本实施例中, 传递的该交互数
据由第二网络的密钥, 即 UMTS的密钥进行加密。 其中, 核心网元指的是第一 网络, 即 LTE的核心网元。 而在传递交互数据之前, 需要先使得第二基站获得 第二网络的密钥, 因此, 所述方法还包括步骤 S 1405。
S I 405 : LTE的 eNB通知 MME向 RNC发送 UMTS的密钥, 以使得交互数据由 所述 UE和 RNC , 利用 UMTS的密钥进行保密处理。
其中, 所述交互数据为 RNC利用 UMTS的无线 载资源所传递的, 所述 UE 与核心网元之间的交互数据。
如图 5所示, 该步骤中, LTE的 eNB可以是向 MME发送密钥获取请求, 以 实现通知 MME将 UMTS的密钥发送至 UMTS的 RNC。 该密钥获取请求可以是目前 已存在的请求, 例如该密钥获取请求可以为目前实现网络切换时的 "切换请 求", 由于匪 E在接收到 "切换请求" 时会将所有承载都转接到 RNC上, 因此, 还可以在 "切换请求" 中加入指示, 表示此时是进行异网络的聚合而不是网络 切换, 因此该指示使得 E只将 UMTS的密钥发送至 RNC , 而不会将所有承载 都转到 RNC上。 当然, 该密钥获取请求也可以是新引入的请求, 并不影响本发 明的实现。 其中, UMTS的密钥可以是 MME 自身计算得到的, 也可以是从其他 设备处获取到的。 例如, 该密钥获取请求中携带有第二网络的类型信息(例如 第二网络为 UMTS ), 从而使得 E计算出 UMTS的密钥。
需要说明的是, 该步骤的执行顺序只需满足在传递交互数据之前即可。 在执行该步骤之后, UMTS的 RNC获取到了 UMTS的密钥, 此时核心网元和 UE之间传递的交互数据就可以由 RNC和 UE分别利用 UMTS的密钥进行保密处 理。 其中, 保密处理包括加密和解密处理, 交互数据包括核心网元发送给用户 设备的业务数据, 以及用户设备反馈给核心网元的通信数据。 图 5中示出了业 务数据的传递过程, 该过程具体为:
S 1406 : 核心网元将发给 UE的业务数据发送给 UMTS的 RNC。 当然该业务 数据也可以通过 LTE的 eNB转发, 并不影响本发明的实现。
S 1407 : UMTS的 RNC通过 UMTS的密钥对该业务数据进行加密后,利用 UMTS 的无线承载资源发送给 UE ,UE利用 UMTS的密钥对加密的数据进行解密。
反馈的通信数据的传递过程与上述业务数据的传递过程类似,只是传输方
向相反, 并且由 UE进行加密处理, 由 UMTS的 RNC进行解密处理。 这里不再赘 述。
在上述步骤中, UE和 UMTS的 RNC均能获得 UMTS的密钥, 因此才能对交 互数据进行保密处理。 其中, UE可以是预置有 UMTS的密钥, 也可以是由 LTE 的 eNB告知了 UE第二网络为 UMTS后, 由 UE 24计算得到的。 例如, 在步骤 S 1405中, 向 UE分配 UMTS的无线承载资源时, 会向 UE 24发送第二网络的类 型信息, 以使得 UE计算出第二网络的密钥。 而 RNC通过步骤 S 1405获得 UMTS 的密钥。
需要说明的是, 本实施例中, 重点说明了如何利用为 UE分配的 UMTS的无 线承载资源, 在 UE和核心网元之间传递交互数据。 当然同时也会执行, 利用 为 UE分配的 LTE的无线承载资源,在 UE和核心网元之间传递交互数据, 由于 利用 LTE的无线承载资源传递交互数据与现有已存在的方式类似,本发明实施 例对此不再详述。
通过上述技术方案可知,本实施例重点说明了,在为 UE分配了 LTE和 UMTS 的无线承载资源之后,利用分配的 UMTS的无线承载资源传递 UE和核心网元的 交互数据时, 该交互数据能够利用 UMTS的密钥进行保密处理。
在本实施例的一种可选方式中,当成功为用户设备分配了第二网络的无线 承载资源后,可以由用户设备通过直接或者间接发送确认消息的方式通知其他 设备。 其中, 直接发送确认消息的方式已在方法第四实施例中说明, 这里不再 赘述。 下面说明间接发送确认消息的方式。
这里间接发送确认消息的方式可以指的是发送加密数据的方式, 具体为: 由用户设备利用第二网络的无线承载资源发送加密数据,接收到的设备若能成 功解密, 则表示成功向用户设备分配了第二网络的无线承载资源。在上述方法 第五实施例中, 由于由第二基站负责加密解密, 因此, 第二基站接收到加密数 据时, 若能利用第二网络的密钥成功解密该加密数据, 则向所述第一基站、 所 述移动性管理实体和所述核心网元中的至少一个设备发送确认消息;所述加密 数据为所述用户设备利用第二网络的密钥加密的交互数据。
在本发明实施例中, 第一基站通知匪 E向第二基站发送第二网络的密钥,
实际上是为了第二基站能够利用第二网络的密钥对利用第二网络的无线承载 资源传递的交互数据进行加密解密。 因此, 一种比较可选的方式是, 第一基站 在为用户设备分配第二网络的无线承载资源时,第二基站已经获取到第二网络 的密钥, 此时, 第二基站就能够对利用第二网络的无线承载资源传递的交互数 据进行加密解密。 当然, 第一基站在为用户设备分配第二网络的无线承载资源 时, 第二基站也可能没有获取到第二网络的密钥,在当第二基站获取到第二网 络的密钥后, 才对交互数据进行加密, 对于这种方式本发明实施例不再详述。
下面说明上述的可选方式,也就是第一基站在为用户设备分配第二网络的 无线承载资源时, 第二基站已经获取到了第二网络的密钥。请见如下的两个具 体实施例。
请参阅图 15 , 本发明实施例提供了载波聚合方法的第六实施例。 与其他 实施例不同的是,在本实施例中, 第一基站在为用户设备分配第二网络的无线 承载资源时, 第二基站已经获取到了第二网络的密钥。
并且为了更好的描述实施例, 本实施例以第一网络为 LTE , 第二网络为 UMTS,并且 LTE和 UMTS 的承载建立信息均从第一接入指示中获取为例进行说 明, 此时第一基站为 LTE的 eNB , 第二基站为 UMTS的 RNC , 本实施例应用于 LTE的 eNB侧, 具体包括:
S 1501 : LTE的 eNB接收 MME发送的第一接入指示, 所述第一接入指示用 于用户设备 ( UE )接入所述 eNB , 所述 eNB为所述 UE提供向 LTE的接入技术。
在第一接入指示中, 可以包括 UE标识和 载建立信息, UE标识用于确定 本实施例中对应的 UE , 7 载建立信息具体可以包括 NAS PDU和 7 载 I D。
S 1502 : LTE的 eNB将 LTE的载波资源和 LTE的 7 载建立信息发送至所述 UE , 所述 LTE的承载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获取。
S 1503 : LTE的 eNB向 E发送第一密钥获取请求, 所述第一密钥获取请 求使得匪 E将 UMTS的密钥返回至 eNB。
第一密钥请求中可以携带有第二网络为 UMTS的信息, 从而使得 E获知 需要返回的是 UMTS的密钥。 并且, UMTS的密钥可以是匪 E自身计算得到的, 也可以是从其他设备处获取到的。
S 1504: LTE的 eNB接收到返回的 UMTS的密钥后, 向 RNC发送载波获取请 求, 所述载波获取请求携带有 UMTS的密钥, 并使得 RNC向 eNB返回 UMTS的载 波资源。 此时, RNC从载波获取请求中即可获得 UMTS的密钥。
该步骤中, RNC获取到载波获取请求后,可以判断自身是否具有载波资源, 如果有, 则向 eNB返回自身具有的载波资源, 即 UMTS的资源。
S 1505 : LTE的 eNB接收由 RNC返回的载波资源, 将所述返回的载波资源 以及 UMTS的承载建立信息发送至 UE , 以便为 UE分配 UMTS的无线承载资源。 所述 UMTS的承载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获取。
需要说明的是,在本发明实施例中, 步骤 S 1 502为 LTE的无线承载资源的 分配过程, 步骤 S 1503-S 1505为 UMTS的无线 7 载资源的分配过程, 而实际上, 这两个分配过程并没有执行顺序的限定, 可以是同时执行,也可以以先后顺序 执行。
在本实施例中, 在将 UMTS的载波资源和承载建立信息发送至 UE , 也就是 实现向 UE分配 UMTS的无线 载资源时, RNC已经获取到了 UMTS的密钥, 因 此, RNC利用 UMTS的无线承载资源传递 UE和核心网元之间的交互数据时, 就 可以利用 UMTS的密钥对该交互数据进行保密处理。
所述交互数据包括核心网元发送给用户设备的业务数据,以及用户设备反 馈给核心网元的通信数据。 图 15中示出了业务数据的传递过程, 该传递过程 与方法第五实施例的 S 1406和 S 1407过程相同, 这里不再赘述。
通过上述技术方案可知, 本实施例中重点说明了,在向 UE分配 UMTS的无 线 7 载资源时, RNC已经获取到了 UMTS的密钥, 因此, 在 RNC接收到 UE和核 心网元之间传递的交互数据时, 就能够直接利用 UMTS的密钥对该交互数据进 行保密处理。 并且, 本实施例将密钥发送过程融入了载波资源获取过程, 载波 获取请求既能使得 RNC返回载波资源, 又能使得 RNC获得 UMTS的密钥, 因此 无需额外再向 RNC发送密钥, 从而节约了通信开销, 优化了通信流程。
在下面通过另一个实施例,继续说明第一基站在为用户设备分配第二网络 的无线承载资源时, 第二基站已经获取到了第二网络的密钥的情况。
请参阅图 16 , 本发明实施例提供了载波聚合方法的第七实施例, 与其他
实施例不同的是,在本实施例中, 第一基站在为用户设备分配第二网络的无线 承载资源时, 第二基站已经获取到了第二网络的密钥。
并且为了更好的描述实施例, 本实施例以第一网络为 LTE , 第二网络为 UMTS,并且 LTE和 UMTS 的承载建立信息均从第一接入指示中获取为例进行说 明, 此时第一基站为 LTE的 eNB , 第二基站为 UMTS的 RNC , 本实施例应用于 LTE的 eNB侧, 具体包括:
S 1601 : LTE的 eNB接收 MME发送的第一接入指示, 所述第一接入指示用 于用户设备 ( UE )接入所述 eNB , 所述 eNB为所述 UE提供向 LTE的接入技术。
在第一接入指示中, 可以包括 UE标识和承载建立信息, UE标识用于确定 本实施例中对应的 UE , 7 载建立信息具体可以包括 NAS PDU和 7 载 I D。
S 1602 : LTE的 eNB将 LTE的载波资源和 LTE的 7 载建立信息发送至所述 UE , 所述 LTE的承载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获取。
S 1603 : LTE的 eNB向 UMTS的 RNC发送载波获取请求, 所述载波获取请求 使得 RNC向 eNB返回 UMTS的载波资源。
该步骤中, RNC获取到载波获取请求后,可以判断自身是否具有载波资源, 如果有, 则向 eNB返回自身具有的载波资源, 即 UMTS的资源。
S 1604 : LTE的 eNB接收到返回的载波资源后, 向 LTE的 E发送第二密 钥获取请求, 所述第二密钥获取请求使得 E向 RNC发送 UMTS的密钥。
第二密钥请求中可以携带有第二网络为 UMTS的信息, 从而使得匪 E获知 需要返回的是 UMTS的密钥。 并且, UMTS的密钥可以是匪 E自身计算得到的, 也可以是从其他设备处获取到的。
S 1605 : 在 UMTS的 RNC接收到所述 UMTS的密钥后, LTE的 eNB将 RNC返 回的载波资源以及 UMTS的承载建立信息发送至 UE , 以便为 UE分配 UMTS的无 线承载资源。 所述 UMTS的承载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获取。
在判断 RNC是否接收到 UMTS的密钥时, 可以是通过由 RNC接收到密钥后 向 eNB返回的收到密钥信息, 也可以是由 eNB主动查询 RNC是否接收到密钥, 均不影响本发明实施例的实现。
需要说明的是,在本发明实施例中, 步骤 S 1602为 LTE的无线承载资源的
分配过程, 步骤 S 1603-S 1605为 UMTS的无线 载资源的分配过程, 而实际上, 这两个分配过程并没有执行顺序的限定, 可以是同时执行,也可以以先后顺序 执行。
在本实施例中, 在将 UMTS的载波资源和承载建立信息发送至 UE , 也就是 实现向 UE分配 UMTS的无线 载资源时, RNC已经获取到了 UMTS的密钥, 因 此, RNC利用 UMTS的无线承载资源传递 UE和核心网元之间的交互数据时, 就 可以利用 UMTS的密钥对该交互数据进行保密处理。
所述交互数据包括核心网元发送给用户设备的业务数据,以及用户设备反 馈给核心网元的通信数据。 图 16中示出了业务数据的传递过程, 该传递过程 与方法第五实施例的 S 1406和 S 1407过程相同, 这里不再赘述。
通过上述技术方案可知, 本实施例中重点说明了,在向 UE分配 UMTS的无 线 7 载资源时, RNC已经获取到了 UMTS的密钥, 因此, 在 RNC接收到 UE和核 心网元之间传递的交互数据时, 就能够直接利用 UMTS的密钥对该交互数据进 行保密处理。 并且, 本实施例中密钥发送过程和载波资源获取过程彼此独立, 因此, 相比方法第六实施例, 需要额外的通信开销将 UMTS的密钥发送至 RNC , 并且还需额外的通信开销判断 RNC是否接收到密钥。
在本发明实施例中, 由第一基站通知 E 向第二基站发送第二网络的密 钥, 这里, 具体的通知方式可以是由第一基站直接通知, 也可以是由第一基站 间接通知。 直接通知的方式就是由第一基站直接向匪 E发送通知, 而间接通知 的方式就是第一基站经由其他设备通知 E向第二基站发送第二网络的密钥。 例如, 如图 1 7所示, eNB可以经由 RNC通知匪 E向 RNC发送 UMTS的密钥, 具 体可以是 eNB通知 RNC向 MME发送密钥获取请求, 从而使得 RNC在某一时刻, 例如接收到交互数据时, 向 MME发送密钥获取请求。 又例如, eNB也可以经由 UE通知匪 E向 RNC发送 UMTS的密钥, 具体可以是 eNB通知 UE向匪 E发送密 钥获取请求,从而使得 UE在某一时刻, 例如接收到 UMTS的载波资源和承载建 立信息时, 向匪 E发送密钥获取请求。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到, 为描述的方便和筒洁, 上述描述 的系统,装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,
在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中, 应该理解到, 所揭露的系统, 装置和方 法, 可以通过其它的方式实现。 例如, 以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性 的, 例如, 所述单元的划分, 仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分, 实际实现时可以有另 外的划分方式, 例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统, 或 一些特征可以忽略, 或不执行。 另一点, 所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直 接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口, 装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接, 可以是电性, 机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为 单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元, 即可以位于一个地方, 或者 也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部 单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外, 在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中, 也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元 中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的 形式实现。
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售 或使用时, 可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解, 本发 明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全 部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储 介质中, 包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器, 或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。 而前述 的存储介质包括: U盘、 移动硬盘、 只读存储器(ROM, Read-Only Memory ), 随机存取存储器(RAM, Random Acces s Memory ), 磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存 储程序代码的介质。
以上所述, 以上实施例仅用以说明本发明的技术方案, 而非对其限制; 尽 管参照前述实施例对本发明进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理 解: 其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改, 或者对其中部分 技术特征进行等同替换; 而这些修改或者替换, 并不使相应技术方案的本质脱
离本发明各实施例技术方案的精神和范围。
Claims
1、 一种基站, 其特征在于, 所述基站具体为第一基站, 所述第一基站包 括: 接收机、 发送机、 处理器和存储器;
所述接收机用于,接收移动性管理实体发送的第一接入指示, 以及经由第 二基站获取第二网络的载波资源;所述第一接入指示用于用户设备接入所述第 一基站, 所述第一基站为所述用户设备提供向第一网络的接入技术; 所述第二 基站为所述用户设备提供向所述第二网络的接入技术;
所述发送机用于,基于所述第一接入指示, 为所述用户设备分配所述第一 网络的无线承载资源,以及将所述第二网络的载波资源和第二网络的承载建立 信息发送至所述用户设备,所述第二网络的载波资源与所述第二网络的承载建 立信息相关联, 以便为所述用户设备分配所述第二网络的无线承载资源。
2、 根据权利要求 1所述的第一基站, 其特征在于, 所述第二网络的承载 建立信息为所述移动性管理实体用于指示所述用户设备接入所述第一基站的 载建立信息。
3、 根据权利要求 1所述的第一基站, 其特征在于, 所述第二网络的承载 建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获取;
所述发送机用于基于所述第一接入指示,为所述用户设备分配所述第一网 络的无线承载资源具体为:
所述发送机用于将第一网络的载波资源和第一网络的承载建立信息发送 至所述用户设备, 所述第一网络的承载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获取。
4、 根据权利要求 1所述的第一基站, 其特征在于,
所述接收机还用于: 接收所述移动性管理实体发送的第二接入指示, 所述 第二接入指示包括所述第二网络的^载建立信息; 所述发送机用于基于所述第一接入指示,为所述用户设备分配所述第一网 络的无线承载资源具体为:
所述发送机用于将第一网络的载波资源和第一网络的承载建立信息发送 至所述用户设备, 所述第一接入指示包括所述第一网络的承载建立信息。
5、 根据权利要求 1至 4任意一项所述的第一基站, 其特征在于, 所述发
送机和接收机还用于, 利用所述第二网络的无线承载资源,传递所述用户设备 与核心网元之间的交互数据;
其中, 所述交互数据由所述用户设备和第一基站, 利用第一网络的密钥进 行保密处理。
6、 根据权利要求 5所述的第一基站, 其特征在于, 所述接收机接收到加 密数据时, 所述处理器还用于, 若能利用第一网络的密钥成功解密所述加密数 据, 则通过所述发送机向所述第二基站、所述移动性管理实体和所述核心网元 中的至少一个发送确认消息;
所述加密数据为所述用户设备利用第一网络的密钥加密的交互数据。
7、 根据权利要求 1至 4所述的第一基站, 其特征在于, 所述发送机还用 于,通知所述移动性管理实体向所述第二基站发送第二网络的密钥, 以使得交 互数据由所述用户设备和所述第二基站,利用所述第二网络的密钥进行保密处 理;
所述交互数据为第二基站利用所述第二网络的无线承载资源所传递的,所 述用户设备与核心网元之间的交互数据。
8、 根据权利要求 7所述的第一基站, 其特征在于, 所述接收机用于经由 第二基站获取第二网络的载波资源,和所述发送机用于将所述第二网络的载波 资源和承载建立信息发送至所述用户设备、以及通知所述移动性管理实体向第 二基站发送第二网络的密钥具体为:
所述发送机用于, 向所述移动性管理实体发送第一密钥获取请求, 所述第 一密钥获取请求使得所述移动性管理实体向所述第一基站返回第二网络的密 钥;
所述接收机用于, 接收返回的第二网络的密钥;
所述发送机还用于, 向第二基站发送载波获取请求, 所述载波获取请求携 带有所述第二网络的密钥,并使得所述第二基站向所述第一基站返回第二网络 的载波资源;
所述接收机还用于, 接收返回的第二网络的载波资源;
所述发送机还用于,将所述第二网络的载波资源和承载建立信息发送至所
述用户设备。
9、 根据权利要求 7所述的第一基站, 其特征在于, 所述接收机用于经由 第二基站获取第二网络的载波资源,和所述发送机用于将所述第二网络的载波 资源和承载建立信息发送至所述用户设备、以及通知所述移动性管理实体向第 二基站发送第二网络的密钥具体为:
所述发送机用于, 向所述第二基站发送载波获取请求, 所述载波获取请求 使得第二基站向所述第一基站返回第二网络的载波资源;
所述接收机用于, 接收返回的第二网络的载波资源;
所述发送机还用于, 向所述移动性管理实体发送第二密钥获取请求, 所述 第二密钥获取请求使得所述移动性管理实体向所述第二基站发送第二网络的 密钥;
在所述第二基站接收到所述第二网络的密钥后,将第二网络的载波资源和 所述承载建立信息发送至所述用户设备。
10、 根据权利要求 7所述的第一基站, 其特征在于, 所述发送机用于通知 所述移动性管理实体向第二基站发送第二网络的密钥具体为:
所述发送机用于,经由所述用户设备或者所述第二基站通知所述移动性管 理实体向第二基站发送第二网络的密钥。
11、 根据权利要求 7所述的第一基站, 其特征在于, 所述第二基站为接收 到加密数据时, 若能利用第二网络的密钥成功解密所述加密数据, 则向第一基 站、 所述移动性管理实体和所述核心网元中的至少一个发送确认消息的基站; 所述加密数据为所述用户设备利用第二网络的密钥加密的交互数据。
12、 根据权利要求 1所述的第一基站, 其特征在于, 所述用户设备为利用 所述第二网络的无线承载资源向所述第一基站、第二基站、所述移动性管理实 体和所述核心网元中的至少一个发送确认消息的用户设备。
13、 根据权利要求 1所述的第一基站, 其特征在于, 所述处理器还用于, 禁止所述第二基站对所述用户设备的移动性管理。
14、 一种基站, 其特征在于, 所述基站为第一基站, 所述第一基站包括: 接收单元、 分配单元、 获取单元和发送单元;
所述接收单元用于,接收移动性管理实体发送的第一接入指示; 所述第一 接入指示用于用户设备接入所述第一基站,所述第一基站为所述用户设备提供 向第一网络的接入技术;
所述分配单元用于,基于所述第一接入指示, 为所述用户设备分配所述第 一网络的无线承载资源;
所述获取单元用于, 经由第二基站获取第二网络的载波资源; 所述第二基 站为所述用户设备提供向所述第二网络的接入技术;
所述发送单元用于,将所述第二网络的载波资源和第二网络的承载建立信 息发送至所述用户设备,所述第二网络的载波资源与所述第二网络的承载建立 信息相关联, 以便为所述用户设备分配所述第二网络的无线承载资源。
15、 根据权利要求 14所述的第一基站, 其特征在于, 所述第二网络的承 载建立信息为所述移动性管理实体用于指示所述用户设备接入所述第一基站 的承载建立信息。
16、 根据权利要求 14所述的第一基站, 其特征在于, 所述第二网络的承 载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获取;
所述分配单元用于基于所述第一接入指示,为所述用户设备分配所述第一 网络的无线承载资源具体为:
所述分配单元用于将第一网络的载波资源和第一网络的承载建立信息发 送至所述用户设备, 所述第一网络的承载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获 取。
17、 根据权利要求 14所述的第一基站, 其特征在于,
所述接收单元还用于,接收所述移动性管理实体发送的第二接入指示, 所 述第二接入指示包括所述第二网络的承载建立信息;
所述分配单元用于基于所述第一接入指示,为所述用户设备分配所述第一 网络的无线承载资源具体为:
所述分配单元用于将第一网络的载波资源和第一网络的承载建立信息发 送至所述用户设备, 所述第一接入指示包括所述第一网络的承载建立信息。
18、 根据权利要求 14至 17任意一项所述的第一基站, 其特征在于, 还包
括: 数据传递单元;
所述数据传递单元用于, 利用所述第二网络的无线承载资源,传递所述用 户设备与核心网元之间的交互数据;
其中, 所述交互数据由所述用户设备和所述数据传递单元, 利用第一网络 的密钥进行保密处理。
19、 根据权利要求 18所述的第一基站, 其特征在于, 所述数据传递单元 还用于,接收到加密数据时,若能利用第一网络的密钥成功解密所述加密数据, 则向所述第二基站、所述移动性管理实体和所述核心网元中的至少一个发送确 认消息;
所述加密数据为所述用户设备利用所述第一网络的密钥加密的交互数据。
20、 根据权利要求 14至 17任意一项所述的第一基站, 其特征在于, 还包 括二 通知单元 ^
所述通知单元用于,通知所述移动性管理实体向所述第二基站发送第二网 络的密钥, 以使得交互数据由所述用户设备和所述第二基站, 利用所述第二网 络的密钥进行保密处理;
所述交互数据为第二基站利用所述第二网络的无线承载资源所传递的,所 述用户设备与核心网元之间的交互数据。
21、 根据权利要求 20所述的第一基站, 其特征在于, 所述通知单元用于 通知所述移动性管理实体向所述第二基站发送第二网络的密钥,所述获取单元 用于经由第二基站获取第二网络的载波资源,以及所述发送单元用于将所述第 二网络的载波资源和承载建立信息发送至所述用户设备具体为:
所述通知单元用于向所述移动性管理实体发送第一密钥获取请求,所述第 一密钥获取请求使得所述移动性管理实体向所述获取单元返回第二网络的密 钥;
所述获取单元用于接收返回的第二网络的密钥,向第二基站发送载波获取 请求, 所述载波获取请求携带有所述第二网络的密钥, 并使得所述第二基站向 所述发送单元返回第二网络的载波资源;
所述发送单元用于接收返回的第二网络的载波资源,将所述第二网络的载
波资源和^载建立信息发送至所述用户设备。
22、 根据权利要求 20所述的第一基站, 其特征在于, 所述通知单元用于 通知所述移动性管理实体向所述第二基站发送第二网络的密钥,所述获取单元 用于经由第二基站获取第二网络的载波资源,以及所述发送单元用于将所述第 二网络的载波资源和承载建立信息发送至所述用户设备具体为:
所述获取单元用于向所述第二基站发送载波获取请求,所述载波获取请求 使得第二基站向所述发送单元返回第二网络的载波资源; 所述发送单元用于接收返回的第二网络的载波资源后,所述通知单元用于 向所述移动性管理实体发送第二密钥获取请求,所述第二密钥获取请求使得所 述移动性管理实体向所述第二基站发送第二网络的密钥;
在所述第二基站接收到所述第二网络的密钥后,所述发送单元还用于将所 述第二网络的载波资源和所述 载建立信息发送至所述用户设备。
23、 根据权利要求 20所述的第一基站, 其特征在于, 所述通知单元用于 通知所述移动性管理实体向第二基站发送第二网络的密钥具体为:
所述通知单元用于,经由所述用户设备或者所述第二基站通知所述移动性 管理实体向第二基站发送第二网络的密钥。
24、 根据权利要求 20所述的第一基站, 其特征在于, 所述第二基站为接 收到加密数据时, 若能利用第二网络的密钥成功解密所述加密数据, 则向第一 基站、 所述移动性管理实体和所述核心网元中的至少一个发送确认消息的基 站;
所述加密数据为所述用户设备利用第二网络的密钥加密的交互数据。
25、 根据权利要求 14所述的第一基站, 其特征在于, 所述用户设备为利 用所述第二网络的无线承载资源向所述第一基站、第二基站、所述移动性管理 实体和所述核心网元中的至少一个发送确认消息的用户设备。
26、 根据权利要求 14所述的第一基站, 其特征在于, 还包括: 禁用单元; 所述禁用单元用于禁止所述第二基站对所述用户设备的移动性管理。
27、 一种载波聚合方法, 其特征在于, 所述方法包括:
第一基站接收移动性管理实体发送的第一接入指示,所述第一接入指示用 于用户设备接入所述第一基站,所述第一基站为所述用户设备提供向第一网络 的接入技术;
所述第一基站基于所述第一接入指示,为所述用户设备分配所述第一网络 的无线承载资源;
所述第一基站经由第二基站获取第二网络的载波资源,所述第二基站为所 述用户设备提供向所述第二网络的接入技术;
所述第一基站将所述第二网络的载波资源和第二网络的承载建立信息发 送至所述用户设备,所述第二网络的载波资源与所述第二网络的承载建立信息 相关联, 以便为所述用户设备分配所述第二网络的无线承载资源。
28、 根据权利要求 27所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二网络的承载建 立信息为所述移动性管理实体用于指示所述用户设备接入所述第一基站的承 载建立信息。
29、 根据权利要求 27所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二网络的承载建 立信息经由所述第一接入指示获取;
所述第一基站基于所述第一接入指示,为所述用户设备分配所述第一网络 的无线承载资源具体为:
第一基站将第一网络的载波资源和第一网络的承载建立信息发送至所述 用户设备, 所述第一网络的承载建立信息经由所述第一接入指示获取。
30、 根据权利要求 27所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述方法还包括: 所述第一基站接收所述移动性管理实体发送的第二接入指示,所述第二接 入指示包括所述第二网络的承载建立信息;
所述第一基站基于所述第一接入指示,为所述用户设备分配所述第一网络 的无线承载资源具体为:
所述第一基站将第一网络的载波资源和第一网络的承载建立信息发送至 所述用户设备, 所述第一接入指示包括所述第一网络的承载建立信息。
31、 根据权利要求 27至 30任意一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 还包括:
所述第一基站利用所述第二网络的无线承载资源,传递所述用户设备与核 心网元之间的交互数据;
其中, 所述交互数据由所述用户设备和第一基站, 利用第一网络的密钥进 行保密处理。
32、 根据权利要求 31所述的方法, 其特征在于, 还包括:
所述第一基站接收到加密数据时,若能利用第一网络的密钥成功解密所述 加密数据, 则向所述第二基站、所述移动性管理实体和所述核心网元中的至少 一个发送确认消息;
所述加密数据为所述用户设备利用第一网络的密钥加密的交互数据。
33、 根据权利要求 27至 30任意一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 还包括: 第一基站通知所述移动性管理实体向所述第二基站发送第二网络的密钥, 以使得交互数据由所述用户设备和所述第二基站,利用所述第二网络的密钥进 行保密处理;
所述交互数据为第二基站利用所述第二网络的无线承载资源所传递的,所 述用户设备与核心网元之间的交互数据。
34、 根据权利要求 33所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一基站经由第二 基站获取第二网络的载波资源、将所述第二网络的载波资源和承载建立信息发 送至所述用户设备、以及通知所述移动性管理实体向第二基站发送第二网络的 密钥具体为:
所述第一基站向所述移动性管理实体发送第一密钥获取请求,所述第一密 钥获取请求使得所述移动性管理实体向所述第一基站返回第二网络的密钥; 第一基站接收返回的第二网络的密钥, 向第二基站发送载波获取请求, 所 述载波获取请求携带有所述第二网络的密钥,并使得所述第二基站向所述第一 基站返回第二网络的载波资源;
第一基站接收返回的第二网络的载波资源,将所述第二网络的载波资源和 承载建立信息发送至所述用户设备。
35、 根据权利要求 33所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第一基站经由第二 基站获取第二网络的载波资源、将所述第二网络的载波资源和承载建立信息发
送至所述用户设备、以及通知所述移动性管理实体向第二基站发送第二网络的 密钥具体为:
所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送载波获取请求,所述载波获取请求使得 第二基站向所述第一基站返回第二网络的载波资源;
第一基站接收返回的第二网络的载波资源,向所述移动性管理实体发送第 二密钥获取请求,所述第二密钥获取请求使得所述移动性管理实体向所述第二 基站发送第二网络的密钥;
在所述第二基站接收到所述第二网络的密钥后,第一基站将第二网络的载 波资源和所述 载建立信息发送至所述用户设备。
36、 根据权利要求 33所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述通知所述移动性管 理实体向第二基站发送第二网络的密钥具体为:
所述第一基站经由所述用户设备或者所述第二基站,通知所述移动性管理 实体向第二基站发送第二网络的密钥。
37、 根据权利要求 33所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述第二基站为接收到 加密数据时,若能利用第二网络的密钥成功解密所述加密数据,则向第一基站、 所述移动性管理实体和所述核心网元中的至少一个发送确认消息的基站;
所述加密数据为所述用户设备利用第二网络的密钥加密的交互数据。
38、 根据权利要求 27所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述用户设备为利用所 述第二网络的无线承载资源向所述第一基站、第二基站、所述移动性管理实体 和所述核心网元中的至少一个发送确认消息的用户设备。
39、 根据权利要求 27所述的方法, 其特征在于, 还包括:
第一基站禁止所述第二基站对所述用户设备的移动性管理。
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2013/086952 WO2015070374A1 (zh) | 2013-11-12 | 2013-11-12 | 一种载波聚合方法及基站 |
CN201380003625.7A CN104798431A (zh) | 2013-11-12 | 2013-11-12 | 一种载波聚合方法及基站 |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2013/086952 WO2015070374A1 (zh) | 2013-11-12 | 2013-11-12 | 一种载波聚合方法及基站 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2015070374A1 true WO2015070374A1 (zh) | 2015-05-21 |
Family
ID=53056600
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2013/086952 WO2015070374A1 (zh) | 2013-11-12 | 2013-11-12 | 一种载波聚合方法及基站 |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CN (1) | CN104798431A (zh) |
WO (1) | WO2015070374A1 (zh) |
Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2012152430A1 (en) * | 2011-05-10 | 2012-11-15 | Deutsche Telekom Ag | Method, system, access point and computer program product for enhancing the usable bandwidth between of a telecommunications network and a user equipment |
CN102932923A (zh) * | 2011-08-11 | 2013-02-13 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | 3g网络和4g网络载波聚合方法及系统 |
CN102932922A (zh) * | 2011-08-11 | 2013-02-13 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | 3g网络和4g网络载波聚合方法及系统 |
CN103004278A (zh) * | 2010-06-15 | 2013-03-27 | 瑞典爱立信有限公司 | 用于rat间载波聚合的信令机制 |
Family Cites Families (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN102843723B (zh) * | 2011-06-23 | 2017-09-12 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | 一种联合传输的方法、系统及锚点网元 |
-
2013
- 2013-11-12 WO PCT/CN2013/086952 patent/WO2015070374A1/zh active Application Filing
- 2013-11-12 CN CN201380003625.7A patent/CN104798431A/zh active Pending
Patent Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN103004278A (zh) * | 2010-06-15 | 2013-03-27 | 瑞典爱立信有限公司 | 用于rat间载波聚合的信令机制 |
WO2012152430A1 (en) * | 2011-05-10 | 2012-11-15 | Deutsche Telekom Ag | Method, system, access point and computer program product for enhancing the usable bandwidth between of a telecommunications network and a user equipment |
CN102932923A (zh) * | 2011-08-11 | 2013-02-13 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | 3g网络和4g网络载波聚合方法及系统 |
CN102932922A (zh) * | 2011-08-11 | 2013-02-13 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | 3g网络和4g网络载波聚合方法及系统 |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN104798431A (zh) | 2015-07-22 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
KR102358918B1 (ko) | 무선 통신 시스템에서 서비스에 따른 보안 관리 방법 및 장치 | |
US11658817B2 (en) | Security key usage across handover that keeps the same wireless termination | |
US11483705B2 (en) | Method and device for generating access stratum key in communications system | |
EP3596996B1 (en) | Method and apparatus for handling a ue that is in the idle state | |
CN111641947B (zh) | 密钥配置的方法、装置和终端 | |
US20170359719A1 (en) | Key generation method, device, and system | |
EP3461216B1 (en) | Multi-connection communication method and device | |
EP3425938B1 (en) | Charging methods and devices | |
KR102164823B1 (ko) | 통합 코어 망 서비스 이용방법과 이를 위한 통합 제어장치 및 그 시스템 | |
WO2011032497A1 (zh) | 一种聚合小区的重配置方法、设备和系统 | |
EP3565287B1 (en) | Multi-link communication method and device, and terminal | |
GB2489221A (en) | Establishing preconfigured shared logical communications bearers and preconfigured shared radio bearers to provide a predefined quality of service | |
WO2013185735A2 (zh) | 一种加密实现方法及系统 | |
JP2016502767A (ja) | Mtcのためのグループ認証及びキー管理 | |
CN111148245A (zh) | 通信方法、网络设备、用户设备和通信系统 | |
KR20140102050A (ko) | 무선 통신 시스템에서 기기간 직접 통신을 위한 초기 접속 방법 및 장치 | |
CN101336000B (zh) | 协议配置选项传输方法及系统、用户终端 | |
EP3503619B1 (en) | Message recognition method and device | |
WO2018127219A1 (zh) | 一种减少中断时延的方法、装置及用户设备 | |
WO2009152656A1 (zh) | 用户设备转移时密钥身份标识符的生成方法和生成系统 | |
RU2552193C2 (ru) | Система радиосвязи, устройство мтс и шлюз | |
WO2014110908A1 (zh) | 数据安全传输方法及lte接入网系统 | |
WO2019158117A1 (en) | System and method for providing security in a wireless communications system with user plane separation | |
WO2020056433A2 (en) | SECURE COMMUNICATION OF RADIO RESOURCE CONTROL (RRC) REQUEST OVER SIGNAL RADIO BEARER ZERO (SRBo) | |
CN110290523B (zh) | 配置和传输加密密匙的方法 |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 13897624 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 13897624 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |